The Saeima has adopted and the President promulgated the following laws: The comprehensive economic and trade agreement (ceta) between Canada, of the one part, and the European Union and its Member States, on the other hand article 1. 2016. October 30, signed the comprehensive economic and trade agreement (ceta) between Canada, of the one part, and the European Union and its Member States, of the other part (hereinafter referred to as the agreement), this law is adopted and approved. 2. article. Fulfilment of the obligations provided for in the agreement are coordinated by the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. 3. article. The agreement shall enter into force on its article 19.1 within the time limit laid down in paragraph 1 and in order, and the Ministry of Foreign Affairs shall notify the official Edition of the "journal". 4. article. The law shall enter into force on the day following its promulgation. To put the agreement by law Latvian language. The Parliament adopted the law of 23 February 2017. The President of the Parliament instead of the President i. Mūrniec Riga 2017 on March 7, the comprehensive economic and trade agreement (ceta) between Canada, of the one part, and the European Union and its Member States, of the other part of CANADA, of the one part, and the European Union, the Kingdom of Belgium, Republic of Bulgaria, the Czech Republic, the Kingdom of Denmark, the Federal Republic of Germany, the Republic of Estonia, Ireland, the Hellenic Republic, the Kingdom of Spain, the French Republic, the Republic of Croatia , The Italian Republic, the Republic of Cyprus, the Republic of Latvia, the Republic of Lithuania, the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, the Republic of Malta, the Republic of Hungary, the Kingdom of the Netherlands, the Republic of Austria, the Republic of Poland, the Portuguese Republic, Romania, the Republic of Slovenia, the Slovak Republic, the Republic of Finland, the Kingdom of Sweden and the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, on the other hand, together hereinafter referred to as "the parties", decides: to continue to strengthen their economic relations are close and based on their respective rights and obligations arising from the 1994 April 15, signed in Marrakesh Agreement establishing the World Trade Organization and other multilateral and bilateral instruments of cooperation; Create an expanded and secure market for its goods and services, reducing or eliminating barriers to trade and investment; Create clear, transparent, predictable and mutually advantageous rules to manage your trade and investment, and reaffirming its strong support for democracy and fundamental rights, as laid down in the 1948 Paris December 10 signed the Universal Declaration of human rights, and I agree that the proliferation of weapons of mass destruction is a serious threat to international security; Recognizing the international security, democracy, human rights and the rule of law, the importance of international trade and economic cooperation; Recognizing that the provisions of this Agreement shall retain the rights of the parties with regard to the regulation on their territory and the flexibility of the parties with respect to such legitimate objectives such as public health, safety, environment, social morality and cultural diversity, and protection; Reaffirming their commitments as the 2005 October 20 Paris signed the UNESCO Convention on the protection and promotion of the diversity of cultural expressions and to recognizing that States have the right to preserve, develop and implement their cultural policies, to support their cultural sector to strengthen the diversity of cultural expressions, as well as to maintain their cultural identity, including through regulatory measures and financial support; Recognizing that this agreement protects investments and investors in relation to their investments and that the purpose of these provisions is to facilitate mutually beneficial business, without compromising the rights of the parties in respect of their territories to regulate in the public interest; Reaffirming their commitment to promoting sustainable development and the development of international trade so as to promote sustainable development in the economic, social and environmental aspects; Encouraging enterprises operating within their territory or subject to their jurisdiction, to respect internationally recognized corporate social responsibility guidelines and principles, including the OECD guidelines for multinational enterprises, and implement the principle of responsible business best practice; Implementing this agreement in a way that is compatible with their respective work and the implementation of environmental legislation and to improve labour and environmental protection, and on the basis of their international commitments and of the work in the field of the environment; Recognizing the strong link between innovation and the importance of trade and innovation in economic growth and further reaffirming its commitment to promote cooperation in the field of innovation, as well as in related research and development and science and technology, and encourage the public and private sector bodies, have agreed on the following. The first NODAĻAVISPĀRĪG definition and start A IEDAĻAVispārīg RULES definitions 1.1 definitions in this agreement PANTSVispārpiemērojam, unless otherwise noted: generally applicable administrative ruling is an administrative ruling or interpretation that applies to all persons and fact situations that are often in the area of its application and which determines the rules of conduct, but does not include: (a) administrative or criminal proceedings) comparable process accepted opinion or ruling applicable to the particular person of the other party , for a product or service in a specific case; or (b) a decision on a specific action) or practice; The agriculture agreement is the agreement on agriculture, WTO included in annex 1A to the agreement; agricultural product is agricultural contract in annex 1 of the product; The anti-dumping agreement is a contract for the 1994 General Agreement on tariffs and trade, implementing article VI contained in the WTO agreements in annex 1A; Ceta is the focal point, the contact points established in accordance with article 26.5 (ceta points of contact); Ceta is ceta, the Joint Committee the Joint Committee established pursuant to article 26.1 (ceta Joint Committee); CPC is a temporary Central product classification set out by the United Nations Statistical Office, Statistical Papers series M, no. 77, CPC Prov., 1991; cultural industries means persons engaged: a) a book, magazine, or newspaper periodicals (in print or machine readable form) the publication, distribution or sale, except when the above print material or Assembly is the only operation; (b)) movie or video creation, distribution, marketing or display; (c) audio or video) of music in the creation, distribution, sale or exhibition; (d) the publication, distribution) music or trade in printed or machine-readable form or e) radiosakaro, which are intended to show the general public for direct reception, and all radio, television and cable broadcasting undertakings and all satellite programming and broadcast network services; customs duty is a tax or duty of any kind imposed on, or import goods in connection with the import of goods, including additional duty or mark-ups which are levied on imports or those associated with it, but does not include: (a)), which is equivalent to an internal tax imposed on according to article 2.3 (national treatment); (b)), the measures applicable pursuant to article XIX of the GATT 1994 or the VI provisions of the anti-dumping agreement, the SCM Agreement, contract or of measures in article 22, the VS or c) fees or other charges, applicable pursuant to article VIII of GATT 1994; Customs valuation agreement is an agreement on the General Agreement on tariffs and Trade 1994 the implementation of article VII of the WTO agreement, which is included in annex 1A; the days are calendar days, including weekends and holidays; VS is the understanding on rules and procedures governing the settlement of disputes contained in annex 2 to the WTO agreement; the company is the entity that created or organised under the applicable laws for profit or for any other purpose and are private or State owned or controlled, including a corporation, a Fund, a partnership, one owner, joint venture or other association; existing means in effect the date of entry into force of this agreement; The GATS is the General Agreement on trade in services contained in the WTO agreement, annex 1 B; GATT 1994 is the 1994 General Agreement on tariffs and trade, which the WTO agreement contained in annex 1A; Party goods are domestic products within the meaning of the GATT 1994 or such goods as the parties may decide, and they include these parties originating goods; harmonized system (HS) means the harmonized commodity description and coding system, including its general rules of interpretation, section notes, chapter notes and subheading notes; the position is a four-digit number, or the number of the first four digits used in the HS nomenclature; the measures include legislation, regulation, rule, procedure, decision, administrative processes, requirements, practices, or any other type of measure; national concerned is a natural person who is a citizen, as defined in article 1.2, or a permanent resident of the party; originating means qualifying pursuant to the Protocol on rules of origin and origin procedures laid down in the rules of origin; The parties are the European Union or its Member States or the European Union and its Member States, within their respective areas of competence, as derived from the Treaty on European Union and to the Treaty on the functioning of the European Union ("EU"), of the one part, and Canada, of the other part; the person is a natural person or an enterprise; Side the person is national or company parties; preferential tariff treatment means provided for in the agreement on the application of the rates of duty on originating goods under the tariff repeal Schedule; Safeguard measures agreement is the agreement on safeguard measures contained in the WTO agreements in annex 1A; sanitary or phytosanitary measures SPS agreement is Annex A measure referred to in paragraph 1; The SCM Agreement is the agreement on subsidies and countervailing measures, contained in the WTO agreements in annex 1A; the service provider is a person who provides or intends to provide the service; The SPS agreement is an agreement on the application of sanitary and phytosanitary measures contained in the WTO agreement in annex 1A; a public company means a company that is owned or controlled by the party; is the 6-digit number within the number or the first six digits, used in the HS nomenclature; tariff classification means the classification of goods or materials of HS Chapter, heading or subheading; the cancellation of the tariff schedule is 2. – Annex A (tariff abolition); The TBT agreement is the agreement on technical barriers to trade in the WTO agreements in annex 1A; area means an area in which this agreement applies, as set out in article 1.3; the third country is a country or territory outside the geographical scope of the agreement; The TRIPS agreement is the agreement on trade-related aspects of intellectual property rights included 1 C of the WTO agreement; The Vienna Convention on the law of treaties is the Vienna Convention on the law of treaties, signed in Vienna on 23 May 1969; The WTO is the World Trade Organization; Is the WTO Agreement 1994 April 15 signed the Marrakesh Agreement establishing the World Trade Organisation. 1.2. PANTSKonkrēt party the applicable definitions in this agreement, unless otherwise specified: citizen means: a) for Canada, a natural person who is a Canadian citizen under Canadian law; (b)) for the EU side, a natural person who is a national of a Member State; and the Central Government are: a) for Canada, the Government of Canada; and (b)) on the EU side the European Union or its member Governments. 1.3. PANTSĢeogrāfisk scope unless otherwise specified, this Agreement shall apply: (a)) in relation to Canada-i) Canadian land territory, air space, internal waters and the territorial sea; (ii)) the Canadian exclusive economic zone as defined in Canadian legislation, pursuant to part V of the United Nations Convention on the law of the sea, signed in 1982, Montegobej December 10 ("UNCLOS"); and III) the Canadian continental shelf, as defined in Canadian law pursuant to part VI of UNCLOS; (b) in relation to the European Union), the areas that are appropriate for the Treaty on European Union and Treaty on the functioning of the European Union, under the terms of the contracts in question. Concerning the provisions on the tariff treatment of goods, this Agreement shall also apply to the customs territory of the European Union in areas not covered by the first sentence of this paragraph. (B) the provisions of PANTSBrīv IEDAĻASākum 1.4. trade area according to Article XXIV of the GATT 1994 and article V of the GATS, the parties hereby establish a free trade area. 1.5. PANTSSaistīb with the WTO agreement and other agreements the parties confirm their rights and obligations to one against each other under the WTO agreement and other agreements to which they are parties. 1.6. PANTSAtsauc to other agreements where this agreement refers to or incorporates a reference to other agreements or instruments, or any part of it, these references include: a) the relevant annexes, protocols, footnotes, explanatory notes and explanations; and (b)) substitute agreements which the parties are parties, or parties that the amendments are binding, except if the reference confirms existing rights. 1.7. PANTSAtsauc to the law If this agreement is a reference to legislation either in General, or with reference to a particular law, regulation or directive, the reference is to the law with possible amendments to it, unless otherwise specified. 1.8. size of 1 PANTSSaistīb. Each party is fully responsible for compliance with the provisions of this agreement. 2. Each Party shall ensure that all the necessary measures to give effect to the provisions of this agreement, including that they are adhered to at all levels of governance. 1.9 article and responsibilities for water 1. the parties recognise that water in its natural form, including water in lakes, rivers, repositories, underground and water basins, not a product or a product. Therefore, the following water applies only 22 Division (Trade and sustainable development) and chapter 24 (trade and environment). 2. each Party shall have the right to protect and preserve its natural water resources. Nothing in this agreement requires the parties to allow the water in the commercial use of any purpose, including its withdrawal or diversion, extraction for export in bulk. 3. If a Party permits commercial use a particular water source, half doing it in a way that is compatible with this agreement. 1.10. Personal, which delegated the powers of the Government unless otherwise provided in this agreement, each Party shall ensure that the persons to whom the party has delegated regulatory, administrative or other regulatory powers at any level of Government, exercising these powers, acting in accordance with the party's obligations under this agreement. The second NODAĻAVALST treatment and market access of goods 2.1. PANTSMērķ parties gradually liberalized trade in goods in accordance with the provisions of this agreement during the transitional period, starting from the date of entry into force of this agreement. 2.2. scope of the Actions of this chapter shall apply to trade in goods of the party as defined in Chapter 1 (General definitions and provisions), except where otherwise provided for in this agreement. 2.3. National treatment 1. each of the parties in accordance with article III of GATT 1994 establishes national treatment to the goods of the other party. In connection with that article III of GATT 1994 is incorporated in this agreement and become a part of it. 2. Paragraph 1 of this article, means, in the case of the Government of Canada, except the federal level of Government, or, in the case of one of the Member States of the European Union the Government or Government of any Member State of the European Union – arrangements no less favourable than the regime that the Government has adopted a similar, substitutable or competing directly in Canada or a Member State concerned. 3. This article shall not apply to measures, including measures for the immediate continuation of renewal or amendment, in conjunction with the Canadian excise duties absolute alcohol, contained in the tariff heading of the list of concessions Canada 2207.10.90 (V) attached to the 1994 April 15 signed the 1994 General Agreement on tariffs and trade to the Marrakesh Protocol ("the Protocol of Marrakech"), and which is used for production according to the provisions of the Excise Act, 2001, S.C. 2002, c. 22 2.4. PANTSIevedmuit tax reduction and repeal 1. Each Party shall, in accordance with the tariff contained in Annex A – cancellation schedules reduced or abolish customs duties for goods originating from one or other party. In this chapter, "originating" means that the originating from one or the other party pursuant to the Protocol on rules of origin and origin procedures provisions. 2. for each product the basic rate of customs duties, which, in accordance with paragraph 1 shall apply to the successive reductions, is indicated in Annex A-2. 3. Goods covered by tariff preferences, as specified in part 2 of the schedule of tariff removal.-(A) in the annex, each party will apply the other originating goods from customs duties less derived by comparing the rate calculated in accordance with the schedule of the parties concerned, and its most favoured nation applied rate. 4. At the request of a party, the parties may consult, in order to consider the parties ' customs duties applicable to imports of the acceleration of deregulation and the expansion of the scope of application. Ceta Joint Committee decision on acceleration or the abolition of customs duties shall replace item or classification category, the item concerned according to the schedules of the parties 2-(A) in the annex, when it is approved by each party in accordance with its applicable legal procedures. 2.5. PANTSIerobežojum for tax rebate, tax deferral and suspension of tax programs 1. subject to paragraphs 2 and 3, a party shall not be refunded, not postponed or not suspend the customs duty paid or payable on non-originating goods imported into its territory, with the condition that the goods or identical, equivalent or similar substitute is used as a material in the production of another product that is subsequently exported to the territory of the other party according to the preferential tariff treatment under this agreement. 2. paragraph 1 of this article shall not apply to the parties tariff reduction, suspension or exemption is permanent or temporary, if the suspension or the reduction, exemption is clearly dependent on the export of the goods. 3. paragraph 1 of this article shall not apply to up to three years after the date of entry into force of this agreement. 2.6. PANTSNodokļ, fees or other fees and charges on the export side can not accept or leave the force of any taxes, duties or other fees and charges imposed on the export of goods on the territory of the other party, or in connection with, or any internal taxes, fees and charges for goods exported to the territory of the other party, whose size exceeds the internal goods for sale imposed taxes, fees and charges. 2.7. the adoption of measures PANTSJaun 1. With the entry into force of this agreement, the party may not increase the customs duty, which was at the time of entry into force of, or adopt new customs duties in respect of goods originating in the territory of the parties. 2. Notwithstanding paragraph 1, a party may: (a) amend this Agreement) outside of tariff items, which is not in accordance with this agreement the tariff requested preference; (b) customs duties unilaterally) after the reduction to increase it up to the level provided for in the schedule included in Annex A; or (c)) to maintain or increase a customs duty as authorized in this agreement or any agreement that complies with the WTO agreement. 3. Notwithstanding paragraphs 1 and 2 only Canada can apply specific protection measures in accordance with the WTO agreement, article 5. Special protection measures may apply only in respect of goods classified in heading labeled "SSG" Canada schedule that included a 2-(A) in the annex. This special security measures is limited to imports not subject to tariff preference, as in the case of imports subject to tariff rate quota on imports that exceed-access obligations. 2.8. PANTSPreferenciāl the temporary suspension of tariff treatment 1. in accordance with paragraphs 2 through 5 of the party may temporarily suspend the preferential tariff arrangements that are consistent with this agreement, in the case of goods exported or produced by the other party, if that party: (a) the) investigation, based on objective, compelling and verifiable information, established that the other person is systematically infringed the customs legislation, to obtain preferential tariff treatment in accordance with this agreement; or (b)) finds that the other party systematically and wrongfully rejected cooperation with regard to breaches of customs legislation investigations in accordance with paragraph 4 of article 6.13 (cooperation), and the party that requests the cooperation, on the basis of objective, compelling and verifiable information, there are reasonable grounds to conclude that the other person systematically infringed the customs legislation, to obtain preferential tariff treatment in accordance with this agreement. 2. the party which made the finding referred to in paragraph 1: (a) inform the other part) customs services and provide information and evidence, based on the findings; (b)) involved in consultations with other authorities with a view to reaching a mutually acceptable solution, which eliminates the concerns arising from the findings; and (c)) shall provide written notice to the other party concerned, including information justifying a finding. 3. If the authorities fail to arrive at mutually acceptable solution after 30 days, the party, which made a finding on this issue, go to the joint customs co-operation Committee. 4. If after 60 days the joint customs cooperation Committee has not resolved the issue, the party which made a finding, may suspend the preferential tariff arrangements that are consistent with this agreement, the other party in respect of that person's goods. A temporary suspension shall not apply to goods already in transit between the parties on the day on which the temporary suspension takes effect. 5. the party applying a temporary suspension pursuant to paragraph 1, it shall apply only during the period that is proportional to the impact on the parties concerned financial interests arising from the situation related to the according to paragraph 1, finding, and no longer than 90 days. If the party, on the basis of objective, compelling and verifiable information, reasonable grounds to believe that the circumstances that gave rise to the initial stop, have not changed after the end of the period of 90 days, the party can restore the suspension for a further period not exceeding 90 days. To the original suspension and any renewed suspension subject to periodic consultation with the joint customs cooperation Committee. 2.9. PANTSMaks and other charges 1. in accordance with article VIII of GATT 1994 the party does not adopt or maintain in force charge or payment for, or in connection with the import or export of goods, which do not meet the cost of the services provided or which are not a direct domestic goods or import or export taxation fiscal purposes. 2. For greater certainty, paragraph 1 shall not prevent a party from applying customs duty or duty specified in the definition in article 1.1 (definitions of general application) a) – (d)). 2.10. PANTSPēc repair or conversion re-imported goods 1. for the purpose of this article, repair or alteration means any processing operation that made the goods to avoid defects or significant damage, and include product renewal, to perform their original function or to ensure their compliance with technical requirements of using, without which the goods could no longer be used in the normal way for the purposes for which they are intended. Repair or alteration of the goods includes restoration and maintenance, but does not include an operation or process that: (a) the nature of the goods destroyed) or creates a new or commercially different good; (b) modify the work item), or (c) the finished product) is used to change the function of the goods. 2. The exception provided for in footnote 1, the party does not apply customs duties on goods, regardless of its origin, imported to the territory after the item has been temporarily exported from its territory to the territory of the other party for repair or alteration, regardless of whether such repair or alteration could be performed in the territory of the party from which the goods were exported for repair or alteration 1. , 2 3. Paragraph 2 shall not apply to goods imported under customs sign free-trade zones, or in similar status, that are exported for repair and are not re-imported into the Customs sign free-trade zones, or in similar status. 4. a party shall not apply customs duties on goods, regardless of their origin, imported temporarily from the territory of the other party for repair or alteration in the nolūkā3. 2.11. PANTSImport and export restrictions 1. Except as otherwise provided in this agreement, no party shall adopt or maintain a prohibition or restriction in force in respect of any other party or any imports of goods for the export of goods or sale for export, with a final destination in the territory of the other party, except in accordance with article XI of the GATT 1994. In connection with article XI of the GATT 1994 is incorporated in this agreement and become a part of it. 2. Where a party adopts or maintains a prohibition or restriction to take goods from a third country imports or exports to a third country, that party may: (a)) restrict or prohibit these third-country goods imported from the territory of the other party, or (b)) restrict or prohibit these third-country export of goods through the territory of the other party. 3. Where a party adopts or maintains a prohibition or restriction to the import of goods from a third country, the Parties shall, at the request of either party, shall hold consultations for the purpose of avoiding undue interference with the other hand pricing, marketing or distribution or the mutilation. 4. This article shall not apply to the arrangements, including the continuation of this action, immediate restoration or modification in relation to: (a) the logs of all species) of all trees. If the party ceased to require export permits for logs, with a final destination in the third country, the Party finally ceased to require export permits for logs destined for the other party; (b) the export of unprocessed fish) under Newfoundland and Labrador laws applicable in the three-year period after the date of entry into force of this agreement; (c) Canada) excise duties on absolute alcohol, contained in the tariff heading in the list of Canadian concession 2207.10.90, attached to the Marrakesh Protocol (V), and used in the manufacture in accordance with the provisions of the Excise Act (2001, S.C. 2002, Chapter 22); and (d)) second hand vehicle import in Canada that do not meet Canadian requirements, safety and the environment. 2.12. PANTSCit provisions relating to trade each Party shall endeavour to ensure that the goods of the other party that are legally imported and sold or offered for sale in the territory of the importing party anywhere, you can also sell or offer for sale throughout the territory of the importing party. 2.13. PANTSPreč. 1, the Committee on trade in accordance with article 26.2 (specialised committees) in paragraph 1 (a)) Committee on trade in goods established functions include: (a)) to promote trade in goods between the parties, including consultations on accelerating tariff suspension pursuant to this agreement and, where appropriate, other issues; (b) to recommend the ceta) Joint Committee to amend or supplement any of the provisions of this Agreement relating to the harmonized system; and (c)) shall immediately address issues related to the movement of goods through the ports of entry of the parties. 2. the Trade Committee may submit to the Joint Committee decision ceta projects for the acceleration of customs duty or removal goods. 3. in accordance with article 26.2 (specialised committees) in paragraph 1 (a)) Committee on Agriculture established: (a)) shall meet within 90 days at the request of a party; (b)) provides a forum to discuss issues concerning agricultural products subject to this agreement; and (c)) shall refer to the Committee on trade in goods to review any unresolved questions specified in subparagraph (b)). 4. the Parties shall take into account the cooperation and information exchange on issues of agriculture, according to the annual Canadian and European Union agricultural dialogue, as set out in the letters, which the exchange took place on 14 July 2008. Where appropriate, you can use the dialogue on Agriculture 3. Third NODAĻATIRDZNIECĪB A IEDAĻAAntidemping INSTRUMENT of protection and compensation measures 3.1. PANTSVispārīg rules on anti-dumping and countervailing measures 1. the parties reaffirm their rights and obligations arising out of article VI of GATT 1994, the anti-dumping agreement and the SCM Agreement. 2. the Protocol on rules of origin and origin procedures shall not be subject to anti-dumping and countervailing measures. 3.2. Transparency 1. Each Party shall apply anti-dumping and countervailing measures in accordance with the relevant WTO requirements and according to a fair and transparent process. 2. the Parties shall, following the imposition of provisional measures, and in any event before the final decision of providing full and meaningful fact checked all the relevant disclosure on the basis of which the decision whether to apply definitive measures. This is without prejudice to the anti-dumping agreement and the SCM Agreement, article 6.5 of the 12.4 article. 3. All anti-dumping or countervailing izmeklēšanā4 interested parties are given every opportunity to defend their interests if it unnecessarily delay the carrying out of the investigation. 3.3. PANTSSabiedrīb interest and lesser duty 1. each Party shall examine the information provided in accordance with the legislation of the parties as to whether anti-dumping or countervailing duty determination should or should not be in the public interest. 2. the information specified in paragraph 1, the parties of the proceedings, the authorities may consider whether the applicable anti-dumping or countervailing duty in accordance with the legislation of the party is the full margin of dumping or the amount of the subsidy or less. (B) IEDAĻAGlobāl protection measures 3.4. PANTSVispārīg rules for global protection measures 1. the parties reaffirm their rights and obligations in relation to the global safeguard measures under article XIX of GATT 1994 and the safeguards agreement. 2. the Protocol on rules of origin and origin procedures do not apply to global security measures. 3.5. Transparency 1. by request of the exporting Party that initiated a safeguard investigation, or plan to adopt provisional or definitive global protection measures without delay: (a)) of the Treaty of measures referred to in article 12.2 information in a format established by the WTO safeguards Committee; b) where appropriate, the domestic industry submitted a public version of the complaint; and (c)) public report setting out the findings and reasoned conclusions on all pertinent factual and legal questions that addressed the protection investigation. The report includes analysis of the public in linking the damage with factors that caused it, and determines the method used for the definition of global measures. 2. where, pursuant to this article shall provide information, the importing party shall offer the opportunity to consult with the exporting Party with a view to the review of the information provided. 3.6. the measures PANTSGalīg 1. Party that adopts global safeguard measures, endeavour to apply it to the least affected bilateral trade. 2. the importing party, the exporting Party provides an opportunity to discuss, to review the issues specified in paragraph 1. The importing party shall not adopt measures until 30 days have elapsed from the date on which it is offered the opportunity to consult. (C) IEDAĻAVispārīg terms of PANTSDomstarpīb settlement not 3.7. application of this chapter shall not apply in chapter 29 (settlement of disputes). The fourth NODAĻATEHNISK barriers to trade Actions 4.1 scope and definition 1. This chapter shall apply to technical regulations, standards, and application of, and conformity assessment procedures which may affect trade between the parties. 2. This chapter does not apply to: (a) procurement specifications) developed the national structure the structure of the national production or consumption requirements; or (b) sanitary or phytosanitary) measures as defined in Annex A of the SPS agreement. 3. Except for the purposes of this agreement, including the TBT agreement included provisions pursuant to article 4.2, the defined term or is given the role of standardization and conformity assessment procedures in general terms are often given them meaning in the definition adopted in the United Nations system and which adopted the international standards bodies, taking into account their context and in the light of the objectives and purposes of this chapter. 4. for the purposes of this chapter, references to technical regulations, standards and conformity assessment procedures include their amendments as well as the addition of provisions to, or the products covered, except insignificant amendments and additions. 5. This agreement to article 1.8 (liabilities) do not apply to the TBT Agreement 3, 4, 7, 8 and 9, as included in this agreement. 4.2. the inclusion of the Treaty 1 PANTSTB. that the TBT agreement are hereby incorporated in this agreement and become a part of it: a) article 2 (technical rules for the preparation, adoption and application by central government bodies); (b)) article 3 (technical regulations for the preparation, adaptation and implementation by local authorities and non-governmental organizations); c) article 4 (Standard for the preparation, adoption and application); d) article 5 (conformity assessment procedures of Central Government bodies); (e)), article 6 (Central Government bodies recognition of conformity assessment), without prejudice to the rights or obligations of the parties in accordance with the Protocol on conformity assessment and mutual recognition of the results of the Protocol concerning compliance and enforcement program for the mutual recognition of good manufacturing practice for medicinal products; (f)), article 7 (the local Government carried out the conformity assessment procedures); g) article 8 (non-governmental bodies the conformity assessment procedures); h) article 9 (international and regional systems); 1. Annex I) (the terms and their definitions for the purpose of this Agreement); and (j)) Annex 3 (code of good practice for standards preparation, adoption and application). 2. The term "Member States" shall include provisions in this agreement have the same meaning as in the TBT agreement. 3. with regard to TB contract 3., 4., 7., 8., and article 9, chapter 29 (settlement of disputes) can be applied in cases where a party considers that the other party has not achieved satisfactory results under the said articles, and its trade interests are significantly affected. In this context, the following results are the same as if the body concerned should be a party. 4.3. the parties to the PANTSSadarbīb strengthen its cooperation, standards, technical regulations, metrology, conformity assessment procedures, market surveillance or surveillance and enforcement activities in the areas to facilitate trade between the parties, as defined in chapter 21 (cooperation in the field of the regulation). It may consist of promoting and facilitating cooperation between the parties with regard to public and/or private organisations responsible for metrology, standardization, testing, certification and accreditation, market surveillance or monitoring and enforcement measures, and in particular their accreditation and conformity assessment bodies to participate in encouraging cooperative activities which contribute to the recognition of conformity assessment results. 4.4 provisions article 1 the parties undertake to cooperate to the extent possible, to ensure that their technical regulations are mutually compatible. In the end, if the party expresses its interest in developing a technical regulation, the scope of which is equivalent or similar to the provisions in force in the territory of the other party or the other party, the other party shall provide, on request, to the extent possible to the party concerned, information, research and data, which it used for the preparation of their technical provisions, which either have been adopted or are being developed. The parties recognize that it may be necessary to clarify and harmonise the specific request and that confidential information may not be disclosed. 2. the party who prepared the technical rules, which it considers equivalent to the other technical provisions which are incompatible purpose and range of production, can ask to be recognised by the other party as equivalent technical regulations. The party expresses the request in writing and shall state in detail the reasons why the technical provisions should be considered equivalent, including the reasons for the product range. The party does not agree that the technical provisions is equivalent to, at the request of either party, shall provide the reasons for its decision. 4.5. evaluation of compliance with other Parties followed the Protocol on conformity assessment and mutual recognition of the results of the Protocol on the compliance and enforcement program for the mutual recognition of good manufacturing practice for medicinal products. 4.6 transparency 1. Each Party shall ensure that the procedures of transparency in relation to technical regulations and conformity assessment procedures allow parties to engage relevant stakeholders at an early stage, when amendments can still be introduced and comments taken into account, except in the event of emergency or threats arise problems of safety, health, environmental protection or national security. If the consultation process with respect to the technical regulations or conformity assessment procedures are revealed, each Party shall permit persons of the other party to participate, subject to the terms and conditions that are not less favourable than the rules applicable to persons of their own party. 2. The Parties shall encourage closer cooperation between the standardisation bodies located on their respective territories, and to promote the exchange of information on their relevant activities, as well as on the harmonization of the standards on the basis of mutual interests and reciprocity, in accordance with arrangements to be agreed with the relevant standardisation bodies. 3. Each Party shall endeavour to ensure, at least for a period of 60 days after the WTO central registry of notifications sent by the proposed technical regulations and conformity assessment procedures, to the other party to provide comments in writing, except in the event of emergency or threat occur problems of safety, health, environmental protection or national security. The party positively consider reasonable request to extend the deadline for the submission of notes. 4. If a party receives comments on its proposed technical regulations or conformity assessment procedures on the other hand, it responds to these comments in writing before the technical regulations or conformity assessment procedure is adopted. 5. Each Party shall publish or otherwise make publicly available (in print or electronically) your responses or answers to your summary of the major comments received no later than the date on which it publishes technical regulations adopted or conformity assessment procedure. 6. Each Party shall, at the request of either party, shall provide information on the objectives, the legal basis and the rationale of the technical regulations or conformity assessment procedures for which the party has taken or proposes to take. 7. the party positively consider reasonable requests made by the other party and received the submission of notes before the end after sending the proposed technical regulations, to establish or extend the period of time between the adoption of technical rules and the date from which they will apply, except where delay would be effective for the legitimate objectives. 8. Each Party shall ensure that its adopted technical regulations and conformity assessment procedures are publicly available official Web sites. 9. If the party hold the point of entry, the goods imported from the territory of the other party, on the basis that the goods do not comply with the technical provisions, it shall without undue delay notify the importer of the goods, the reasons for the detention. 4.7. PANTSNodaļ management 1. the Parties shall cooperate in matters covered by this chapter. The parties agree that, in accordance with article 26.2 (a)) created the Committee on trade in goods: (a) manage the implementation of this chapter); (b) the address of the party) asked questions related to standards, technical regulations or conformity assessment procedures in the development, adoption or application; (c)), at the request of either of the parties promoting the discussion of risk or hazard assessment, led by the other party; d) promotes cooperation between their standardisation bodies and conformity assessment bodies; e) Exchange information on standards, technical regulations or conformity assessment procedures, including for third party or international law in these areas, where there is mutual interest in it; (f)) of this chapter, in the light of developments in the WTO Committee on technical barriers to trade, and, where appropriate, make recommendations for the amendment of this chapter is to examine the ceta Joint Committee; g) other measures that, in the opinion of the parties, will help them to implement this chapter and the TBT agreement and facilitate trade between the parties; and (h)) the report of the Joint Committee on the CETI this chapter. 2. If the parties at the request of a party, the Committee on trade in Goods cannot resolve the matter covered by this chapter, the ceta the Joint Committee may set up ad hoc technical working group to identify solutions for the promotion of trade. If the party does not agree to the request of the other party to establish a technical working group, upon request, explains the reasons for its decision. The parties led by the technical working group. 3. Where a party has requested information, the other party shall provide this information in accordance with the provisions of this chapter in print or electronic format within a reasonable time limit. The party tries to answer each request within 60 days. The fifth NODAĻASANITĀR and phytosanitary measures 5.1. Definitions 1. in this chapter, the following definitions shall apply: (a) in Annex A to the SPS Agreement) included in the definition; (b) in the definition of adopted) Codex Alimentarius Commission auspices; c) definitions, adopted by the World Organisation for animal health ("OIE") guardianship; (d) in the definition of adopted) International Plant Protection Convention (IPPC); e) protected zone in respect of harmful organisms regulated means officially defined geographical areas in the European Union, in which the organism is introduced, despite the favourable conditions for the spread and its existence in other parts of the European Union; and (f)), the competent authority of the party means 5-authority included in Annex A. 2. in addition to the requirements of paragraph 1 of the definition of SPS is prevalent, in so far as there is no compatibility between the definitions adopted by the Codex Alimentarius Commission, the OIE and the IPPC in custody, and SPS to the definitions in the Treaty. 5.2. the objectives of this chapter are PANTSMērķ are the following: (a) protect human, animal) life or health and plant health while promoting trade; (b)) to ensure that the parties ' sanitary and phytosanitary measures ("SPS") do not create unjustified barriers to trade; and (c)) to continue implementation of the SPS. 5.3. Actions in the scope this chapter applies to SPS measures which may, directly or indirectly, affect trade between the parties. 5.4 article and obligations the parties confirm their rights and obligations under the SPS. 5.5. as regards regional PANTSPielāgojum conditions 1. For animals, animal products and by-products of animal origin: a) the parties recognize the zoning concept, and they have decided to extend this concept to the contained in annex 5-B diseases; (b) if the parties decide on) principles and guidelines for the recognition of regional conditions, the parties will include 5-in Annex C; (c)) (a)) for the purpose of importing half of its sanitary measures applicable to exporters, which hit the territory in annex 5-B, based on the zoning decision adopted by the exporting Party, if the importing party shall recognize that the zoning of the exporting Party's decision is in line with the principles and guidelines set by the parties in annex 5-C, and it is based on the relevant international standards, guidelines and recommendations. The importing party may apply any additional measures to achieve the appropriate level of sanitary protection; d) if either party believes that it has a special status with respect to diseases which are not included in the annex 5-B, it may request recognition of that status. The importing party may request additional guarantees of live animals, animal products and animal by-products imports which meet the agreed status that recognized by the importing party, including 5-in Annex E special conditions; and (e)) the parties recognise the concept of separation, and agree to cooperate on this issue. 2. For plants and plant products) importer (a) party shall implement or maintain their phytosanitary measures, it shall also take into account the territory the status of the harmful organisms, for example, from the harmful organisms free area, free from the harmful organisms of production, from the harmful organisms of plant free, low spread of the harmful organism and the territory of the protected zone, established by the exporting Party; and (b)) if the parties decide on principles and guidelines for the recognition of regional conditions, the parties include in annex 5-C. 5.6. PANTSLīdzvērtīb 1. The importing party shall accept SPS measures of the exporting Party as equivalent to its own, if the exporting Party objectively demonstrates to the importing party that its measure achieves the importing party's appropriate level of protection of the SPS. 2. the 5-D of this agreement set out in the annex to the principles and guidelines for the determination of equivalence, recognition and maintaining it. 3. This agreement 5-: (a) in Annex E), which the territory of the importing party shall recognise that exporting Party SPS measures is equivalent to the event; and (b)), the territory of the importing party shall recognise that a particular condition is met in particular in combination with the SPS measures of the exporting Party achieves the importing party's appropriate level of protection of the SPS. 4. for the purposes of this chapter 1.7. Article (a reference to legislation) applies, on the basis of this article and annex 5-D 5-E contained in the annex to the General notes. 5.7. PANTSTirdzniecīb conditions 1. The importing party shall make available to the General CMS import requirements for all commodities. If the parties jointly determine the priority of any item, the importing party shall provide for specific import requirements of SPS the item, unless the parties decide otherwise. Determining which goods are a priority, the Parties shall cooperate to ensure the effective management of available resources. Special import requirements should apply throughout the territory of the exporting Party. 2. in accordance with paragraph 1, the importing party shall, without undue delay, initiate the necessary process by laying down specific import requirements of SPS product that is identified as a priority item. When this special import requirements have been determined, the importing party shall, without undue delay, take the necessary measures to allow trade, on the basis of these import requirements. 3. In order to determine the specific import requirements of SPS the exporting Party at the request of the importing party: a) provide all the necessary information required by the importing party; and (b)) provides access to reasonable party to verify, test, audit, and other necessary procedures. 4. If the importing party maintains a product authorised for import company or list, it confirms the exporting party hosted company or authority, without prior examination of this company or authority, if: (a)) the exporting Party has requested such approval the company or authority, accompanied by appropriate safeguards; and (b)) are met 5.-the conditions specified in annex F and procedures. 5. in addition to the requirements of paragraph 4, the importing party shall make publicly available its authorised undertakings or establishments. 6. the party usually adopt regulated shipments without prior examination of the goods for each shipment, unless the parties decide otherwise. 7. the importing party may require that the exporting Party objectively demonstrates to the competent authority according to the requirements of the importing party that the import requirements can be fulfilled or are fulfilled. 8. The parties should follow the 5-G procedure set out in the annex for specific import requirements regarding plant health. 5.8. PANTSAudit and check 1. To preserve the confidence in the implementation of this chapter, a party may carry out the audit or examination, or both in relation to the competent authorities of the other party all or part of control programmes. Party shall bear its own costs in connection with the audit or examination. 2. If the parties decide on principles and guidelines audit or inspection, side it includes 5-H in the annex. If the party carries out the audit or examination, the Party shall, in accordance with annex 5-H principles and guidelines. 5.9. PANTSEksport certification 1. If you need an official health certificate for imports of live animals or products of animal origin, and if the importing party has recognized the SPS measures of the exporting Party as equivalent to its own SPS measures in respect of such animals or products of animal origin, the parties to such a certificate of attestation of health used the model appearing in annex I, 5-unless the parties decide otherwise. The parties may use a sample of the proof to other products if they so decide. 2. This agreement set out in annex I 5-principles and guidelines for the export certification, including electronic certification, certificate revocation or replacement, the language regime and the receipt of the samples. 5.10. checking and PANTSImport fees 1.5 this Agreement-annex J lays down the principles and guidelines for the import checks and fees, including import inspection frequencies. 2. If the import inspection found not in conformity with the relevant import requirements of the importing party, the action taken should be based on risk assessment and related it can't restrict trade more than is necessary to achieve the party's proper sanitary or phytosanitary protection. 3. If possible, the importing party shall notify the importer of the consignment is not appropriate or a representative of the non-compliance and provide them the opportunity to review the decision. The importing party shall consider all relevant information submitted, to assist the review. 4. a party may charge a fee for the costs in connection with carrying out border controls should not exceed cost recovery. 5.11. PANTSPaziņojum and information exchange 1. a party shall, without undue delay, notify the other party of: a) a substantial change in the harmful organism or disease status, such as 5-Annex B shall contain the disease monitoring and development; (b)) findings of epidemiological importance with respect to the findings in animal disease which is not included in the annex 5-B, or a new disease; and (c)) and important food safety issues in relation to the product, to which the parties to the trade. 2. the Parties shall endeavour to exchange information on other important issues, including: (a) the party) changes the SPS measures; (b)) any material changes to the structure of the competent authority of the party or organization; (c) at the request of the parties) official controls and report on the results that pertain to the results of the controls carried out; (d) this Agreement) provided for in article 5.10. import inspection results declined or inappropriate in the case of the consignment; and (e)) at the request of a risk analysis or scientific opinion drawn up by the parties and relating to this chapter. 3. If the Joint Management Committee decides otherwise, when 1 or 2 above information is made available through the notification to the WTO central registry of notifications or the international standards body concerned, in accordance with its relevant provisions, are executed in 1 and 2 requirements as they apply to this information. 5.12 article consultation where a party has serious concerns regarding food safety, plant or animal health, or SPS measures implemented or proposed by the other party, that party may request the other party technical advice. The party to which the request relates, should be responsible for it without undue delay. Each Party shall endeavour to provide the information necessary to avoid disruption of trade and, where necessary, reach a mutually acceptable solution. 5.13. the contingency measures the SPS 1. a party shall notify the other party of the SPS measures of emergency within 24 hours of the decision on the implementation of the action. If a party requests technical advice to emergency measures, the SPS takes place 10 days after the receipt of the notification of emergency measures SPS. The Parties shall examine any technical consultation. 2. The importing party shall consider the information provided by the time the exporting Party when it adopted a decision on the post that the extraordinary measures the time the SPS is being transported between the parties. 5.14. PANTSSanitār phytosanitary measures and joint management Committee 1. Sanitary and phytosanitary measures, the Joint Management Committee ("Joint Management Committee"), established pursuant to paragraph 1 of article 26.2 (d)), include each party's regulatory and trade representatives responsible for SPS measures. 2. Joint Management Committee's responsibilities include the following: (a) to monitor the implementation of this chapter), to consider any matter relating to this chapter and to examine all questions which may arise in connection with its implementation; (b) specify the direction in question) detection, prioritization, management, and resolution; (c) to address any of the parties) to amend the import inspection; (d)) at least once a year, review the annexes to this chapter, particularly in the light of the progress made under the consultations provided for in this agreement. After review, the Joint Management Committee may decide to amend the annexes to this chapter. The parties may approve the Joint Management Committee for decision in accordance with their respective procedures necessary for its entry into force. This decision shall enter into force on the day the parties agreed; e d)) to monitor the implementation of the decision indicated, as well as the measures listed in point (d)); (f) to provide a forum for regular) exchange of information in relation to each party's regulatory system, including the scientific and risk assessment base SPS measures; and (g)) to prepare and maintain a document which details the State of the negotiations between the parties on the work related to a particular SPS measure recognition of equivalence. 3. the Joint Management Committee may also: (a) identifying opportunities) for more bilateral cooperation, including the improvement of relations that can be associated with exchanges of officials; (b)) at an early stage to discuss changes or any of the proposed changes in respect of consideration the SPS measures; (c)) contribute to a better understanding between the parties on the implementation of the SPS and to promote cooperation between the parties, in consultation the SP multilateral fora, including the WTO sanitary and phytosanitary measures Committee and international standardisation bodies; or (d)) at an early stage to identify and discuss the initiative, which is a component of the SP and which would benefit from the cooperation. 4. in order to deal with specific issues, the SP Management Committee may create working groups, composed of expert-level representatives of the parties. 5. a party may address any issue to the joint managing SPT Committee. The Joint Management Committee, the issue should be addressed as quickly as possible. 6. If the Joint Management Committee is unable to resolve the matter quickly, at the request of a party, shall immediately notify the ceta Joint Committee. 7. Unless the parties decide otherwise, the Joint Management Committee shall meet and shall establish its programme of work not later than 180 days after the date of entry into force of this agreement and its rules of procedure, not later than one year after the entry into force of this agreement. 8. at the first meeting of the Joint Management Committee shall meet as needed, usually once a year. Joint Management Committee may decide to hold the meeting by videoconference or teleconference, and it can also address issues outside the meetings correspondence way. 9. the Joint Management Committee shall report annually on its activities and programme of work of the Joint Committee to CETI. 10. With the entry into force of this agreement, each Party shall designate a contact point and notify in writing the other party, the contact point shall coordinate and joint management Committee agenda and facilitates communication of SPS issues. The sixth NODAĻAMUIT and trade promotion PANTSMērķ and principles 6.1 1. Parties recognize the promotion of customs and trade for the importance of the issues in a changing global trade environment. 2. the Parties shall, to the extent possible, cooperate and exchange information, including best practices information to facilitate trade under this agreement for the promotion of measures and compliance with them. 3. measures for the promotion of trade does not hinder the mechanisms for the protection of persons, effectively implementing the legislation and ensuring compliance with them. 4. Import, export and transit requirements and procedures do not result in a greater administrative burden or trade restrictions than necessary to achieve a legitimate objective. 5. existing international trade and customs instruments and standards are the basis for import, export and transit requirements and procedures, except where they would be inappropriate or inefficient features a specific legitimate purpose. 6.2. Transparency 1. Each Party shall publish or otherwise make available, including by electronic means, its laws, regulations, judicial decisions and administrative policy relating to the import or export of goods. 2. Each Party shall endeavour to make publicly available, including on the internet, the proposed rules and administrative policies relating to customs matters, and before their adoption to enable interested parties to submit comments. 3. Each Party shall designate or keep one or more contact points of the proposed investigation by the interested parties in the context of customs issues and make available on the internet, information on the procedures following the initiation of the investigation. 6.3. PANTSPreč release 1 each Party shall adopt or maintain simplified customs procedure for release of goods efficiently to facilitate trade between the parties and reduce costs for importers and exporters. 2. Each Party shall ensure that: (a) this simplified procedure) lets you skip the goods within a period of not more than that necessary to ensure compliance with the legislation of the parties; (b)) allows the goods and to the extent possible also in controlled or regulated goods to skip the first arrival point; c) allow fast trying to skip items that need urgent customs clearance; (d) the importer or his agent) allows to remove goods from the customs control prior to the final decision and customs, duty, and taxes paid. Before the goods are released, the party may request that the importer provides sufficient guarantees, the guarantee deposit or other appropriate instruments; and (e)), in accordance with its laws and regulations provide for simplified documentation requirements for low-value goods, as determined by each party. 3. Each party in their simplified procedures may be required to furnish further information, the use of the pēcievešan accounting and verification procedures. 4. each Party shall permit to speed up the release of the goods and to the extent possible and where relevant: (a) prior information) provides the electronic filing and processing before the goods are physical importation to ensure release of preš at the time of importation, unless risk or if you do not need to perform random checks; and (b)) provides the specific clearance of goods with minimum documentation. 5. Each Party shall, to the extent possible to ensure that its institutions and agencies involved in border control and other import and export controls, shall cooperate and coordinate work to promote sales, also bringing requirements for import and export of data and documentation, and creating a single location for a single consignment of dokumentāraj and physical checks. 6. Each Party shall, as far as possible, ensure that the import and export requirements are harmonized to facilitate trade, irrespective of whether these requirements are managed by the agency or the Customs Administration on behalf of the agency concerned. 6.4. PANTSMuit determination of value 1. Customs valuation agreement governs the determination of the customs value, applicable to trade between the parties. 2. the Parties shall cooperate in order to agree on a common approach to issues related to the determination of the customs value. PANTSPreč 6.5 classification the classification of goods in trade between the parties pursuant to this agreement are set out in each party's respective tariff nomenclature under the harmonized system. 6.6. PANTSMaks and charges each Party shall publish or otherwise make available information on the fees and charges applicable to the customs administration of the party concerned, including by electronic means. That information shall include the applicable fees or charges, payment of certain charges or reason, the responsible authority and the time of payment and order. The party does not apply to the new fees and charges or amending them, until it is not published or otherwise made available for this information. 6.7. PANTSRisk management 1 each party its own inspection, release and pēcievešan verification procedures based on the principles of risk assessment rather than require that every shipment offered a comprehensive check for compliance with import requirements. 2. Each Party shall adopt and apply its imports, exports and transit requirements and procedures based on the principles of risk management, and compliance activities focus on transactions that are worth a look. 3. paragraphs 1 and 2 shall not preclude a party to perform quality control and review of compliance, which may require more tests. 6.8. PANTSAutomatizācij. 1, each Party shall use information technology that speeds up the procedures for release of goods to facilitate trade, including trade between the parties. 2. Each Party shall: (a)) by electronic means, trying to make available customs forms that are required for import or export of the goods; (b)) on the basis of their national law, that the Customs authorization forms to submit in electronic form; and c) if possible, with the parties through the Customs Administration provides the electronic exchange of information with their dealers. 3. Each Party shall endeavour to: (a)) create or maintain the fully linked a single point of contact system to facilitate the submission of information to the single electronic format required by Customs and other legislation on cross-border movement of goods; and (b)) develop data elements and the process as a whole, in accordance with the World Customs Organization (WCO) data model and WCO recommendations and associated guidelines. 4. the Parties shall endeavour to cooperate in developing interoperable electronic system, including in the light of the work to facilitate the PM for trade between the parties. 6.9. PANTSIepriekšēj the ruling 1. Each Party shall, on written request, provide advance rulings on tariff classification in accordance with the legislation of the parties. 2. on the basis of the requirements of confidentiality, each Party shall publish, for example, the internet, information relating to previous rulings on tariff classification, which is essential to the understanding and application of tariff classification provisions. 3. in order to facilitate trade, the parties include in their bilateral dialogue with regular updates about changes in their respective legislation and implementing measures related to point 1 and 2 of the questions below. 6.10. PANTSPārskatīšan and appeals 1. Each Party shall ensure that the administrative process or official decision taken in respect of the importation of goods, can be reviewed immediately in the courts, arbitration or administrative courts or administrative procedures. 2. The Court or officer acting in accordance with the administrative procedures, independent of the official or the institution, which shall take a decision, and the Court or officer is to maintain, amend or withdraw the decision in accordance with the legislation of the parties. 3. before you ask the person to look for a solution to the more formal or judicial level, each Party shall provide for administrative appeal or review level, independent of the official or the institution responsible for the initial action or decision. 4. each Party shall grant substantially the same rights of review and appeal to their customs administrations in previous rulings, it ensure that importers in its territory, the person who has received a preliminary ruling pursuant to article 4.3. 6.11. the penalties each Party shall ensure that its customs legislation provides that the penalties applied for offences is proportionate and non-discriminatory and that this punishment does not result in the imposition of unreasonable delay. 6.12. Confidentiality 1. Each Party shall, in accordance with its legislation regarded as strictly confidential all information obtained pursuant to this chapter and which by its nature is confidential or submit confidential and protected from disclosure of that information, which would be detrimental to the competitiveness of the person providing the information. 2. If a party who receives or obtains the information specified in paragraph 1, in accordance with its national law must disclose information, that party shall notify the party or the person who provided the information. 3. Each Party shall ensure that the confidential information obtained pursuant to this chapter, will not be used for purposes other than customs management and implementation issues, except with the permission of the person or the party that provided the confidential information. 4. a party may permit pursuant to this chapter for the use of information in administrative proceedings, legal proceedings or proceedings for the comparable process, launched in connection with the customs legislation, to implement the provisions of this chapter. About half of such use in advance notified to the party or the person who provided the information. 6.13. PANTSSadarbīb. 1, the Parties shall continue to cooperate in international fora, such as the WCO to achieve mutually agreed objectives, including the objectives set out in the standard system the PM world trade security and facilitation. 2. The Parties shall regularly review relevant international initiatives to promote trade, including the United Nations trade and Development Conference and the un Economic Commission for Europe, trade facilitation recommendations developed a summary identifying areas where further joint action would facilitate trade between the parties and to facilitate joint multilateral objectives. 3. the Parties shall cooperate as appropriate in the 1997 Ottawa 4 December signed the Canada-European Community agreement on customs cooperation and mutual assistance in customs matters ("Canadian and EU customs cooperation agreement"). 4. The Parties shall provide each other with mutual assistance in customs matters in accordance with the Canadian and EU customs cooperation agreement, including matters related to customs of a party, a possible violation of the law, as defined in the agreement, and in the implementation of this agreement. 6.14. PANTSApvienot Customs Cooperation Committee 1. The joint customs cooperation Committee, which is empowered to act in the ceta under the auspices of the Joint Committee as a specialized Committee according to article 26.2 (specialised committees) in paragraph 1 (c)), this chapter provides the Protocol on rules of origin and origin procedures, as well as article 20.43 (Robežpasākum of) and of article 2.8 (preferential tariff arrangement of temporary suspension). The joint customs cooperation Committee shall examine questions relating to their application according to the objectives of this agreement. 2. For the consideration of the issues covered by this agreement, the joint customs cooperation Committee's customs, trade or other competent authorities according to the discretion of each party. 3. Each Party shall ensure that its representatives on the joint customs cooperation Committee meetings have special knowledge, corresponding to the agenda items. In order to address issues related to rules of origin or procedures of origin, the joint customs cooperation Committee may meet in the composition, which represents the specific expertise, accordingly as the joint customs cooperation Committee in the area of rules of origin or as a joint customs cooperation committee procedure in the area of origin. 4. the joint customs cooperation Committee may prepare such resolutions, recommendations or opinions and submit a draft decision of the Joint Committee, ceta which it considers necessary to achieve the common objectives and the mechanisms of stable, provided for in this chapter and in the Protocol on rules of origin and origin procedures, as well as in article 20.43 (Robežpasākum of) and 2.8 (preferential tariff arrangement of temporary suspension). The seventh NODAĻASUBSĪDIJ PANTSSubsīdij definition of 7.1 1. for the purposes of this agreement, a subsidy is a measure relating to the trading of goods and complying with the SCM Agreement 1.1 the conditions laid down in that article. 2. This chapter shall apply to the grant only if it is a special ICM contract within the meaning of article 2. 7.2. Transparency 1. Every two years, each Party shall, in its territory of any grant or subsidy saved shall notify the other party of the following data: (a) the legal basis of the subsidy); b) subsidy; and (c)) or subsidy amount budgeted amount for subsidy. 2. considers that the statements provided in the WTO SCM Agreement according to article 31, paragraph 1 meets the requirements set out in. 3. at the request of the other party, the Party shall promptly provide information and respond to questions pertaining to cases of State aid in connection with the provision of a service in its territory. 7.3. the PANTSApspriešan of subsidies and State aid for sectors other than agriculture and fisheries 1. If a party believes that a subsidy or a certain State aid cases concerning trade in services by the other half, adversely affect or may adversely affect its interests, it can express their concern that the other party and ask to consult on this issue. The defending party full and sympathetic consideration to the request. 2. During the consultation process, a party may seek additional information about subsidy or a specific State aid cases concerning trade in services given by the other party, including subsidies or support the policy objective, the amount and any measures taken to limit the potential distorting effects on trade. 3. on the basis of the consultation, the defending party in the interest of the applicant's Party seeks to prevent or reduce to a minimum the subsidies or State aid relating to trade in services, any adverse impact. 4. This article shall not apply to subsidies relating to agricultural products and fisheries products, and without prejudice to article 7.4 and 7.5. 7.4. PANTSApspriešan of subsidies in relation to agricultural products and fishery products 1. Parties have a common goal to work together to reach agreement: (a)) continue to improve multilateral disciplines and rules on agricultural trade in the WTO; and (b)) to help develop global, multilateral solutions in relation to fisheries subsidies. 2. If a party believes that a subsidy or public aid provided by the other party, the negative affect or may adversely affect its interests with regard to agricultural products or fishery products, it can express their concern that the other party and ask to consult on this issue. 3. the defendant half full and sympathetic consideration to the request and do everything possible to hand the interest of the applicant in respect of the agricultural products and fisheries products prevent or minimise subsidies or State aid provided to the adverse impact. 7.5. PANTSLauksaimniecīb export subsidies 1. for the purposes of this article: (a)) the export subsidy is an export subsidy, as defined in article 1 of the agreement on agriculture, e); and (b)) full cancellation of the tariff — in cases where tariff quotas exist — have either quota or tariff, tariff quotas have been exceeded. 2. a party shall not adopt or maintain in force the export subsidies for agricultural goods exported or included in products exported to the territory of the other party when the other side is completely abolished the tariff (immediately or after the transitional period) the relevant agricultural products under Annex A-2 (tariff elimination), including its tariff lists. 7.6. the confidentiality of the information Provided pursuant to this chapter, the Party shall not be obliged to disclose confidential information. 7.7. State aid PANTSSubsīdij and audiovisual services and cultural sector off this agreement does not apply to subsidies or State aid in the audiovisual services in the European Union and the cultural sector in Canada. 7.8. PANTSSaistīb with the WTO agreement the parties reaffirm their rights and obligations arising out of article VI of GATT 1994, the SCM Agreement and the agreement on agriculture. 7.9. PANTSDomstarpīb resolution To this chapter 7.3 and 7.4 of the article not to apply the provisions of this agreement on the settlement of the dispute. NODAĻAIEGULDĪJUM (A) IEDAĻADefinīcij of the eighth and scope 8.1. Definitions in this chapter: the activities carried out within the powers of the State, are actions that don't take no commercial purposes nor in competition with one or more economic operators; aircraft repair and maintenance services are activities that made the aircraft or aircraft part, while it is not in service, and do not include so-called line maintenance; airport operation services are infrastructure, including airport terminals, runways, taxi lanes and platforms, parking and airport internal transport system, or the management of payment or on a contractual basis. For greater certainty, airport operations services not within the airport or airport land ownership or investments in or any other functions performed by the Board of Directors. Airport operation services do not include provision of air navigation services; seizure of assets is in dispute, the parties involved seizure, to ensure or guarantee the execution of the judicial decision; computer reservation system services means services provided by computerised systems that contain information about air carriers ' schedules, availability, fares and rules, to make reservations or issue tickets; confidential or protected information means: (a)) confidential business or b) information that is protected from disclosure to the public, i) in the case of information of the defendant in accordance with the law of the defendant; II) in the case of other information in accordance with the law or regulations, which the Tribunal determines to be applicable in relation to the disclosure of such information; the covered investment for a party to have an investment in its territory of: (a)); b) carried out in accordance with the law applicable at the time of the contribution; c) directly or indirectly owned by an investor of the other party or which it controls; and (d)) which exist on the date of entry into force of this agreement, or made or acquired thereafter; the party to the dispute is the investor who proposes proceedings according to section F, or the defendant. The purpose of the section, and without prejudice to article 8.14, the investor is not a party; the parties to the dispute are both the investor and the defendant; the ban is an order prohibiting or restricting activities; the company is a company, as defined in article 1.1 (definitions of general application), and a branch or representative office of the company; service on the ground is the provision of services on a fee or contract basis of: administrative services and monitoring on the ground, including cargo control and communications; passenger service; baggage handling; freight and mail handling service on the ramp and aircraft servicing; fuel and oil fill; aircraft line maintenance; flight management and crew management; surface transport and catering services. Service to the land not within the security services or infrastructure or centralized management, such as baggage handling systems, de-icing equipment, fuel filling system or internal transport systems; ICSID investment means the international dispute resolution Centre; ICSID additional facility rules are rules, establishing additional mechanisms to manage the international investment arbitration proceedings by the Secretariat of the Centre; ICSID Convention is in Washington, 18 March 1965 signed the Convention on the settlement of investment disputes between States and nationals of other States; intellectual property rights means copyright and related rights, the right to the trade mark rights in relation to geographical indications, industrial design rights, patent rights, rights to circuits configuration diagrams, the right to protection of undisclosed information, and plant breeder's rights, if such right is provided for in the legislation of the parties, the functional model. Ceta Joint Committee, acting, this definition may add other categories of intellectual property; the contribution of assets of any kind is directly or indirectly owned or controlled by it to investors who have investment properties that contain a fixed duration and other such properties as liabilities in respect of capital or other resources, or predictable profit income or risk taking. The investment is one of the following: (a)); (b)), or part of other types of equity participation in a company; c) bonds, notes and other debt instruments; (d) a loan company); (e)) any other interest in the company; f) interest, related to: i) the concessions granted under the legislation of one of the parties or in accordance with the Treaty, including to seek, obtain or use raw, natural resources; (ii)), darbuzņēmum construction, production or revenue sharing agreement; or III) other similar contracts; g) intellectual property rights; h) other property, tangible or intangible, or real estate law and related rights; I) claims in cash or claim relating to the performance under the contract. For greater certainty, in cash claims shall not apply to: (a) cash) claims arising from only natural persons or commercial contracts for the sale of goods or services in the territory of either party to a natural person or an enterprise in the territory of the other party; (b)) the domestic financing or (c) any order, judgment) or arbitration award relating to (a)) or (b)). Proceeds are invested, consider the investment. Any changes to the form in which assets are invested or reinvested shall not affect them as an investment; Investor means party, parties or individuals, except the affiliate company or agency that wants to perform, carry out or have carried out investments in the territory of the other party. The purpose of this definition is: (a) the party) the company that created or organized under the law of a party and carrying out a real business on the territory of the party concerned; or (b)), the company that created or organized under the law of a party and who owns, directly or indirectly, by the party concerned or a natural person) or to the company under section they control; a local company is a legal entity created or organized under the law of the defendant and the other parties that belong to the investor or what it controls, directly or indirectly; a natural person means: (a) in the case of Canada) a natural person who is a Canadian citizen or a permanent resident; and (b) in the case of the EU side) a natural person who is a Member State of the European Union in accordance with the relevant legislation, and also for Latvia, natural persons resident in the Republic of Latvia, the Republic of Latvia or who is not a citizen of another country, but which, in accordance with the laws of the Republic of Latvia has the right to receive a passport for non-citizens. A natural person who is a Canadian citizen and who is a Member State of the European Union, only about half of the individuals in which he has a dominant and effective nationality. A natural person who is a national of a Member State of the European Union citizen or a Canadian citizen and who is also a resident of the other party, the party only on the natural person is a national or of which he is a citizen (as appropriate for the situation); The New York Convention is in New York on 10 June 1958 signed UN Convention on foreign arbitral award recognition and enforcement; not a party to the dispute is in Canada, if the defendant is in the European Union or a Member State of the European Union, or the European Union, if the defendant is in Canada; the defendant is Canada or, in the case of the European Union — either a Member State of the European Union, or the European Union pursuant to article 8.21; revenue is all amounts contributed or repeated, including investment gains, royalties and interest or other fees and payments in kind; the sale of air services and trade means opportunities for the air carrier concerned to sell and market freely its air transport services including all aspects of marketing such as market research, advertising and distribution, but does not include the pricing of air services or conditions applicable; third party financing is any any natural or legal person who is not the funding involved in the dispute, but to conclude an agreement with the party to the dispute about the costs of part or all the costs of the litigation, either through a grant or subsidy, or for remuneration, depending on the outcome of the dispute; the Tribunal is a Tribunal established pursuant to article 8.27; UNCITRAL arbitration rules are the United Nations International Trade Law Commission arbitration rules; and the UNCITRAL rules of transparency are the UNCITRAL rules on transparency in the investment treaty arbitration proceedings between investors and the State. 8.2. the scope of the Actions 1. This chapter applies to measures adopted by the party or its teritorijā5 in force apply in respect of: (a) investors of the other party); (b) the covered investment;) and (c)) in relation to article 8.5., any investments in its territory. 2. with regard to the establishment of the investment covered or iegādi6, (B) and (C) section does not apply to measures relating to: (a)) air traffic services or related services that support air traffic services and other services provided by air, except: transportu7 i) aircraft repair and maintenance services; II) air service sales and marketing; III) computerized reservation system (CRS) services; IV) service on Earth; v) airport operations services; or (b)) activities carried out within the powers of the State. 3. with regard to the EU side, (B) and (C) the section shall not apply to activities which fall within the area of audiovisual services. For Canada, (B) and (C) shall not apply to activities which fall within the cultural sector. 4. Pursuant to this chapter may make investors only according to 8.18. Article and according to procedures set out in section F. Requirements which relate to the duties specified in section B shall not be subject to the scope of application of section F. With section C-related requirements on covered investments or acquisitions are excluded from the scope of the section. Section d applies only to cover investments and investors in connection with covered investments. 5. This chapter is without prejudice to the rights and obligations of the parties arising out of the air transport agreement between Canada and the European Community and its Member States, signed in Brussels on 17 December 2009 and year 2009 in Ottawa on December 18. 8.3. PANTSSaistīb with other departments 1. This chapter shall not apply to measures taken by a party or kept in force, insofar as these measures concern the investors or their investments, subject to chapter 13 (financial services). 2. the parties claim that other service providers should provide a guarantee or other form of financial security as a condition for the provision of a service in its territory does not of itself mean that this section is applicable to measures adopted by the party in power, or kept in connection with the cross-border service provision. This chapter applies to measures adopted by the parties or kept in force in relation to the submitted bond or financial security, to the extent that such guarantee or financial security is a covered investment. (B) creating IEDAĻAIeguldījum PANTSPiekļuv market of 8.4 1. for investors of the other party undertaking market access side does not accept or maintain in force measures that apply to the whole of its territory or national, provincial, territorial, regional or local level and which: (a)) set the limits: i) the number of establishments that can make certain economic activities either numerical quotas, monopolies, exclusive supplier, or economic needs test requirements; (ii) the transaction or asset total) value of numerical quotas or the requirement of an economic needs test; (iii) the total number of transactions) or the service provided to the total quantity, expressed in specific numeric units, quotas or the requirement of economic needs test; 8 iv) participation of foreign capital in the form of Foreign shareholdings or the individual or total foreign investment limit maximum percentages; or v) the total number of natural persons that may be employed in a particular industry or company may employ and who are necessary for the performance of economic activities and directly related to it, in terms of numerical quotas or the requirement of an economic needs test; or (b)) limit or require certain entities or types of joint ventures through which a company can perform an economic activity. 2. For greater certainty, paragraph 1 is compatible with the following measures: (a)) measure, which applies to zoning and planning regulations and affect the land or use, or other, similar measure; (b)), which requires the separation of ownership of infrastructure from the ownership of the goods or services provided through this infrastructure, in order to ensure fair competition, such as energy, transport and telecommunications sectors; c) measure restricting the concentration of ownership in order to ensure fair competition; (d)), which measure is to preserve and protect the natural resources and the environment, including by limiting the availability of the concession granted to the number and scope, and the moratorium or prohibition; e) measure, limiting the number of conferred powers on the basis of the technical or physical constraints such as spectrum and telecommunications frequencies; or f) measure, which requires that certain of the company's shareholders, owners, partners or directors of the percentage would be qualified or work in a specific profession, such as lawyers or accountants. 8.5. the requirements of 1. PANTSVeiktspēj party does not establish or implement such requirements, or does not implement the obligation or commitment in respect of any contribution to the establishment, acquisition, expansion, management, operation or management of its territory with a view to: (a) the export of particular goods) or services, or a percentage; b) achieve a certain amount of domestic shares or percentage; (c)) the purchase or use in its territory of goods produced or services provided or give them benefits, or to purchase goods or services from persons or companies in its territory; (d) the volume of imports) or value of exports or value, or by the amount of foreign exchange flows related to the investment; e) restrict the sale of goods or services in its territory that causes or contributes to, extending this sale for its exports or foreign exchange earnings amount or value; f) transfer technology, a production process or other your knowledge to a natural person or an enterprise in its territory, or g) delivered only from the party with the assistance of investment goods produced or services provided to a specific regional or world markets. 2. the party does not determine that the benefits and continue in relation to any investment, acquisition, expansion, management, conduct or operation on its territory must be one of the following requirements: (a)) to meet a specific inland parts of volume or percentage; b) to purchase or use the goods produced in its territory, or give them benefits, or to purchase goods from producers in its territory; (c)) the volume of imports or associate value with export volume or value, or by the amount of foreign exchange flows related to the investment; or (d)) to restrict sales of goods or services in its territory that causes or contributes to, extending this sale for its exports or foreign exchange earnings amount or value. 3. Paragraph 2 of this article shall not prevent the parties determine that the benefits of receiving or continuing to receive in connection with an investment in its territory shall be subject to compliance with the requirement for production deployment, service, training, or employment of a particular construction or expansion of infrastructure or research and development performed in its territory. 4. paragraph 1 of this article f) does not apply if the claim or obligation or commitment to prevent infringements of competition law are determined by a court, Administrative Tribunal or competition authority's decision. 5. the provisions set out in: (a)) of paragraph 1 of this article, (a), (b) and (c)))) and paragraph 2 (a)) and (b)), do not apply for a product or service in sliding competence requirements for participation in export promotion and foreign aid programs; (b)) in this article, the Parties shall not apply to the procurement of goods or services, rather than the non-commercial purpose of resale or for the purpose of use in the provision of goods or services for commercial sale, regardless of whether this procurement is or is not a "covered procurement" in article 19.2 (scope and scope). 6. Greater certainty, paragraph 2 (a)) and (b)) shall not apply the requirements of the importing party in respect of the composition of the goods necessary to qualify for preferential tariffs or preferential quotas. 7. This article shall be without prejudice to the obligations of the parties with respect to the World Trade Organization. IEDAĻANediskriminējoš c treatment article mode 1 5.3. each Party shall establish an investor of the other party and covered investments treatment that is not less favourable than the regime that its similar situations determines its own investors and their investments with respect to investment, acquisition, expansion, management, operation, management, maintenance, use, enjoyment and sale or transfer in the territory. 2. the mode defined by a party under paragraph 1 means, with respect to the Government of Canada, except the federal level — the arrangements no less favourable than the Government in similar situations the most favourable regime for certain Canadian investors and such, in its territory investments of investors. 3. the mode defined by a party under paragraph 1 means, with respect to any Government of a Member State of the European Union or the Government of a Member State of the European Union — arrangements no less favourable than the Government in similar situations the most favourable regime for certain EU investors in its area, and investments of investors of such. 8.7. PANTSVislielāk-favoured-nation treatment 1. Each Party shall determine an investor of the other party and covered investments treatment that is not less favourable than the regime that its similar situations determine the third country investors and their investments with respect to investment, acquisition, expansion, management, operation, management, maintenance, use, enjoyment and sale or transfer in the territory. 2. For greater certainty, mode, party under paragraph 1 means, with respect to the Government of Canada, other than a federal level or, in the case of one of the Member States of the European Union the Government or Government of any Member State of the European Union — by the Government concerned similar situations determined by the investors in its territory and a third country investments of investors. 3 of paragraph 1 of this article shall not apply to the regime to which the party has determined to provide for the recognition, including using the arrangement or agreement with a third country, which recognizes the testing and analysis services and this service provider accreditation, repair and maintenance services and the service provider, as well as the accreditation of accredited services and service provider qualifications certification or results, or the work done. 4. For greater certainty, paragraph 1 and 2 in this "mode" does not include the contribution of the procedure for the settlement of disputes between investors and States, for other international investment agreements, and other trade agreements. Essential obligations laid down in other international investment agreements, and other trade agreements, are not in themselves the "mode", and thus they may not be the reason for the violation of this article if the parties do not make or keep any action under these commitments. 8.8. PANTSAugstāk management and the Board of Directors, the party does not require that the parties concerned the company, which also has a covered investment, appoint the senior management or Board of Directors positions natural persons with a particular nationality. (D) the protection of the IEDAĻAIeguldījum and PANTSIeguldījum 8.9. regulatory measures for the purposes of this chapter, the parties reaffirm their right to regulate in their territories, in order to achieve legitimate policy objectives such as public health, safety, the environment or the public moral, social or consumer protection or promotion of cultural diversity, and protection. 2. For greater certainty, only that party, including amendments to their laws as may regulate in ways that negatively affect investment or investor's expectations, including his proposed profit, does not constitute a breach of any obligation under this section. 3. For greater certainty, the parties do not make the decision not to renew or not to save the subsidy: a) if under the law or the contract has no specific commitment to issue, renew or maintain the subsidy; or (b)) in accordance with any terms or conditions relating to the grant, renewal or maintenance issue, not a breach of the provisions of this section. 4. For greater certainty, nothing in this section shall not preclude a party not continue piešķiršanu9 or request a reimbursement of subsidies, if such a measure is necessary to meet the international obligations of the parties, or if it is ordered by the competent court, the administrative court or the competent iestāde10, or require a party to compensate it investor. 8.10. PANTSAttieksm to investors and investments 1 each Party shall provide in its territory, fair and equitable treatment to the other part covered investment and against investors in relation to their covered investments, as well as full protection and security in accordance with paragraphs 2 through 7. 2. the party violates the fair and equitable treatment obligation specified in paragraph 1, if the measure or series of measures relating to: (a) non-compliance with the rule of law) in relation to proceedings in criminal matters and civil or administrative proceedings; (b)) law and order essential for the infringement, including the essential transparency in infringement proceedings and administrative proceedings; c) explicit arbitrariness; d) targeted discrimination clearly unfounded reasons, such as sex, race or religious beliefs; e) offensive attitude towards investors, such as duress, coercion and harassment; or (f) any other items) relating to fair and equitable treatment obligation accepted by the parties in accordance with paragraph 3 of this article. 3. the parties at regular intervals or at the request of a party, review the content of this obligation to ensure fair and equitable treatment. Services and Investment Committee established according to article 26.2 (specialised committees) in paragraph 1 (b)), in this respect, it can make recommendations and present them to the ceta Joint Committee decision. 4. the application of the above-mentioned fair and equitable treatment obligation, the Tribunal may take into account whether a party has made a special appeal to investors, prompting take cover investment that created a legitimate expectation that the investor relied in deciding to make or save a covered investment, but a party then thwarted. 5. For greater certainty, "full protection and security" the party's responsibilities in relation to the investor and the physical security of the covered investment. 6. For greater certainty, any other violation of the provisions of this agreement or a separate international agreement violation does not mean violation of this article. 7. For greater certainty, that the measure is a violation of the right of the party, is not in itself a violation of this article. To find out if the measure is a violation of this article, the Tribunal must consider whether or not a party has acted pursuant to paragraph 1 to the duties listed in. 8.11. PANTSZaudējum reimbursement regardless of 8.15. (b) paragraph 5 of article 1) of each Party shall ensure to investors of the other party, which in its territory covered investments suffer losses in armed conflict, civil riot, emergency or natural disaster, treatment no less favourable than that which the Party supports its own investors or to investors of a third country – depending on which treatment is more favourable to the investor, for restitution of reimbursement, compensation, or other measures. 8.12. PANTSEkspropriācij. 1, the party does not or nationalised disposes of a covered investment either directly or indirectly through measures that effect equivalent to nationalization or expropriation ("expropriation"), except: (a)) public purposes; (b) in the manner provided for by law); c) non-discriminatory; and (d)) paid immediate, adequate and effective compensation. For greater certainty, this item shall be interpreted in accordance with the Annex A-8. 2. Paragraph 1 of this article, the amount of compensation specified in meet the actual market value of the investment at the time immediately before the expropriation or at the time when it became known about the impending expropriation – whichever comes earlier. Evaluation criteria include the company's book value, the value of the assets, including tangible property declared taxable value and other criteria relevant to the actual market value. 3. the compensation shall include interest according to rule komerclikm from the date of expropriation until the date of payment, and, to be effective the refund to the investor to pay and transferable without delay to the public and investors in the currency of the country where the investor is a national, or in freely convertible currencies, which accepted the investor. 4. The investor in accordance with the seizure of the party have the right to prompt his hearing and his contribution to the assessment conducted by that party's judicial or other independent authority in accordance with the principles set out in this article. 5. This article shall not apply to compulsory licences granted in relation to intellectual property rights, in so far as such service is compatible with the TRIPS Agreement. 6. For greater certainty, the withdrawal of intellectual property rights, limitation or creation, in so far as such measures are compatible with the TRIPS Agreement and Chapter 20 (intellectual property), is not expropriation. In addition, the verification that the measures are incompatible with the TRIPS Agreement or Chapter 20 (intellectual property), does not mean that the expropriation has occurred. 8.13. PANTSPārvedum 1. each Party shall permit all transfers relating to a covered investment, without restrictions or hesitation, freely convertible currencies and the market exchange rate applicable on the day of the transfer. Such transfers include: (a) contributions of capital,) such as main and additional funds to maintain, develop or increase the investment; (b) profits, dividends) interest, capital gains, royalty payments, management fees, technical assistance and other fees, or other type of income or the amount of the covered investment; (c) the proceeds of the investment covered) or part of the sale or liquidation; d) payments made under the contract to be concluded by the investor, or the covered investment, including payments made pursuant to a loan agreement; e) payments made pursuant to 8.11 and 8.12 article;. (f) the foreign employee) work in connection with investment, income and other fees; and (g)) in damages, according to the ruling, provided under section F. 2. the party does not require its investors to transfer revenue, earnings, profits or other amounts derived from the investment in the territory of the other party or is associated with them, and not be penalized their investors that these amounts are not transferred. 3. nothing in this article shall prevent the party in an objective and non-discriminatory manner, not in a way that would limit the transfer of hidden, to apply their legislation in the following areas: a) bankruptcy, insolvency or creditor protection; (b) the issue of securities, trading) or transactions; c) punishable criminal offences or irregularities; (d) the submission of financial statements) or transaction records that you need, to assist law enforcement or financial regulators; and (e)) of proceedings rendered judgment. 8.14. PANTSSubrogācij If a party or party's representative shall refund the payment under the guarantee or contract of insurance it has entered into in respect of investment, of which one or more of its investors have made in the territory of the other party, the other party admits that the party or its representative will in all cases provide the same rights, what are the investor for investment. This right may be exercised by the party or parties or investors, if the representative of the party or the party's representative is authorized for such investors. E IEDAĻAAtrun and exclusions and exceptions of 8.15. PANTSAtrun this agreement 1 8.4.-8.8. an article shall not apply: (a) existing measures do not match), which implements the following levels: i) the level of the European Union, as set out in the list in annex I; II) national government level, as established by the party concerned in the list of annex I; III) provincial, territorial or regional government level, as established by the party concerned in the list of annex I; or (iv)); (b)) (a) of this paragraph) shows the inadequate measures for the continuation or prompt renewal or c) (a)) indicated inappropriate to amend the measure, in so far as the amendment does not decrease the conformity of the measure, as it was just prior to the amendments to article 8.4-8.8. 2.8.4. This agreement – 8.8. Article shall not apply to measures adopted or maintained a party in relation to the sector, sub-sector or activities, as set out in the list in annex II. 3. Without prejudice to article 8.10 and 8.12, the party after this agreement the entry does not adopt measures or series of measures covered by Annex II, list a, which are directly or indirectly required that an investor of the other party, its nationality must be sold or otherwise disposes of the investment that it was the time when the measure or series of measures came into force. 4. In relation to intellectual property rights party may derogate from paragraph 1 of article 8.5 f), 8.6 and 8.7. article article, if permitted by the TRIPS Agreement, including any amendment of the TRIPS Agreement, which is valid for both sides, and the TRIPS Agreement, adopted pursuant to article IX of the WTO agreement. 5. This agreement 5.2., 5.3., 5.4., and 8.8. article does not apply to: (a)) the parties to the procurement of goods or services, rather than the non-commercial purpose of resale or use for the purpose of supply of the goods or services for commercial sale, regardless of whether this procurement is or is not a "covered procurement" in article 19.2 (scope and scope); or b) subsidies or State aid in relation to the services provided by the party. 8.16. the fact PANTSPriekšrocīb a party may deny the benefits of this chapter to the investor of the other party that is an enterprise of that party, and that the investor, if: (a)) this company is owned by an investor of a third country, or is it his control; and (b)) the Party excluded from the benefits of third countries to adopt or maintain measures that: (i)) related to international peace and security; and (ii)) prohibit transactions with the enterprise or violated or circumvented if the benefits of this chapter were accorded to the company or its investments. 8.17. PANTSFormāl requirements regardless of article 8.6 and 8.7 may request of the other party or its cover investment the investor to provide regular information on the contribution of information or statistics purposes only if those requests are reasonable and not unduly burdensome. The Party shall protect confidential or protected information from any disclosure that would prejudice the investor or the investment covered the competitiveness. This paragraph shall not preclude a party otherwise obtain or disclose information relating to its legislation a fair and good faith. F IEDAĻAIeguldītāj and investment dispute resolution Actions area 1 8.18.. Without prejudice to the rights and obligations of the parties under Chapter 29 (settlement of disputes), the parties pursuant to this section for the investors created a Tribunal can make a claim for violation of the obligation of the other party in connection with: (a) in relation to section C) they cover the extension of the investment, management, operation, management, maintenance, use, enjoyment and sale or transfer, or (b) of section D) If the investor claims to have suffered injury or damage may result in a violation. 2. paragraph 1 of this article, (a)) contains the requirements for the extension of the investment may be made only in so far as such a measure applies to ongoing conduct in connection with a covered investment, and result in the investor losses or damage relating to a covered investment. 3. For greater certainty, the investor does not submit a claim pursuant to this section, if the investment is made through fraudulent misrepresentation, concealment, corruption or actions, which results in an abuse of the process. 4. The requirement for the parties to provide debt restructuring pursuant to this section may be made only in accordance with the 8-B. 5. The arbitral tribunal, which was created pursuant to this section, does not take a decision on the requirements that do not fall within the scope of this article. 8.19. PANTSApspriešan 1. resolving disputes peacefully as possible. Such resolution may agree, at any time, including after the claim is submitted in accordance with article 8.23. Unless the parties to the dispute do not agree on a longer period, consultations shall be held within 60 days of the submission of the request to hold consultations pursuant to paragraph 4. 2. unless the parties to the dispute otherwise agree, the discussion is: a) Ottawa, if the measures are challenged Canadian measures; b) Brussels, if the contested measures relate to the activities of the European Union; or (c)), the capital of a Member State of the European Union, if the contested measures are measures that Member State only. 3. The parties to the dispute may be consulted by videoconference or other appropriate means, for example, if your organization is small or medium company. 4. The investor requests the other party to hold consultations, including: a) the name and address of the investor and, if such request is submitted to the local enterprises – local company name, address and place of registration; (b)) when you have more than one investor, each investor's name and address, and, if more than one local company – each local company name, address and place of registration; (c)) the provisions of this agreement that may have been violated; d) requirements for the legal and actual justification, including the measures concluded; and (e)) the assistance requested and required by the estimated amount of damages. Request a consultation tool includes evidence confirming that the investor is an investor of the other party and that it is owned or controlled by the contribution, including, where appropriate, owning a local company or he controls local businesses on whose behalf the request is made. 5. At the request of consultation requirements, as specified in point 4, executed with sufficient precision to allow the defendant to constructively engage in the discussions and to defend. 6. the request to hold a consultation should be submitted: a) a period of three years from the date on which the investor, or where appropriate, the local company first learned or should have learned of the alleged infringement and of the fact that the investor or, where appropriate, the local company thus has caused the loss or damage caused; or (b)) two years after the investor or, where appropriate, the local company stops to maintain the claims or litigation, arbitration or court under the law of the parties, or if such proceedings are otherwise terminated, and in any event not later than 10 years from the date on which the investor, or where appropriate, the local company first learned or should have learned of the suspected infringement and on the that the investor thus has caused loss or damage caused. 7. Request to hold consultations on a possible European Union or Member State breaches the European Union sent to the European Union. 8. in the event that the investor is not filed in accordance with article 8.23 within 18 months of the request to hold consultations, believes that the investor has withdrawn his request to hold consultations and, where appropriate, your statement of the defendant, and he submitted a claim pursuant to this section for the same measures. This period may be extended by the parties to the dispute. 8.20. PANTSMediācij. 1 the parties to the dispute may at any time agree on the use of mediation. 2. Mediation is without prejudice to the use of one or other of the parties to the dispute, the legal position or rights under this section, and shall be governed by the rules agreed by the parties to the dispute, including, where possible, rules for mediation of the services and Investment Committee pursuant to paragraph 3 of article 8.44 c). 3. The Mediator shall be appointed by the parties to the dispute. The parties to the dispute may also request to be appointed by the Secretary-General of ICSID mediators. 4. The parties to the dispute, the Parties shall endeavour to reach a settlement within 60 days of the appointment of the mediator. 5. If the parties to the dispute agree to use mediation, 8.19 6. Article and paragraph 8 does not apply as from the date on which the parties to the dispute agree to use mediation, until the day that one or the other party to the dispute shall decide to terminate mediation. The parties to the dispute the decision on the termination of the mediation the mediator and the other sent to the party to the dispute, through a letter. 8.21. PANTSAtbildētāj discovery disputes with the European Union or its Member States 1. If the dispute cannot be resolved within 90 days to hold consultations, if the request relates to a possible violation of the agreement made by the European Union or a Member State of the European Union, and if the investor plans to make a claim pursuant to article 8.23, the investor shall submit to the European Union, asked to identify the defendant. 2. According to paragraph 1, the notification shall specify the prepared measures in respect of which the investor plans to submit a claim. 3. the defendant shall inform investors of the determination of whether the defendant will be the European Union or a Member State of the European Union. 4. in the event that the investor is not aware of the respondent's determination in 50 days of your notification of such determination: (a) if the measures listed in the communication) is the only measure of a Member State of the European Union, the defendant is a Member State; (b) if the measures listed in the communication) include measures of the European Union, the defendant has the European Union. 5. Investor may submit a claim under article 8.23 based on defendant's determination made pursuant to paragraph 3, and, if such identification is not reported to the investor in applying point 4. 6. If the defendant is in the European Union or a Member State of the European Union, in accordance with articles 3 or 4, neither the European Union nor the Member States of the European Union must not insist that the requirement is not acceptable, the Tribunal does not have jurisdiction or otherwise object to the requirement or ruling on the basis that the respondent was not properly set according to the paragraph 3 or the deliberate application of paragraph 4. 7. The Tribunal is binding on the respondent's determination made pursuant to paragraph 3, and, if such identification is not reported to the investor, the application of paragraph 4. 8.22. PANTSProcesuāl and other regulation requirements for submission to arbitration 1. Investor may submit a claim under article 8.23 only if: (a) the investor), bringing the defendant gives his consent for the settlement of disputes to arbitration in accordance with the procedures laid down in this section; (b)) allows you to take up to 180 days from the request to hold consultations and, where appropriate, for at least 90 days from the date of such notice in which to determine the defendant sought; (c)) has complied with the notification that asks you to identify a defendant, the requirements; (d)) has fulfilled the requirements relating to the request to hold consultations; (e)) in its point in the event that it was not specified in the request to hold consultations; (f)) or interrupt any existing reference to arbitration or court proceedings in accordance with local or international law with regard to the measures that may be in violation of the requirements specified; and (g)) waives any right to propose action or arbitration or court proceedings in accordance with local or international law with regard to the measures that may be in violation of the requirements specified. 2. where, pursuant to article 8.23 submitted the claim relates to loss or damage suffered by the company or local interests, local companies, which belong to the investor or directly or indirectly controlled by the investor, paragraph 1 (f)), and (g)) shall apply both to the investor and the local company. 3. paragraph 1 of this article f) and (g)) and in paragraph 2, the requirements do not apply to local business, or where the defendant is denied by the host country of the investor an investor in local control of the company or otherwise has discouraged local companies from these requirements. 4. at the request of the respondent, the Tribunal decline jurisdiction if the investor or, where appropriate, the local company fails to comply with any 1 or 2 points. 5. Refusal of respectively g) of paragraph 1 or paragraph 2, shall cease to apply: (a) if the Tribunal rejects the claim) based on non-compliance with paragraph 1 or 2 or any other jurisdiction or procedural reasons; (b) if the Tribunal rejects the claim) according to article 10.53 8.32. or or c) if the investor withdraws his claim in accordance with the applicable rules according to 8.23. paragraph 2 of article 12 months after the composition of the arbitral tribunal. 8.23. PANTSPrasīb submission to arbitration 1. If the dispute is not resolved in the consultation process, a claim can be made under this section: (a)) the parties in the name of the investor, or (b)) the parties in the local investors, the company name, which it owns or for which it controls directly or indirectly. 2. the claim may be submitted according to the following rules: (a) the ICSID Convention arbitration) and rules of procedure; (b) the ICSID additional facility rules) if not applicable to the proceedings the conditions under (a)); (c) the UNCITRAL Arbitration Rules) or (d) any other provisions), agreed upon by the parties to the dispute. 3. If the investor proposes rules under paragraph 2 (d)), the defendant responds to the investor's proposal within 20 days of receipt. If the parties to the dispute have not agreed upon the following provisions, within 30 days of receipt, the investor may submit a claim under the terms specified in paragraph 2 (a)), (b) or (c)).) 4. For greater certainty, pursuant to paragraph 1 (b)) (a) applied corresponds to the ICSID Convention article 25, paragraph 1. 5. when submitting a claim, the investor may propose that the requirement to examine the State of the arbitration. The respondent to treat such claims, in particular, if the investor is a small or medium organization or to the required compensation or damages is relatively low. 6. Rules applicable under paragraph 2, the provisions in force on the day on which the claim or claims submitted to arbitration under this section shall, on the basis of the specific rules set out in this section and with the provisions adopted pursuant to paragraph 3 of article 8.44 b). 7. The claim is submitted to arbitration under this section when: (a) under the ICSID Convention) in article 36 (1) is received by the Secretary-General of ICSID; (b)) according to the ICSID additional facility rules (C) article 2 of the list is received the ICSID Secretariat; (c) notice of the corresponding UNCITRAL) arbitration rules, article 3 has received a defendant or d) request or notification of initiation of the proceedings has been received by the defendant in accordance with the rules, which had agreed, subject to paragraph 2 (d)). 8. Each Party shall notify the other party in the place where investors pursuant to this section must deliver notices and other documents. Each Party shall ensure that this information is publicly available. 8.24. PANTSTiesvedīb under other international agreements if the claim is being submitted under this section and any other international agreement and (a)) is the possibility that refunds could overlap; or (b)) other international requirement might significantly affect the submitted under this section of the proceedings, the Tribunal shall, as soon as possible after the hearing of the parties to the dispute, suspends its proceedings or otherwise ensure that proceedings are instituted pursuant to other international agreements, is taken into account in the decision, order or ruling. 8.25. PANTSPiekrišan dispute resolution to arbitration 1 the defendant agrees to the settlement of disputes to arbitration in accordance with the procedures provided for in this section. 2. in paragraph 1 of this article, the requirements specified in the consent and submission to arbitration under this section shall comply with the requirements specified: (a) the ICSID Convention, article 25) and the additional facility rules of ICSID (C) in chapter II of the list in respect of the parties to the dispute consent in writing; and (b) of article II of the Convention, New York) of a written agreement. 8.26. Article 1 of the third party funding. If a third party is involved, the party to the dispute, which benefit from it, gets the other party to the dispute and the arbitration of a third party donor's name and address. 2. Disclosure of information shall be carried out at the time of the petition or, if after the submission of the request is signed a financing agreement or grant or subsidy provided-immediately, as soon as an agreement has been concluded or provide grants or subsidies. 8.27. PANTSŠķīrējties composition for creating 1. Under this section, the Tribunal set up to decide on claims, submitted pursuant to article 8.23. 2. Ceta the Joint Committee after the entry into force of this agreement, appoint the fifteen members of the Tribunal. Five members of the Arbitration Board is a Member State of the European Union nationals, five are Canadian valstspiederīgie11 and five are third-country nationals. 3. Ceta the Joint Committee may decide to increase or decrease the number of members of the Tribunal on a number divisible by three. Additional members shall be appointed under the same conditions as provided for in paragraph 2. 4. the members of the Tribunal in their respective countries the necessary qualifications for the appointment of judges, or they are lawyers of recognised competence. They must have a proven knowledge of the international public law. It is desirable that they have expertise, in particular in international investment law, international trade law and the settlement of disputes arising from international investment or international trade agreements. 5. the members of the Tribunal appointed under this section, shall be appointed for a term of five years, renewable once. However, of the 15 persons appointed immediately after the entry into force of this agreement, the seven-person (which is determined by drawing lots) term of Office extended to six years. If you have vacancies, they immediately respond to. A person appointed to replace a member of the Tribunal whose term of Office has not expired shall remain in Office predecessor's remaining term of Office. In principle, the Tribunal member who works in the membership of the Arbitration Board when his term of office expires, you can continue to operate in this composition, until final judgment is given. 6. The Arbitration Board hearing the things that contain configurations of three members of the Tribunal, of which one is a Member State of the European Union nationals, one — the Canadian nationals and one — the third-country national. The President of the arbitral tribunal of the composition is a member, which is a third-country national. 7. The President of the Court within 90 days after the submission of the request according to article appointed arbitration 8.23 members that make up the composition of the Arbitration Board hearing the rotation to ensure that the composition of the Assembly is a random and unpredictable, while providing equal opportunities for work to all members of the arbitral tribunal. 8. The Chairman of the arbitral tribunal and Vice-Chair responsible for organisational matters, and they shall be appointed for a term of two years and draw from among the members of the Tribunal who are nationals of third countries. They shall remain in Office, as the rotation of lots a ceta the Chairman of the Joint Committee. The Vice-Chairman replaces the Chairman at a time when He is not available. 9. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph 6 of the parties to the dispute may agree that the hearing of one member of the Tribunal shall be appointed by the gadījumatlas of third-country nationals. The defendant with the understanding of the applicant's request that the case hearing of one member of the Tribunal, in particular, if the plaintiff is a small or medium organization or to the required compensation or damages is relatively small. Such a request shall be expressed before the composition of the arbitral tribunal. 10. The Tribunal may develop its own working procedures. 11. the members of the Arbitration Board shall ensure that they are available and able to perform the functions listed in this section. 12. in order to ensure the availability of the members of the Tribunal, they pay a monthly fee to be determined by the Joint Committee of ceta. 13. in paragraph 12 of this article, the fees specified in both parties equally about ICSID secretariat includes the managed account. In the event that one party fails to pay the royalties, the other party may decide to pay it. Any such party debts paid, plus applicable interest. 14. If the Joint Committee does not ceta shall take a decision in accordance with paragraph 15, for the hearing of the Arbitration Board members set up cost and the amount of the expenditure, except for paragraph 12, the cost is the amount determined under the ICSID Convention, the administrative and financial rules 14. (1) the rules in force on the date of submission of the claim, and what the Tribunal a budget of the parties involved in the dispute, in accordance with article 5, paragraph 8.39. 15. Ceta Joint Committee in making a decision, you can modify the fees and other costs and expenses on a regular pay and to decide on the procedure and conditions applicable. 16. the ICSID secretariat acts as the Secretariat of the Tribunal and provide it with appropriate support. 17. If ceta the Joint Committee has not taken the appointment pursuant to paragraph 2 within 90 days of the date on which the action is brought for the settlement of disputes, ICSID Secretary General by one or other of the parties to the dispute shall appoint the arbitral tribunal at the request of the composition, which includes three members of the arbitral tribunal, unless the parties to the dispute have agreed that the case should be tried by one member of the Tribunal. ICSID Secretary-General made the appointment of gadījumatlas from the existing candidates. The Secretary-General of ICSID may not be appointed as Chairman of the arbitral tribunal, not Canadian, not of one of the Member States of the European Union nationals, unless all the parties to the dispute agree otherwise. 8.28. the appeals court 1. There is hereby established a Court of appeal to review pursuant to this section the rulings. 2. The Court of appeal can endorse, amend or annul the award of the arbitral tribunal shall, on the basis of: (a) errors of law) enforcement and interpretation; b) unambiguous errors in the evaluation of the facts, including their respective local assessment legislation; (c) the reasons that are listed) ICSID Convention article 52 paragraph 1 (a)) – e) in so far as not covered by point (a)) and (b)). 3. the members of the Court of appeal shall be appointed by decision of the Joint Committee of CETUS at the same time, when adopting a decision under section 7. 4. the members of the Court of appeal complies with article 8.27. requirements and comply with the provisions of article 8. 5. the composition of the Court of appeal established appeal, includes the three gadījumatlas the appointed members of the Court of appeal. 6. This agreement and 8.38 8.36. apply to the proceedings of the Court of appeal. 7. Ceta Joint Committee take a decision immediately, in connection with the operation of the Court of Appeal determined the following administrative and organisational issues: a) administrative support; (b) the appeal) procedures and to the bringing of court proceedings and procedural issues for the return of the Tribunal in order to adapt the ruling; (c) the procedures for filling vacancies) in the Court of appeal and the Court of appeal, created for the purpose of hearing; (d)) the emoluments of the members of the Court of appeal; e) rules relating to appeal proceedings costs; (f) the members of the Court of appeal); and (g)) any other elements which it considers necessary for the efficient operation of the Court of appeal. 8. Service and contribution to the Committee periodically checks the operation of the Court of appeal and may make recommendations to the Joint Committee of the CETI. Ceta the Joint Committee may, if necessary, to review the decision under section 7. 9. When adopting a decision under section 7: a) the party to the dispute may appeal a ruling provided pursuant to this section, the Court of appeal within 90 days after delivery; (b) the party to the dispute) does not attempt to check, postpone, cancel, reconsider or suggest another similar procedure for ruling provided pursuant to this section; c) according to the article provided 8.39 ruling is not considered final and should not take any action before the execution of the judgment: i) 90 days have elapsed from the arbitration award and is not proposed in the appeal proceedings; (ii) the proposed appeal proceedings) is refused or withdrawn, or (iii)) for 90 days from the last appellate court ruling and the Court of appeal has not sent the question back to the arbitration; (d)) the Court of appeal the final ruling is considered final ruling 8.41 article; and (e)) 8.41. paragraph 3 of article does not apply. 8.29. the contribution of the PANTSDaudzpusēj of the Court of Justice and the appeal mechanism, the parties together with other trading partners creates a multilateral investment and appeal court of investment dispute settlement mechanism. After such a multilateral mechanism of ceta the Joint Committee shall adopt a decision which provides that an investment dispute under this section shall be settled in accordance with the multilateral mechanism, and appropriate transitional measures. 8. PANTSĒtik 1. members of the Tribunal are independent. They are not associated with any valdību12. The members of the Arbitration Board shall not receive instructions from any organisation or Government, matters relating to the dispute. They are not participating in the dispute, which would result in a direct or indirect conflict of interest. The members of the Arbitration Board shall comply with the International Bar Association guidelines on conflicts of interest in international arbitration or any additional provisions adopted pursuant to article 2 paragraph 8.44. In addition, once appointed, they do not carry out activities as a lawyer, expert appointed by the parties or witnesses in any standoff or a new investment dispute under this or any other international agreement. 2. If a party to the dispute considers that Member of the arbitral tribunal has a conflict of interest, it may invite the President of the International Court of Justice to decide on the appointment of the members of such a challenge. Any notice of opposition the President of the International Court of Justice shall, within 15 days from the date of the composition of the Arbitration Board composition is notified to the party to the dispute, or within 15 days from the day on which the relevant facts it became known, if they reasonably could not have known the composition of the building. The opposition shall indicate in the notice the reasons for the opposition. 3. If, within 15 days from the date of notification of contestation, the contested arbitration Member has decided not to back away from the stock, President of the International Court of Justice may, on application of the parties to the dispute and to the Member of the Tribunal given the opportunity to submit comments to take a decision on the opposition. The President of the International Court of justice tends to make a decision and notify the parties to the dispute and the other members of the Arbitration Board 45 days from receipt of the notice of opposition. With the disqualification of members of the Arbitration Board or resignation related jobs to fill immediately. 4. based on the recommendation of the President of the arbitral tribunal or the parties argue in a joint initiative, the parties with ceta Joint Committee may be removed from Office as a member of the Tribunal, if his conduct is not appropriate (1) the duties listed and not compatible with his participation in the continuation of the arbitration. 8.31. PANTSPiemērojam legislation and interpretation 1. In making its decision, the Tribunal established pursuant to this section, this agreement, as interpreted in accordance with the Vienna Convention on the law of treaties and other international law rules and principles applicable between the parties. 2. The Court shall not have jurisdiction to determine the legality of the measure, which probably is a violation of this agreement, under the party law. For greater certainty, in determining the compatibility of the measures with the agreement, the arbitral tribunal may, where appropriate, examine the parties actually law. In this way, the Tribunal observed that the prevailing interpretation of the legislation of the Parties provided that the parties or the Court, and any party to the arbitration provided in the interpretation of the law that the courts or authorities of the party are not binding. 3. If you have serious concerns with respect to issues of interpretation, which may affect the investments, services and Investment Committee pursuant to paragraph 3 of article 8.44 a) may suggest a ceta Joint Committee to accept the interpretation of this agreement. Ceta interpretation adopted by the Joint Committee shall be binding on a Tribunal established under this section. Ceta the Joint Committee may decide that the interpretation is binding from a certain date. 8.32. PANTSPrasīb without apparent legal nature 1. Respondent no later than 30 days after the creation of the composition of the arbitral tribunal and, in any case, before its first meeting may submit objections that the claim is without any apparent legal nature. 2. the objection under paragraph 1 shall not be submitted, if the defendant has objection according to article 10.53. 3. the defendant, as precisely as possible, the grounds for the objection points. 4. on receipt of an objection under this article, the Tribunal shall terminate the proceedings on the merits and prepare the following schedule for the examination of the opposition, which is compatible with the schedule of other reference. 5. The Tribunal, given the possibility of the parties to the dispute to submit their observations, at its first session or immediately after they make a decision or ruling, indicating the reasons therefor. In this way, the Tribunal accepts that the facts are true. 6. This article is without prejudice to the powers of the Tribunal to consider other objections as preliminary questions, or the defendant's right to object during the proceedings that the claim is without legal substance. 10.53. PANTSN the legal point of view, unreasonable requirements 1. Without prejudice to the powers of the Tribunal to consider other objections as preliminary questions, or the defendant's rights to bring any such objections in good time, the Tribunal shall consider and decide as a preliminary ruling any objection by the defendant, that from a legal point of view the claim or any portion thereof, submitted in accordance with article, there is no requirement to 8.23, which the applicant can be accepted under this section shall judgments even if you assume that the following facts are true. 2. According to paragraph 1 of the opposition shall be submitted to arbitration no later than the day on which the Tribunal determines the defendant as a deterrent. 3. If the objection is filed pursuant to article, arbitration 8.32, having regard to the circumstances of this complaint, in accordance with the procedures provided for in this article may refuse to consider an objection lodged pursuant to paragraph 1. 4. on receipt of an objection specified in paragraph 1 and, where appropriate, the decision pursuant to paragraph 3, the Tribunal shall terminate any proceedings on the merits, create a schedule for the examination of the opposition, which is compatible with the schedule it set up any other reference, and provide a decision or ruling on the objection, stating the reasons. 8.34. PANTSPagaid protection measures, the Tribunal may prescribe provisional measures to protect the rights of the parties to the dispute or to ensure that the Tribunal fully exercise its jurisdiction, including in order to save the evidence that the parties to the dispute have possession or control, or to protect the Tribunal's jurisdiction. The Tribunal directed the seizure of property or the prohibition to apply such measures that may have been specified in article 8.23. The purpose of this article, the order includes a recommendation. 8.35. PANTSAtteikšan from the requirements If after the submission of the request under this section for the investor shall not take any measures in proceedings 180 consecutive days or such period that the parties to the dispute may agree, believes that the investor has withdrawn his request and stopped the proceedings. The Court of arbitration at the defendant's request and after the announcement of the parties to the dispute, in which the order marks the termination of the proceedings. By order of the Tribunal's powers to provide an ending. 8.36. PANTSTiesvedīb transparent 1. Proceedings under this section shall be applied to the UNCITRAL rules of transparency, as modified by this chapter. 2. the request to hold consultations, notification, which requires to identify the defendant, notification of the defendant, a mediation agreement, notice of intention to challenge an arbitration decision on a member, the members of the Tribunal and the consolidation of the draft request includes it in the list of documents to be made available to the public under the UNCITRAL rules of transparency, article 3, paragraph 1. 3. the list of documents to be made available to the public under the UNCITRAL rules of transparency, article 3 (2), the items of evidence are included. 4. Notwithstanding the provisions of UNCITRAL transparency article 2 composition of the arbitral tribunal before the creation of the Canada or, where appropriate, the European Union times make publicly available relevant documents listed in paragraph 2, subject to confidential or protected information editing. Such documents may make publicly available, by contacting the repository. 5. the trial is open. The Tribunal, in consultation with the parties to the dispute, determine the relevant logistical measures to facilitate public access to such a hearing. If the Tribunal determines that it is necessary to protect confidential or protected information, it shall take the appropriate measures to keep it in the closed session portion of the hearing that requires such protection. 6. Nothing in this chapter requires the respondent not to disclose publicly information that must be disclosed in accordance with the law. The defendant should apply that law in a manner which protects from disclosure information that is classified as confidential or protected information. 8.37. Exchange of Information 1. Involved in the dispute, a party may disclose to other persons involved in the proceedings, witnesses and experts, including the non-edited documents as it deems necessary in the course of the proceedings under this section. However, the party to the dispute shall ensure that those persons protect the confidential or protected information contained in these documents. 2. this Agreement shall not preclude the defendant to disclose the relevant for the European Union, the Member States of the European Union and lower-level government officials do not edit such documents as it considers necessary in the course of the proceedings under this section. However, the defendant shall ensure that these officers protect confidential or protected information contained in these documents. 8.38. PANTSStrīd party in 1. the defendant within 30 days of receipt, or immediately after the dispute on confidential or protected information shall be submitted to the dispute resolution is not a party: (a) request to hold consultations), notification, which requires to identify the defendant, notification of the determination, the respondent claims, submitted pursuant to article 8.23, consolidation request, and any other documents that are attached to such documents; (b) on request: (i))) submissions to the Tribunal, consideration of articles, brief brief and other documents which the party to the dispute submitted to arbitration; II) written submissions under the UNCITRAL arbitration rules of transparency, article 4; III) arbitration hearing protocols, or notes, if available; and (iv)), of the arbitration rulings and orders; and (c)) and to request the parties to the dispute does not invoice any evidence or proof of parts submitted for arbitration, provided the required evidence is not publicly available. 2. The Tribunal shall adopt, after consultation with the parties to the dispute may be invited to submit oral or written observations of the parties involved in a dispute about the interpretation of this agreement. Not a party to the dispute may participate in the hearing, which shall be in accordance with this section. 3. The Tribunal shall not make any conclusions from it that is not submitted observations pursuant to paragraph 2. 4. The Tribunal shall ensure that the parties to the dispute have been given an adequate opportunity to comment on the dispute without involving the parties to this agreement. 8.39. the judgment in PANTSGalīg 1. If the Tribunal makes a final ruling for the defendant, it may only be ordered individually or in combination: (a)) financial damages and any applicable interest; (b) restitution of property). In this case, the ruling indicates that the defendant may, in place of restitution to cover financial losses, which correspond to the actual market value of the property at the time immediately before the expropriation or at a time when it became known as expropriation, whichever is the earlier, and any applicable interest, laid down in article 8.12-compatible way. 2. on the basis of paragraph 1 and 5, if the action is brought pursuant to 8.23. in paragraph 1 (b) of article): a) on the financial award damages and any applicable interest stipulates that the amount of the beneficiary's local business; (b) in the order for restitution of property) a specified that restitution is the recipient local business; (c)) in the order for reimbursement of the costs of the investor provides that the beneficiary is the investor; and (d)), the ruling indicates that it has been prepared without prejudice to the rights which the person except the person who has issued the refusal pursuant to article, 8.22. can be financial loss or property damages in the field of the law of the party. 3. Financial damages of not more than investors or, where appropriate, the local company's loss amount, minus any previously provide redress or compensation. Calculating the financial losses, the Tribunal also reduce damages, having regard to the restitution of property or the cancellation or modification of the measure. 4. The Tribunal ordered damages not as punishment. 5. The arbitral tribunal determines that the costs of the proceedings shall be borne by the unsuccessful party in a dispute. In exceptional cases, the Tribunal may apportion the costs between the parties to the dispute, if it determines that a Division is appropriate, taking into account the circumstances of the claim. Other reasonable costs, including the costs of legal representation and assistance in the proceedings shall be borne by the losing party to the dispute, unless the arbitral tribunal determines that such divisions are not justified, taking into account the circumstances of the claim. If you have satisfied the requirements of only part of the costs in proportion to the satisfied part of the adjusted claim, or about. 6. The Joint Committee considered ceta additional provisions aimed at reducing the financial burden on applicants who are natural persons or small and medium enterprises. The following additional rules shall, in particular, may to take account of the following financial resources of the applicant and the amount of compensation requested. 7. The arbitral tribunal and the parties to the dispute shall make every effort to ensure that the dispute resolution process is implemented in a timely manner. The Tribunal gives its final ruling within a period of 24 months from the date on which the claim is made under article 8.23. If the Tribunal requires additional time for their final ruling, it refers the parties to the dispute the reasons for the delay. 8.40. PANTSKompensācij or other consideration, the defendant is not required, and the Tribunal does not accept the defence, counterclaim, right of set-off or similar to the claim that the investor or, where appropriate, local company has received or will receive a refund or other compensation under the contract of insurance or guarantee in respect of all or part of the compensation requested by the dispute, which started under this section. 8.41. PANTSNolēmum execution under this section 1 provided the ruling is binding on the parties to the dispute and in relation to the specific case. 2. on the basis of paragraph 3, the party to the dispute recognize and respect the ruling immediately. 3. the party to the dispute, not trying to make a final ruling before the execution: a) in the case where final judgment is given according to the ICSID Convention: (i) 120 days have elapsed from the) ruling and the provision of any party to the dispute is not a request to review or annul the ruling; or (ii) the application of the judgment is suspended) and has completed the proceedings in connection with the review and cancellation; (b)) in the case where final judgment is given according to the ICSID additional facility rules or the UNCITRAL arbitration rules, any other terms applicable pursuant to article 8.23 d): i) passed 90 days from date of delivery of the judgment and any party to the dispute has not launched proceedings for revision of the judgment, the suspension or cancellation; or (ii) the application of the judgment) is stopped and the Court has rejected or accepted the application for revision of the judgment, the suspension or cancellation, and no further appeal. 4. Enforcement of governing according to the law on the execution of a judgment or ruling which is in force at the place where the execution is required. 5. According to the New York Convention to article I of the final judgment given in accordance with this section, the arbitration award, which is regarded as related to the requirements arising from commercial or commercial transactions. 6. For greater certainty, if the claim is submitted, pursuant to article 8.23 a), in accordance with this section to provide a definitive ruling classified as ruling under the ICSID Convention, chapter IV, section 6. 8.42. PANTSPuš duty 1. Party submitted a claim in respect of an international claim brought pursuant to article 8.23, unless the other party has failed to observe and comply with the said dispute accepted the ruling. 2. paragraph 1 of this article shall not exclude the possibility of settlement of disputes pursuant to chapter 29 (settlement of disputes) in relation to measures of general application, even if it is suspected that this is a breach of this agreement in respect of a particular investment, in connection with which the action is brought pursuant to article 8.23, without prejudice to article 8.38. 3. paragraph 1 of this article shall not preclude the exchange of information and only for the sole purpose of promoting the settlement of disputes. 8.43. combining PANTSLiet 1. If two or more claims filed separately according to article 8.23, common legal or factual issues and the capture of its connection with the same events or conditions, or a party to the dispute, the parties to the dispute jointly can ask for a separate composition of arbitration under this article and request that such a composition manages to combine case order ("the merger request"). 2. The parties to the dispute, a party that wants to use the combine order, first make a statement to those parties involved in the dispute, which it wants to include in that order. 3. If the parties to the dispute, which informed according to point 2, has reached a consensus on the unification of prayer, they can prepare a joint request for arbitration shall consist of individual creation and use of a merger of the order pursuant to this article. If the parties to the dispute, which informed according to paragraph 2, not reached a consensus on the unification of prayer within 30 days after the notification, the party to the dispute may draw up a request for arbitration shall consist of individual creation and use of a merger of the order pursuant to this article. 4. deliver a written request to the President of the Tribunal and all parties involved in the dispute, which prompted the order, and shall include: (a) the parties involved in the dispute) the names and addresses, which include the order; (b)) or part of the requirements requested by the order include; and (c) the grounds for the order required). 5. in the case of a merger request relating to more than one defendant, must receive the consent of all such defendant. 6. The provisions relating to proceedings pursuant to this article shall be determined as follows: (a) all claims for) If you use the combine order sought, are presented for the resolution of disputes under the uniform rules in accordance with article, 8.23 apply these provisions; (b)) if the requirements for which the merger case sought an order not submitted for the resolution of disputes under the same terms: i) investors may jointly agree on terms according to article 8.23; or ii) If investors cannot agree on the rules applicable, within 30 days from the time when the Chairman of the arbitral tribunal receives a request for a merger case, the UNCITRAL arbitration rules. 7. The Chairman of the Arbitration Board after the merger of the receipt of the request and in accordance with paragraph 7 of article 8.27 of requirements creates a new composition of the Arbitration Board (the "merger"), which has jurisdiction in respect of some or all of the requirements, in whole or in part, subject to the joint request for merger cases. 8. If, after the hearing of the parties to the dispute in the case of a merger of the composition make sure that according to article submission 8.23 requirements is common legal or factual issues that the capture of its associated with the same events or circumstances and the pooling of best work demands a fair and effective resolution of interest, including the interests of consistency, the ruling of the arbitration case combination composition with the order, in whole or in part, may take jurisdiction over any claim or over all. 9. If the arbitration case combination composition has assumed jurisdiction pursuant to point 8, the investor who filed pursuant to article and 8.23 requirement is not included in the merger, may make a written request to the Tribunal for his inclusion in this order on the condition that the request in paragraph 4 fulfil the requirements. The composition of the arbitral merger case give such order if it is satisfied that compliance with the provisions of paragraph 8, and that such request shall not unreasonably difficult for the parties to the dispute or undermine them unfairly or unreasonably impede the proceedings. Before the unification of the arbitration case, the composition of such an order is issued, it shall consult with the parties to the dispute. 10. at the request of the party involved in the dispute, the arbitral tribunal shall consist of the combination created pursuant to this article, until a decision is taken pursuant to article 8 may designate that the composition of the arbitral tribunal, who is appointed pursuant to paragraph 7 of article 8.27, the proceedings are suspended, unless the Tribunal is already in your stop proceedings. 11. the composition of the arbitral tribunal appointed pursuant to paragraph 7 of article 8.27, decline jurisdiction in regard to the requirements or parts thereof pursuant to this article shall be established in the arbitration case combination composition is assumed jurisdiction. 12. Pursuant to this article shall be established in the case of a merger of the composition of the arbitral tribunal's decision in respect of those claims or parts thereof, in which it is committed, jurisdiction is binding on the composition of the Tribunal appointed under paragraph 7 of article 8.27, with regard to the requirements or parts thereof. 13. The investor may withdraw its request under this section, subject to the case, and such a requirement pursuant to article 8.23, repeatedly failed to submit. If it does so no later than 15 days after receipt of the notice of the merger, the former requirement does not prohibit the application of the investor to use the dispute resolution procedures not covered in this section. 14. at the request of the investor arbitration cases the composition of the merger may take such measures as it considers appropriate, to keep confidential or protected information, the investor in relation to the other investors. Those measures may include the edited version of documents containing confidential or protected information, the provision of other investors or measures things part of the hearing in closed meetings. 8.44. PANTSPakalpojum and the Committee of the investment services and investment 1 Committee provides a forum for the parties to consult on matters relating to this chapter, including: a) the difficulties which may arise from the implementation of this chapter; (b) to this chapter) the improvements, in particular in the light of experience and developments in other international fora and other agreements between the parties. 2. Service and contribution to the Committee by agreement between the parties and their respective internal requirements and procedures have been completed for the members of the Arbitration Board shall adopt a code of conduct, applicable to disputes arising from this chapter and which may replace or supplement the applicable rules and to address issues such as: (a) the obligation of disclosure;) (b) the independence of the members of the arbitral tribunal) and good faith; and (c)) privacy. The Parties shall make every effort to ensure that the code of conduct is adopted not later than in the provisional application of this agreement or the entry into force on the first day (depending on the situation) and in any case no later than two years after such date. 3. Service and contribution to the Committee by agreement between the parties and their respective internal requirements for completion of the procedure, may: (a) to recommend the ceta) Joint Committee to accept the interpretation of this agreement pursuant to paragraph 3 of article 8.31; b) adopt and amend rules that supplement the applicable dispute resolution provisions, and to amend the rules on transparency. These provisions and amendments are binding on the Tribunal established pursuant to this section; (c) adopt rules for mediation), used by the parties to the dispute, as indicated in article 8.20; d) recommend ceta Joint Committee to take any other just and equitable treatment obligation, pursuant to paragraph 3 of article 8.10; and (e)) to make recommendations to the Joint Committee on the ceta appeal court action, subject to article 8, paragraph 8.28. 8.45. PANTSIzņēmum in this section and in chapter 29 (settlement of disputes) following the dispute resolution terms does not apply 8-topics listed in Annex C. The ninth cross-border trade NODAĻAPAKALPOJUM 9.1. Definitions in this chapter: aircraft repair and maintenance services are activities that made the aircraft or aircraft part, while it is not in service, and do not include so-called line maintenance; airport operation services are infrastructure, including airport terminals, runways, taxi lanes and platforms, parking and airport internal transport system, or the management of payment or on a contractual basis. For greater certainty, airport operations services not within the airport or airport land ownership or investments in or any other functions performed by the Board of Directors. Airport operation services do not include provision of air navigation services; computer reservation system services are services provided by computerised systems that contain information about air carriers ' schedules, availability, fares and terms with which you can make the reservation or to issue tickets; cross-border trade in services or cross-border provision of services is: (a) the provision of the service) from the territory of one party in the territory of the other party, or (b)) in the territory of one party the other party service consumer, but does not include the supply of a service in the territory of one party by the other party: service on the ground is the provision of services on a fee or contract basis of: administrative services and monitoring on the ground, including cargo control and communications; passenger service; baggage handling; freight and mail handling service on the ramp and aircraft servicing; fuel and oil fill; aircraft line maintenance; flight management and crew management; surface transport and catering services. Service to the land not within the security services or infrastructure or centralized management, such as baggage handling systems, de-icing equipment, fuel filling system or internal transport systems; the sale of air services and trade are the features the air carrier concerned to sell and market freely its air transport services including all aspects of marketing such as market research, advertising and distribution, but does not include the pricing of air services or conditions applicable; and services provided in the exercise of State powers, is any service that does not provide commercially or in competition with one or more service providers. 9.2. the scope of the Actions 1. This chapter applies to measures adopted by or force the party and kept relating to cross-border trade in services by service providers of another party, including measures relating to: (a) the creation, distribution, services), marketing, sales and delivery; (b) to purchase, use of the service) or pay; and (c)) in connection with the provision of the service, the availability and use of services that must be offered to the general public use. 2. This chapter shall not apply to measures relating to: (a)) services provided in the exercise of State powers; (b)) in the case of the European Union audiovisual services; (c) in the case of Canada) cultural sector; (d)) financial services as defined in article 13.1 (definitions); e) air traffic services related services in support of air services, and other services provided by air, except: transportu13 i) aircraft repair and maintenance services; II) air service sales and marketing; III) computerized reservation system (CRS) services; IV) service on Earth; v) airport operations services; f) party for the purchase of goods or services for governmental purposes and not for commercial resale or with a view to use in the supply of the goods or services for commercial sale, regardless of whether this procurement is or is not a "covered procurement" 19.2. Article 2 (scope and scope); or g) subsidies or other State aid with respect to cross-border trade in services, provided by the party. 3. This chapter is without prejudice to the rights and obligations of the parties arising out of the air transport agreement between Canada and the European Community and its Member States, signed in Brussels on 17 December 2009 and year 2009 in Ottawa on December 18. 4. This section does not impose an obligation on a party with respect to nationals of the other party, which want access to its labour market, or looking for a permanent employment in its territory, or any assignment of this national with respect to that access or employment. 9.3. National treatment 1. each Party shall grant the other party service providers and services arrangements no less favourable than the regime that it similar situations give service providers and their services. 2. The greatest certainty, mode, party under paragraph 1 means, with respect to the Government of Canada, other than a federal level or, in the case of one of the Member States of the European Union the Government or Government of any Member State of the European Union — arrangements no less favourable than the Government in similar situations the most favourable regime established its service providers and services. 9.4. the requirements of this agreement PANTSFormāl 9.3. article does not prevent a party from adopting or maintaining measures that provide for formal requirements relating to the provision of services, if such requirements are not applied in a way which would constitute a means of arbitrary or unjustifiable discrimination. These include the following requirements: (a) the registration, licence) certification or authorization to provide service, or membership requirements for a specific profession, such as a requirement to join a professional organization or work collective compensation funds to members of professional bodies; (b)) that the service provider requires a local agent to provide the service or local address; (c)) on the State language proficiency or drivers license reporting; or (d)) that the service provider: (i)) shall provide a guarantee or other form of financial security; II) creates the trust account or invest in it; (iii) maintain a particular type of insurance) and insurance; (iv)) provide other similar guarantees or v) provides the documentation available. 9.5. PANTSVislielāk-favoured-nation treatment 1. each Party shall grant the other party service providers and services arrangements no less favourable than the regime that it similar situations given to a third-country service providers and services. 2. For greater certainty, mode, party under paragraph 1 means, with respect to the Government of Canada, other than a federal level or, in the case of one of the Member States of the European Union the Government or Government of any Member State of the European Union — by the Government in similar situations in their territory shall determine the third country services or service providers. 3. paragraph 1 of this article shall not apply to arrangements that the party under existing or future measures to provide for the recognition, including using the arrangement or agreement with a third country, which recognizes the testing and analysis services and this service provider accreditation, repair and maintenance services and the service provider, as well as the accreditation of accredited services and service provider certification or qualification, or the results of the work carried out. 9.6. the market PANTSPiekļuv party does not adopt or maintain in force measures that apply to the whole of its territory or national, provincial, territorial, regional or local level and which imposes restrictions on: (a) the number of the service provider) numerical quotas, monopolies, exclusive service suppliers or the requirements of an economic needs test; (b) the transaction or asset) total value of numerical quotas or the requirement of an economic needs test; or (c) the total number of transactions) services or services provided the total quantity, expressed in specific numeric units, quotas or the requirement of economic needs test. 9.7. PANTSAtrun. 1 of this agreement. 9.3, 9.5 and 9.6. article does not apply to: (a) existing measures do not match), which implements the following levels: i) the level of the European Union, as set out in the list in annex I; II) national government level, as established by the party concerned in the list of annex I; III) province, territorial or regional government level, as established by the party concerned in the list of annex I; or (iv)); (b)) (a) of this paragraph) shows the inadequate measures for the continuation or prompt renewal or c) (a)) indicated inappropriate to amend the measure, in so far as the amendment does not decrease the conformity of the measure, 9.3 and 9.5 9.6. Article, as it was just prior to the amendment. 2. This agreement. 9.3, 9.5 and 9.6. Article shall not apply to measures which a party adopts or maintains with respect to sectors, subsectors or activities, as set out in the list in annex II. 9.8. the fact PANTSPriekšrocīb a party may deny the benefits of this chapter, the other service provider, which is a company of that party, and such service provider if: (a) the company owned) third-country service provider or that is under his control; and (b)) the Party excluded from the benefits of third countries to adopt or maintain measures that: (i)) related to international peace and security; and (ii)) prohibit transactions with the enterprise or who violate or circumvent it if the benefits of this chapter to be granted to this company. The tenth PERSON temporary ENTRY NODAĻAFIZISK and residence for the purpose of CONDUCT 10.1 definitions in this chapter: līgumpakalpojum providers are natural persons who are employed in the company of one of the parties, which is not established in the territory of the other party who, in good faith, has entered into a contract (not through an agency under the CPC code 872) for the delivery of the service consumer of the other party, as it is necessary for the performance of the employees of temporary residence in the territory of the other party, for the performance of a contract for the provision of services; the company stands for "business" as defined in article 8.1 (definitions); independent professionals are natural persons engaged in the provision of services and registered as a self-employed person in the territory of either party who is not established in the territory of the other party, and who in good faith (not through an agency under the CPC code 872) have entered into a contract for the provision of services to the consumer of the other party that a natural person is required for the temporary presence in the territory of the other party, for the performance of a contract for the provision of services; the executives meant by persons travelling for the purpose of transactions to carry out investments, investors or corporate move employees: a) by persons travelling for the purpose of transactions, to invest, means physical persons employed or professional level of management responsible for the company, but did not engage in direct dealings with the general public and shall receive no remuneration from a source located in the territory of the host Party; b) investors shall mean natural persons who, acting in a supervisory or administrative capacity, create, develop or administer an investment process that this person or company that employs them, have had a significant amount of capital or this referral process; and (c)) the company transferred employees means natural persons who are employed by the company or which the parties for at least one year have been partners in the establishment of the party and who is temporarily transferred to the company (this may be a side business subsidiary, affiliate or parent) in the territory of the other party. Natural person concerned must fall within one of the following categories: (i)) key personnel is a natural person who works for a company in a dominant position and: (A)) dealing primarily with the management of the company or running a business or Department or Division of the company; and (B)) which is a wide decision making, which may include powers personally to recruit and dismiss or take other personnel actions (such as promotion or leave the award); and I) which only general supervision or conduct mainly higher level executives, the Board of directors or shareholders of the company or other similar person or (II)) which monitors and controls the other supervisory, professional or managerial staff work and exercise the discretionary powers in day-to-day operations; or ii) specialists are individuals who work in the company and which are: (A)) special knowledge of company products or services and their application in the international markets or B) higher level of knowledge or experience relating to the company's processes and procedures as the company's manufacturing, research equipment, techniques or management. In assessing such knowledge or experience, the Parties shall take into account the capabilities that are unusual and different from generally available capabilities within the sector and what can not be easily transferred to another natural person in the short term. These capabilities should be specific academic qualifications or extensive experience gained in the establishment; or III) trainees with higher education are natural persons (A)) having higher education and (B)) which is transferred to the company in the territory of the other party for the purposes of career development or work methods or methods of learning; and natural persons for the purpose of the transaction is the executives, līgumpakalpojum, independent professionals or persons appointed for the purpose of transactions in the short term, and they are all parties. 10.2. PANTSMērķ and scope 1. This chapter lays down the preferential trade relations between the parties, as well as the mutual objective of promoting trade and investment in services, for the purpose of enabling the conduct at the time of entry and residence of natural persons, and ensuring the transparency of the process. 2. This chapter shall apply to the Parties adopted or maintained in force measures related to managerial staff, līgumpakalpojum provider, independent professionals and persons appointed for the purposes of transactions in the short term, temporary entry and stay in its territory. This chapter shall not apply to measures affecting natural persons seeking access to the labour market parties, and to measures related to citizenship, residence or permanent employment. 3. This chapter shall not prevent the party from applying measures to regulate the entry of natural persons or a temporary stay in its territory, including measures necessary to protect the inviolability of borders and ensure that natural persons legally crossing the border, unless such measures are not applied in such a way that they remove or reduce the benefits that arise from any of the parties in accordance with the provisions of this chapter. Request a visa for natural persons of certain State and it does not require natural persons from other countries is not considered Elimination or reduction of benefits under this chapter. 4. in so far as this section does not contain obligations continue to apply all other legislation of the parties, the requirements for entry and residence, including the residence period. 5. Notwithstanding the provisions of this chapter shall continue to apply to all the parties ' legal requirements concerning employment and social security measures, including provisions on minimum wages, as well as collective agreements. 6. This chapter shall not apply to cases where the temporary entry and stay of the intention or goal is to impair or otherwise affect the labour dispute or management dispute or the outcome of the negotiations or the employment of individuals who are involved in such disputes or negotiations. 10.3. PANTSVispārēj responsibilities 1. Subject to the provisions of this chapter, each Party shall permit such other natural person temporary entry for the purpose of the business, which would meet the party's immigration measures applicable to temporary entry. 2. Each Party shall apply its measures relating to the provisions of this chapter in accordance with paragraph 1 of article 10.2, and in particular are subject to these measures, in order to avoid deterioration or unduly delayed marketing of goods or services or the conduct of investment activities under this agreement. 3. Each Party shall ensure that any fees for processing applications for temporary entry are proportionate and appropriate to the actual costs. 10.4 the provision of article 1 of the additional chapter 27 (transparency), and recognizing the importance of the parties is the temporary entry of transparency of information, each Party shall, no later than 180 days after the date of entry into force of this agreement, make available to the other party the additional explanatory material on the temporary entry requirements pursuant to this chapter, allowing operators of the other party to become acquainted with these requirements. 2. Where, in accordance with the provisions of this chapter, the Party shall collect and maintain data on temporary immigration according to the category of operators, that party shall make these data available to the other party, upon request, in accordance with the law of privacy and data protection. 10.5. PANTSKontaktpunkt 1. The parties hereby establish the following points: (a)) in respect of Canada: Canada's citizenship and Immigration Department Immigration Department temporary resident policy Director; (b)) in relation to the European Union: the European Commission's Director-General of the Directorate-General of trade; c) for Member States of the European Union: (A) in the annex 10 – contact points or their respective successor relation. 2. Canada and the contact points of the European Union and of the Member States of the European Union, the contact points shall exchange information according to article 10.4 and, as appropriate, to consider matters relating to this chapter, such as: (a) the implementation of this chapter) and governance, including the practice of the parties to allow the temporary entry; b) common criteria as well as the development and adoption of the interpretation, implementation of this chapter; (c) the development of measures to) continue to promote the temporary entry of the host; and (d) recommendations of the ceta) Joint Committee with regard to this chapter. 10.6. PANTSCit chapters obligations 1. this Agreement shall not impose on the parties obligations regarding its immigration measures, except as specifically set forth in this chapter and article 27 (transparency). 2. Without prejudice to any decision to allow the other side of the temporary entry of natural persons according to the provisions of this chapter, including with respect to the length of stay permitted under such permit: (a) this agreement, article 9.3) (national treatment) and article 9.6 (market access), on the basis of article 9.4 (formal requirements) and article 9.2 (scope of application), but not of article 9.2 d) are included in this chapter and become part of the , and refers to the arrangements applicable to natural persons in the territory of the other party for the purpose of the business, is located in the following categories: (i)) executives; and (ii)) līgumpakalpojum provider and independent specialists in all the 10-E sectors contained in the annex; and (b)) this agreement article 9.5 (most-favoured-nation treatment), on the basis of article 9.4 (formal requirements) and article 9.2 (scope of application), but not of article 9.2 d) is included in this chapter and becomes part of it, and refers to the arrangements applicable to natural persons in the territory of the other party for the purpose of the business, is located in the following categories: (i)) līgumpakalpojum executives, providers and external specialists and (ii)) persons appointed for the purposes of transactions in the short term, as specified in article 6.8. 3. For greater certainty, paragraph 2 refers to the arrangements applicable to natural persons in the territory of the other party for the purposes of businesses located within appropriate categories and which provides financial services, as defined in chapter 13 (financial services) in article 13.1 (definitions). Paragraph 2 of this article shall not apply to measures affecting the temporary entry permit or a third country natural persons. 4. If a party in its annexes I, II or III in the list is specified by clause, this clause also applies to paragraph 2, to the extent specified in the reservation or reservations allowed the measure affects the regime applied physics persons who are in the territory of the other party's conduct. 10.7. PANTSVadoš employees 1. each Party shall permit temporary entry and stay in the other leading employees based on reservations and exceptions that are listed in annex 10 – B. 2. no party shall adopt or maintain restrictions on the other hand the total number of personalities who allowed temporary entry, a numerical limit, or economic needs tests. 3. each Party shall permit temporary entry of persons travelling for the purpose of transactions, to invest, without requiring a work permit or other similar purpose, prior approval procedure. 4. each Party shall permit in their territory the provisionally employ the other company employees and investors to make this move. 5. duration of stay allowed leading employees is as follows: (a)) redeployed staff (experts and leading staff): up to three years or the period of validity of the contract, with a possible extension to 18 months at the discretion of the Party granting temporary entry and stay of atļauju14; (b)) redeployed staff (trainees with higher education): up to one year or the period of validity of the contract; c) investors: one year, with possible extensions at the discretion of the Party granting temporary entry and residence permit; d) persons travelling for the purpose of transactions, to invest: 90 days within any 6 month laikposmā15. 10.8. PANTSLīgumpakalpojum provider and independent professionals 1. in accordance with Annex E of 10, each Party shall permit temporary entry and stay in the other līgumpakalpojum providers, based on the following conditions: (a) the natural persons) must be engaged in the provision of services on a temporary basis as employees of a company that has obtained a contract for the provision of services for a period not exceeding 12 months. If the service contract is longer than 12 months, the obligations of this chapter apply only to the first 12 months of the contract; (b)) the natural persons who enter the territory of the other party, to offer these services as employees of a company that has provided services for at least one year immediately before the date on which the application is submitted for entry in the territory of the other party, and the date of such persons must be at least three years of vocational pieredzei16 the scope covered by the contract; (c)) the natural persons who enter the territory of the other party, shall be: (i) academic degree or qualification), which points to the equivalent knowledge līmeni17; and ii) professional skills, if it is necessary for the work to be carried out in accordance with the law or the requirements where the service is provided; d) your stay within the territory of the other party natural persons shall receive no remuneration for the provision of services, with the exception of the remuneration paid to the company, which employs līgumpakalpojum; (e) the temporary entry and stay), granted in accordance with this article shall apply only to the provision of services which is the subject of the contract. Entitled to use the professional title of the party where the service is provided, can be granted by the appropriate authority, as defined in article 11.1 (definitions), through the mutual recognition agreement ("SAN") or otherwise; and (f)) the agreement on the provision of services to meet the party law and other legal requirements, which the Treaty izpilda18. 2. in accordance with Annex E of 10, each Party shall permit temporary entry and residence for the other independent professionals, based on the following conditions: (a) the natural persons) must be engaged in the provision of services on a temporary basis as the other side registered self-employed persons and must be got in a contract for the provision of services for a period not exceeding 12 months. If the service contract is longer than 12 months, the obligations of this chapter apply only to the first 12 months of the contract; (b)) for entry in the territory of the other party on the day of lodging of the natural persons who enter the territory of the other party, shall be at least six years of professional experience in the sector, which is the subject of the contract; (c)) the natural persons who enter the territory of the other party, shall be: (i) academic degree or qualification), which points to the equivalent knowledge līmeni19; and ii) professional skills, if it is necessary for the work to be carried out in accordance with the laws, regulations or requirements where the service is provided; (d) the temporary entry and stay), granted in accordance with the provisions of this article shall apply only to the provision of services which is the subject of the contract. Entitled to use the professional title of the party where the service is provided, can be granted by the appropriate authority, as defined in article 11.1 (definitions), using a SAN, or otherwise; and (e)) the agreement on the provision of services to meet the party law and other legal requirements in contracts. 3.10. – Annex E indicates, the party does not adopt or maintain in force the limit on the other hand līgumpakalpojum provider and the total number of independent experts, which allowed temporary entry, a numerical limit, or economic needs tests. 4. the Līgumpakalpojum provider or independent professionals stay in General does not exceed 12 months, extension is possible according to the discretion of the parties in any 24-month period or for the duration of the contract – depending on which time period is shorter. 10.9. Personal, which in the short term the business purpose, 1.10. – Annex B Party shall permit temporary entry and residence for persons of the other party, which in the short term, the deal in order to perform 10-steps contained in Annex D, provided that persons appointed in the short term: (a) for the purpose of transactions) are not involved in the sale of goods or services to the general public; b) on its own behalf shall receive no remuneration from a source located within the territory of the party in which the person appointed for the purpose of transactions in the short term, staying on a temporary basis; and (c)) is not involved in the provision of services under the contract, concluded between the company that is commercially represented within the territory of the party in which the person appointed for the purpose of transactions in the short term, staying on a temporary basis, and the consumer in that territory, except 10. – as provided in Annex D. 2. each Party shall permit temporary entry of persons, who shall be appointed for the purpose of transactions in the short term, without requiring a work permit or other similar purpose, prior approval procedure. 3. the maximum duration of stay of persons who shall be appointed for the purpose of transactions in the short term is 90 days in any six-month laikposmā20. 10.10. PANTSSaistīb review five years after the entry into force of this agreement, the Parties shall consider the need to update their respective commitments according to article 10.7.-10.9. Eleventh NODAĻAPROFESIONĀL the mutual recognition of qualifications definitions in this chapter 11.1: jurisdiction is Canadian and all of its territory and the provinces and territories, or all the Member States of the European Union territory, in so far as applicable in those territories, in accordance with article 1.3 (geographical scope); discussion a participant is party person or body empowered or authorized to engage in negotiations on professional qualifications mutual recognition agreement ("SAN"); professional experience in an effective and legitimate means of service provision; the meaning of professional qualification the qualification approved by formal qualification and/or proof of professional experience; the authority means the body or bodies designated under the laws, regulations or administrative provisions in order to recognise qualifications and allow the profession practicing in any jurisdiction; and the regulated profession is the work that was conducted, including a professional title or degree, the subject of a specific qualification obtained in accordance with the laws, regulations or administrative provisions. 11.2. PANTSMērķ and scope this chapter 1 establishes a system for the parties ' mutual recognition of professional qualifications in a fair, transparent and compatible mode and lays down the General principles for negotiations on the SAN. 2. This chapter shall apply to the professions governed by the territories of each party, including all or some Member States of the European Union and all or some of the provinces and territories of Canada. 3. a party shall not be made, the application of its criteria for the authorization of the service provider, licensing or certification in a way that would create discrimination or a disguised restriction on trade in services. 4. SAN adopted pursuant to this chapter, apply to all EU and Canadian territories. 11.3. the PANTSSarun of SAN 1. each Party shall encourage its relevant bodies or professional bodies (where applicable) to develop and provide mutual recognition of professional qualifications by the Joint Committee ("SAN"), established pursuant to article 26.2 in paragraph 1 (b)), the joint recommendations on the proposed SAN. 2. recommendations shall give the potential value of a SAN based on criteria such as the level of market opening, industry needs and business opportunities, for example, the number of professionals who could benefit from the presence of other SAN SAN, and expected benefits in economic and business development. In addition, it provides an assessment of the parties ' licensing or qualification mode interoperability and the planned approach to negotiations on the SAN. 3. a reasonable period, the Committee SAN review recommendations in order to ensure its compatibility with the requirements of this chapter. If these requirements are fulfilled, the SAN, the Committee prepares the necessary measures for carrying out the negotiations and each Party shall inform their respective associated institutions on such measures. 4. After discussion the participants take the discussions and presented the draft text of the SAN SAN. 5. After the Committee review the draft SAN SAN, to ensure its compatibility with the provisions of this agreement. 6. If the Committee considers that the SAN SAN is compatible with this agreement, the Committee shall adopt the SAN SAN with the decision subject to the condition that each party then, a statement must be provided to the Committee for its respective SAA the internal requirements. The decision becomes binding on the parties when each party has delivered this statement SAN Committee. 11.4. PANTSAtzīšan. 1 in the SAN for the recognition of professional qualifications allows a service provider to perform a professional activity under the jurisdiction of the host State in accordance with the provisions specified in the SAN 2. If the parties to the service provider's professional qualifications according to SAN, the other party shall recognize the jurisdiction of the host State authorities grant this service provider arrangements no less favourable than treatment of similar situations similar to the assigned service provider whose professional qualifications are certified or approved under the jurisdiction of that party. 3. recognition under the SAN may not extend the following conditions: (a) compliance with the service provider's) nationality or place of residence of any kind, or (b)) service provider education, experience or training to obtain jurisdiction. 11.5. PANTSProfesionāl mutual recognition of qualifications by the Joint Committee SAN Committee responsible for 11.3. implementation of article: a) consists of Canada and representatives of the European Union, which is its co-Chairman and not part of the relevant institutions or professional bodies, which are specified in article 11.3. This list of approved agents in the exchange of letters; (b)) shall meet within one year of the entry into force of this agreement, and then, as necessary or agreed; (c)) shall establish its own rules of procedure; d) encourage exchanges of information on legislation, regulations, policies and practices relating to the authorisation of regulated professions, licensing or certification standards or criteria; e) make publicly available information on the negotiation and implementation of the SAA; (f) notify the ceta) Joint Committee on progress in the implementation of the consultation and the SAA; and (g)), as appropriate, provide information and make 11. – Annex A contains the guidelines. 11.6. PANTSPamatnostādn for the negotiation and conclusion of a SAN to achieve the mutual recognition of qualifications, 11.-Annex A parties determined non-binding guidelines concerning the negotiation and conclusion of the SAA. 7.3. PANTSKontaktpunkt each Party shall establish one or several contact points for the management of this chapter. Twelfth NODAĻAIEKŠZEM regulation 12.1. Definitions in this chapter: licensing means the person granting authorisation for the provision of services or other economic activities; competent authority means any administrative authority of the party or non-governmental bodies in the exercise of powers delegated to it by the parties, any regulatory authority; the competent authority shall carry out licensing; licensing procedures means administrative or procedural rules, including the purpose, amend or renew a licence, which must be followed in order to show compliance with licensing requirements; licensing requirements are not essential requirements qualification requirements and which must be fulfilled, amendment or restore the license; qualification procedures are administrative or procedural rules to be followed in order to show compliance with the requirements of the qualification; and qualification requirements are requirements relating to competence and which must be fulfilled, amended or renewed license. 12.2. the scope of the Actions 1. This chapter applies to the parties to adopt or maintain measures relating to licensing requirements, licensing procedures, qualification requirements or procedures and qualifications: (a) cross-border supply of services), as defined in article 9.1 (definitions); (b)) the provision of a service or any other economic activity is carried out through a commercial presence in the territory of the other party, including through such commercial presence; and (c)) services, using the natural persons of the other party's presence in the territory of the party in accordance with paragraph 2 of article 10.6 (other chapters obligations). 2. This chapter does not apply to licensing requirements, licensing procedures, qualification requirements or qualification procedures: (a)) associated with the parties maintain appropriate measures, as indicated in the list in annex I; or (b)) relating to one of the following sectors or activities: (i) in the case of Canada) cultural industry and as specified in its annex II, social services, Aboriginal issues, minority issues, gambling and betting services, and water, water treatment and supply; and (ii) in the case of the party) in the EU audiovisual services and, as indicated in the list in annex II, health, education and social services, gambling and betting, and pakalpojumiem21, water treatment and supply. 12.3. PANTSLicencēšan and qualification requirements and procedures 1. Each Party shall ensure that licensing requirements, qualification requirements, licensing procedures, or qualification procedures which it shall adopt or maintain in force, based on criteria which preclude the competent authority that exercises its powers of arbitrary assessment. 2. in paragraph 1 of this article, the criteria are: a) a clear and transparent; b) objectively; and c) predefined and available to the public. 3. the parties recognise that the Minister's statutory discretion with respect to the implementation of the decision on the grant of a licence in the public interest, is not incompatible with paragraph 2 (c)), if it is carried out in accordance with the applicable legislation, rather than arbitrary objects and if they are not otherwise inconsistent with this agreement. 4. paragraph 3 of this article shall not apply to the professional service licensing requirements or qualification requirements. 5. Each Party shall ensure that the license be granted as soon as the competent authority determines that the licensing conditions have been complied with, and when the licence is granted, that it enter into force immediately in accordance with the rules. 6. each Party shall maintain or establish judicial, arbitration or administrative tribunals or procedures which by the affected investors, as defined in article 8.1 (definitions), or the affected service provider, as defined in article 1.1 (definitions of general application), allows you to immediately review the administrative decisions related to the provision of the service, or any other economic activity is carried out, and in justified cases, ensure that the appropriate legal remedies associated with them. If such procedures are not independent of the institutions entrusted with the administrative decision concerned, each Party shall ensure that the procedures are applied in a way that provides an objective and fair review. 7. Each Party shall ensure that the procedures for licensing or qualification procedures which it shall adopt or maintain in force, simple and do not unduly complicate or delay the provision of the service or other economic activities. 8. the licensing fee paid by an applicant may provide in connection with its application for a licence shall be proportionate and appropriate to the actual costs, and it does not in itself restrict the provision of services or other economic activities. 9. the licensing fees does not include auction fees, fees for the use of natural resources, royalties, fees for conducting the procurement procedure or other non-discriminatory methods of granting concessions, or minimum payments for the provision of universal service. 10. Each Party shall ensure that the competent authorities use licensing procedures or qualification procedures and decisions of the competent authorities of the licensing process is unbiased for all applicants. The competent authority in its decision making should be independent and, in particular, it should not be accountable to any service provider or other economic activities for which the operator requires a license. 11. If there is a specific time limit for submission of the application for authorisation, the applicant is given sufficient time to submit an application. The competent authority shall initiate the examination of the application without undue delay. If possible, applications should be made in electronic form with similar conditions of authenticity as an application on paper. 12. the original Document, if considered appropriate, should also accept certified copies. 13. each Party shall ensure that the licensing application processing, including final decision, to be completed within a reasonable period from the submission of a complete application. Each party should define the normal period within which to process the application. 14. at the request of the applicant party, the competent authority shall, without undue delay, provide information about the status of the application. 15. If the application is deemed to be incomplete, the competent authority of the party a reasonable period of time shall inform the applicant, indicate what additional information is required to complete the application form and provide the applicant with the opportunity to address deficiencies. 16. If the parties, the competent authority shall reject the application, it shall, without undue delay and shall inform the applicant in writing. At the request of the applicant party, the competent authority shall inform the applicant of the rejection of the application also reasons and for the period in which the decision subject to appeal or review. Should be allowed a reasonable time limit for the applicant to submit the application again. Thirteenth NODAĻAFINANŠ services 13.1. Definitions in this chapter: the parties cross-border financial service provider are parties to a person who is engaged in the provision of financial services transactions and this party which wishes to provide or provides financial services, providing services across borders; the cross-border provision of financial services or financial services cross-border trade in financial services: a) from the territory of one party in the territory of the other party, or (b)) in the territory of the party concerned by the person to the person of the other party; but does not include the provision of a service in the territory of either party, making a contribution in this area; financial institution's service provider that performs one or more actions, which in this article is defined as financial services, if the service provider is regulated or monitored in relation to the provision of services as a financial institution in accordance with the law of the party in whose territory it is located, including the financial services provider branch of the party, which has its head office in the territory of the other party; the other financial institution is a person of the other party-controlled financial institution, including the branch located in the territory of the party; financial services is a service of a financial nature, including insurance and insurance-related services, banks, and other financial services (excluding insurance), and the services associated with financial service, or ancillary service of a financial nature. Financial services include the following: (a)) insurance and related services: i) direct insurance (including co-insurance): A) life insurance or B) non-life insurance; (ii) reinsurance and retrocession); III) insurance intermediation, such as brokerage and agency; or (iv)) insurance services, such as consultancy, actuarial, risk assessment and claim settlement services. and (b)) banking and other financial services (excluding insurance): (i)) deposits and other repayable funds from the public; (ii)), including all forms of lending consumer credit, mortgage credit, factoring and financing of commercial transaction; III) financial leasing; IV) all payment and money transmission services, including credit, charge and debit cards, travellers ' cheques and bankers ' drafts; v) guarantees and commitments; vi) trade on their own behalf or on behalf of clients, stock exchange or over-the-counter market with the following: (A)) money market instruments (including cheques, bills, certificates of deposits); (B) foreign currency); C) derivative instruments, including futures contracts and options contracts; D) Exchange and interest rate instruments, including tools such as swap contracts and forward rate agreements; (E) transferable securities) or (F) other negotiable instruments) and financial assets, including bullion; VII) participation in issues of all kinds of securities, including underwriting and placement as agent, (publicly or privately) and provision of services related to such issues; VIII) money brokering; IX) asset management, including cash or portfolio management, all forms of collective investment management, pension fund management, holding, deposit and trust services; x) for financial assets, including securities, derivative financial instruments, and other negotiable instruments, settlement and clearing services; XI) and the provision of financial information and financial data processing and related software; or XII) Advisory, intermediation and other auxiliary financial in connection with all activities referred to in subparagraph (i)) to xi), including credit and credit database analysis, investment and portfolio analysis and advice, and advice on acquisitions and on corporate restructuring and strategy; financial services provider are parties to the person involved in the provision of financial services transactions in the territory of that party, but does not include a public body; contribution means "investment" as defined in article 8.1 (definitions), except that for the purposes of this chapter relating to "loans" and "debt instruments" indicated in that article: (a)) financial institutions issued loan or debt instrument is a contribution to this financial institution only if considered capital of the party in the territory of which the financial institution is located; and (b)) financial institutions granted loans or financial institution debt instruments, except for the loan to a financial institution or a financial institution debt instruments, as specified in point (a)), is not a contribution; for greater certainty, c) Chapter 8 (investments) for loans or debt instruments, so far as they are not covered by this chapter; and (d)) cross-border financial service provider assigned to a loan or cross-border financial service providers of debt instruments, with the exception of the financial institution issuing the loan or debt instrument, is an investment chapter 8 (investments) end if this loan or debt instruments to meet the investment criteria specified in article 8.1 (definitions); Investor means "investor" as defined in article 8.1 (definitions); new financial services is a financial service that is not provided in the territory of the party, but provided in the territory of the other party, and includes any financial services a new way or provide any financial product sales, which was sold in the territory of the party; Party person means "party party", as defined in article 1.1 (definitions of general application), and, for greater certainty, does not include the third-country company branch; public structure is: (a) the Government authority), any central bank or monetary authority or party owned or controlled body that mainly carry out governmental functions or activities for governmental purposes, except structures that are principally engaged in the provision of financial services in accordance with the commercial rules; or (b)) a private body to carry out functions normally carried out central bank or monetary authority, when it performs these functions; and self-regulatory organization is a non-governmental entity, including any of the securities or futures exchange or market, clearing agency, other organization or association, which implemented its own or delegated regulatory or supervisory powers over financial service providers or financial institutions. 13.2. the scope of the Actions 1. This chapter applies to measures adopted by a party, or kept in force: (a)) other financial institutions; (b) investors of the other party) and the investor with a financial institution in the territory of the party; and (c)) cross-border trade in financial services. 2. For greater certainty, section 8 (investments) regulations apply to: (a)), which refers to the side of investors and the investors ' investment in the financial services provider that is not a financial institution; and (b)), except for the provision of financial services measures that apply to investors or investors of the party's contribution to the financial institution. 3. This agreement article 8.10 (treatment of investors and investments), 8.11. Article (reparation), 8.12 (expropriation), article 8.13 (transfers), article 8.14 (Subrogation), article 8.16 (denial of benefits) and article 8.17 (formal requirements) are included in this chapter and becomes part of it. 4. Chapter 8 of the agreement (investor and investment dispute resolution) is included in the section of this chapter, and becomes part of it only for the fact that a party has breached article 13.4 13.3 or article relating to a financial institution or a financial institution investment extension, conduct, operation, management, maintenance, use, enjoyment and sale or transfer, or 8.10. Article (treatment of investors and investments), 8.11. Article (reparation), 8.12 (expropriation), article 8.13 (transfers) or 8.16 (denial of benefits). 5. This chapter does not apply to measures taken by a party or kept in force: a) activities or services that are part of a public retirement plan or statutory system of social security; or (b)) operations or services carried out at the expense of the party, with the party guarantees or financial resources, including public bodies, except that this section shall apply to the extent that the Party permits a) or (b)) the following transactions or services to carry out its financial institutions in competition with a public entity or a financial institution. 6. Chapter 12 of this agreement (domestic regulation) is included in this chapter and becomes part of it. For greater certainty, article 12.3 (licensing and qualification requirements and procedures) refers to the parties ' financial regulators of statutory discretion. 7. Chapter 12 of this agreement (domestic regulation) provisions contained in this chapter under paragraph 6 shall not apply licensing requirements, licensing procedures, qualification requirements or qualification procedures: (a)) associated with the Canadian feed the inappropriate action as specified in its annex III-A; (b)) associated with the European Union maintain appropriate measures, as specified in the list in annex I, in so far as such a measure applies to financial services; and (c)) as indicated in paragraph 2 of article 12.2 (b)) (scope), in so far as such a measure applies to financial services. 13.3. National treatment 1.8.6. This agreement article (national treatment) are included in this section and become part of it, to be applied to the regime applicable to other financial institutions and investors and their investments in financial institutions. 2. Mode, which apply to its own investors and their investments of investors under 8.6. Article (national treatment) 1 and 2, means the regime applicable to the financial institutions and investments of investors in financial institutions. 13.4. PANTSVislielāk favoured this agreement 1 8.7. Article (most-favoured-nation treatment) are included in this section and become part of it, to be applied to the regime applicable to other financial institutions and investors and their investments in financial institutions. 2. Mode, which apply to third-country investors and investments of investors of a third country pursuant to article 3.1 (most-favoured-nation treatment) 1 and 2, means the regime applicable to third-country financial institutions and third country investments of investors in financial institutions. 13.5. Precautionary measures 1 the party applying the measures covered by this chapter, may recognise the third country as a precautionary measure. Recognition may: (a)) to determine unilaterally; (b)) to catch up with the harmonization or other means, or (c)) based on the agreement or arrangement with a third country. 2. the party acknowledging the precautionary measure, provide adequate opportunity to the other party to demonstrate that there are circumstances that have or will be equivalent regulation, oversight, implementation and, where appropriate, procedures concerning the sharing of information between the parties. 3. If a party recognizes precautionary measures pursuant to paragraph 1 (c)) and is described in paragraph 2, the observed conditions, the Party shall ensure appropriate opportunities for the other party to carry out negotiations on an agreement or arrangement or to negotiate support for a comparable agreement or arrangement. 13.6. the market PANTSPiekļuv 1. with regard to the other financial institution or for access to the market, the investor of the other party, creating a financial institution, the party does not adopt or maintain in force measures that apply to the whole of its territory or national, provincial, territorial, regional or local level and which: (a)) set the limits: i) financial institutions, the number of numerical quotas, monopolies, exclusive service suppliers or the requirements of an economic needs test; (ii) financial services transactions) or the total value of the assets of numerical quotas or the requirement of an economic needs test; III) total number of transactions in financial services or financial services to the total quantity, expressed in specific numeric units, quotas or the requirement of economic needs test; IV) foreign capital participation, in the form of a maximum percentage limit on foreign share holding of package/financial institutions or individual or aggregate foreign investment in financial institutions total value; or v) the total number of natural persons that may be employed in a particular financial service sector or that a financial institution may employ and who are necessary for the provision of specific financial services and directly associated with it, in terms of numerical quotas or the requirement of an economic needs test; (b)) limit or require certain entities or types of joint ventures through which a financial institution can perform an economic activity. 2.8.4. This agreement article 2 (market access) are included in this article and becomes part of it. 3. For greater certainty: (a)) the party may stipulate and determine the procedures by which allows you to create or expand a commercial presence in so far as those rules and procedures do not violate the parties specified in paragraph 1 and match the rest of the conditions of this chapter; and (b)) this article shall not preclude a party require the financial institution to provide certain financial services through separate legal entities, if, under the legislation of the parties, financial institutions, financial services must not give one authority. 8.5. the cross-border provision of services PANTSFinanš 1. Article 9.3 of this agreement (national treatment), article 9.4 (formal requirements) and 9.6 (market access) are included in this chapter and become part of it and apply the regime applicable to those cross-border financial service providers providing 13.-(A) as shown in the annex to financial services. 2. Mode, which apply to service providers and their services according to article 9.3 (national treatment), means that the regime applied to the providers of financial services and financial services. 3. Measures taken by a party does not accept or maintain in force with respect to other service providers and services pursuant to paragraph 9.6 (market access), means services related to other cross-border financial service providers who provide financial services. 4. Article 9.5 of this agreement (most-favoured-nation treatment) are included in this section and become part of it, to be applied to the regime applicable to other cross-border financial service providers. 5. Mode, which apply to third-country service providers and services pursuant to article 9.5 (most-favoured-nation treatment), meaning a regime that applied to third country providers of financial services and financial services of the third country. 6. each Party shall permit a person established in its territory and nationals irrespective of the place of registration to buy financial services from the other side of the cross-border financial service provider established in the territory of the other party. This obligation does not require a party to allow for such service providers to perform business activities or provide services in its territory. Each party may define "doing business" and "service provider" for the purposes of this article, in accordance with paragraph 1. 7. with regard to annex 13 – financial services specified in each party will permit the other cross-border financial service provider on request or notification to the relevant regulator if necessary to provide financial services through any new way to provide or sell financial products that are not marketed in the territory of the party, if the first party in accordance with its legislation in similar situations for their financial services providers to provide such services or to sell such products. 8.6. PANTSAugstāk management and the Board of Directors of the party does not require that the other financial institution shall appoint senior management or Board of Directors positions natural persons with a particular nationality. 13.9.1. PANTSVeiktspēj requirements for investments in financial institutions, the parties conducted negotiations on performance requirements, such as in article 8.5 (performance requirements) requirements laid down. 2. Three years after the entry into force of this agreement, the parties have agreed on the following requirements, at the request of the Party 8.5. Article (performance requirements) to include in this chapter, it becomes a part of this chapter and shall apply to investments in financial institutions. To this end article 8.5 (performance requirements) to the specified "contribution" means a contribution to the "financial institution" in its territory. 3.180 days after the parties successfully negotiated mentioned under 1 performance requirements, or at the request of a party to include article 8 (performance requirements) of this chapter, in accordance with paragraph 2, depending on the situation, either party may amend the list as required. Any amendment must be limited according to the reservation list of existing measures that do not conform to those specified in this chapter, performance requirements obligations, obligations of Canada listed in annex III, section A and in the context of the European Union annex I list. 13.10. The agreement article 1, such measures shall apply in relation to performance requirements, for which the negotiations carried out under paragraph 1, or article 8 (performance requirements), as included in this chapter under 2nd point – depending on the situation. 13.10. PANTSAtrun and exceptions 13.3. This agreement, 1., 13.4., 13.6 and 13.8. article does not apply to: (a) existing measures do not match), which implements the following levels: i) the level of the European Union, as set out in the list in annex I; II) national government level, as determined by Canada in its annex III, section A, or the European Union-the list in annex I; III) provincial, territorial or regional government level, as determined by Canada in its annex III, section A, or the European Union-the list in annex I; or (iv)); (b)) (a) of this paragraph) shows the inadequate measures for the continuation or prompt renewal or c) (a)) indicated inappropriate to amend the measure, in so far as the amendment does not decrease the conformity of the measures 13.3, 13.4., 8.5., or 13.8. Article, as it was just prior to the amendment. 2. Article 12.7 of this Agreement shall not apply: (a) existing measures do not match), which implements the following levels: i) the level of the European Union, as set out in the list in annex I; II) national government level, as determined by Canada in its annex III, section A, or the European Union-the list in annex I; III) provincial, territorial or regional government level, as determined by Canada in its annex III, section A, or the European Union-the list in annex I; or (iv)); (b)) (a) of this paragraph) shows the inadequate measures for the continuation or prompt renewal or c) (a)) indicated inappropriate to amend the measure, in so far as the amendment does not decrease the conformity of the measures 8.5. article as it was at the time of entry into force of this agreement. 13.3 this agreement. 3., 13.4., 8.5., 8.5 and 8.6. Article shall not apply to measures adopted or maintained by Canada in relation to financial services specified in the list of annex III, section B, or the measures that the European Union adopts or maintains with respect to financial services specified in the list in annex II. 4. If a party in your list in annex I or II has established a reservation to article 8.4 (market access), 8.5 (performance requirements), 8.6 (national treatment), article 3.1 (most-favoured-nation treatment), 5.5 (top management and Board of Directors), 9.3 (national treatment), article 9.5 (most-favoured-nation treatment) or article 9.6 (market access), this disclaimer is also a disclaimer to 13.3., 13.4., 8.5. 8.5. Article 8.6, or whether any performance requirements, for which the negotiations carried out under paragraph 1 of article 13, or included in this chapter pursuant to paragraph 2 of article 13, depending on the situation, as far as this chapter applies to measures specified in the reservation, sector, subsector or activity. 5. After the date of entry into force of this agreement, a party shall not adopt measures or series of measures covered by Annex III of Canada list or section B of annex II of the European Union that directly or indirectly require investors of the other party for its nationality to be sold or otherwise transferred to the investment that it was the time when the measure or series of measures came into force. 6. apply to intellectual property rights, a party may derogate from article 13.3 and 13.4 and of any requirements for technology transfer in relation to performance requirements, for which the negotiations carried out under paragraph 1 of article 13, or included in this chapter pursuant to paragraph 2 of article 13, depending on the situation, if the derogations authorised by the TRIPS Agreement, including the abandonment of the TRIPS Agreement, adopted pursuant to article IX of the WTO agreement. 13.3 this agreement. 7., 13.4., 8.5., 8.5., 8.6 and article 13 shall not apply to: (a)) the parties to the procurement of goods or services, rather than the non-commercial purpose of resale or use for the purpose of the supply of goods or services for commercial sale, regardless of whether this procurement is or is not a "covered procurement" in article 19.2 (scope and scope); or b) subsidies or State aid in relation to the services provided by the party. 13.11. PANTSEfektīv and transparent framework 1. Each Party shall ensure that all measures of general application, subject to this section, are executed in a reasonable, objective and fair. 2. Each Party shall ensure that its legislation, regulations, procedures and general administrative decisions regarding any matter covered by this chapter, are promptly published or made available to the form allowing interested persons and the other party to become acquainted with them. Each party: (a) possible) notice of any measure that it proposes to adopt; (b)) provides the person concerned and to the other party reasonable opportunity to provide comments on these proposed measures; and (c)) provides for a reasonable period of time between the publication of the final version of the measure and the date of their entry into force. For the purposes of this chapter replaces the requirements in article 27.1 (publishing). 3. each Party shall maintain or establish appropriate mechanisms to respond to reasonable time limits interested person, request for a universally applicable measures covered by this chapter. 4. Regulatory Authority administrative decision on the completed application by investors of the other party, who made the investment in financial institutions, cross-border financial service provider or financial institution in connection with the provision of financial services, adopted a reasonable time limit, which is determined according to the complexity of the application and deadline for application processing. In the case of Canada, this period is 120 days is reasonable. The regulatory body shall immediately notify the applicant of the decision. If it is impossible in practice to adopt a decision within a reasonable period, the regulatory authority shall without delay inform the applicant and the endeavour to adopt a decision as soon as possible. For greater certainty, the application shall not be considered completed until all relevant hearing has taken place and the regulatory body has not received all the necessary information. 13.12. PANTSPašregulējoš organizations if a party requests that the other financial institution or cross-border financial service provider must be a member or be engaged in self-regulatory organization or the approach to such organization to provide financial services in the territory of that party, or grant a privilege or benefit, if the financial service is provided through self-regulatory organizations, the applicant party shall ensure that the self-regulatory organization shall comply with the provisions of this chapter. 13.13. PANTSMaksājum and billing system in accordance with the rules determining the national treatment, each party to the other financial services providers established in its territory, granting access to the party or organizational unit to which the party has delegated the powers of the Government, payment and clearing systems, and access to official funding and refinancing mechanisms available for normal business. This article does not provide access to the side of the last instance of the lender. 13.14. financial services PANTSJaun 1. each Party shall permit the other financial institution to provide any new financial services in the first half in similar situations allow to give their financial institutions according to the legislation of the parties providing, where appropriate, request or notification to the relevant regulator. 2. a party may determine the institutional and legal form in which the new service can provide, and to request the issuance of a licence for the provision of the service. If the license is required, a decision shall be taken within a reasonable time limit, and the license may be refused only for precautionary reasons. 3. This article shall not prevent the parties to a financial institution to turn to the other side to consider whether to allow the provision of financial services, which does not provide in the territory of one of the parties. On this application is subject to the legislation of the party who receives the application, and not subject to the obligations set out in this article. Article 1.15 p.m. transfer and processing 1. each Party shall permit a financial institution of the other party or cross-border financial service provider to and from its territory, transfer information in electronic or other form, the purpose of the data processing where such processing is necessary financial institutions or cross-border financial service provider's normal business. 2. Each Party shall ensure appropriate protection measures for the protection of privacy, especially regarding the transfer of personal information. If the financial information contained in the transmission of personal information, such transfer complies with legislation governing the protection of personal information in the territory of the party where the transfer is proposed. 13.16. Precautionary derogation 1. this Agreement shall not prevent a party from adopting or maintaining reasonable measures as a precaution, including the following measures: (a)) investors, depositors, policy holders or persons to whom the protection of the financial institution, cross-border financial service provider or financial service provider's fiduciary responsibilities; (b)) financial institutions, cross-border financial service provider or financial service provider security, stability, integrity or financial responsibility of maintenance, or (c)) the parties financial system integrity and stability. 2. without prejudice to other cross-border trade in financial services on prudential tools, party may request the other cross-border financial service provider and the registration of financial instruments. 3. on the basis of article 13.3 and 13.4, half the precaution may prohibit a particular financial service or activity. Such exclusion shall not apply to any financial services or to the entire financial services sector, such as the banking sector. exceptions to article 13.17 1. This agreement does not apply to measures taken by the public body, in implementing monetary or exchange rate policy. This paragraph is without prejudice to the obligations of the parties pursuant to article 8 (performance requirements), to article 8.13 (transfers) or article 13. 2. this Agreement shall not require a party to provide or permit access to information about individual customer transactions and accounts, cross-border financial service providers, financial institutions, or any other sensitive information that, if disclosed, would hold specific regulatory, supervisory or law enforcement issues, or otherwise be contrary to the public interest or would prejudice the legitimate commercial specific business interests. 13.18. PANTSFinanš Services Committee 1 of the financial services Committee, established pursuant to article 26.2 (specialised committees) in paragraph 1 (f)), consist of representatives of the authorities responsible for financial services policy, with special expertise in the field covered by this chapter. In the case of Canada, the representative of the Committee is the Canadian Finance Department officials or its successor. 2. Financial Services Committee shall take decisions by common accord. 3. Financial Services Committee meet once a year or in accordance with its decision on a different periodicity, and: (a) monitor the implementation of this chapter); (b)) addressed the dialogue on financial sector regulation of services in order to improve mutual knowledge of regulatory systems and to cooperate in developing international standards, as evidenced by the agreement on dialogue in the context of financial services regulation, contained in annex 13-C; and (c) implement article 13.21). 13.19. PANTSApspriešan 1. a party may request consultations with the other party regarding any issues arising from this agreement, and without prejudice to financial services. The other half of sympathetic consideration to this request. 2. Each Party shall ensure that, if consultations pursuant to paragraph 1, the delegation includes officials with relevant expertise in the field covered by this chapter. In the case of the Canada's Canadian Finance Department officials or its successor. 13.20. PANTSDomstarpīb resolution 1. Chapter 29 of this agreement (settlement of disputes) as amended, made under this article shall apply to the settlement of disputes arising under this chapter. 2. If the parties do not agree on the composition of the Arbitration Board, which was created in order to adjudicate disputes arising out of this chapter, apply to article 18.5 (composition of the Arbitration Board). However, all references to the list of arbitrators established pursuant to article 29.8 (arbitrators), understood as a reference to the list of arbitrators established pursuant to this article. 3. Ceta the Joint Committee may set up a list of at least 15 persons selected on the basis of objectivity, reliability and good judgment, and who are willing and able to be on the arbitrators. The list consists of three sublists: one sublist for each party and one sublist of the persons who are not nationals of one of the parties and may be the Chairman of the Arbitration Board. Each sublist includes at least five persons. Ceta Joint Committee may review the list at any time and ensures that the list meets the requirements of this article. 4. the arbitrators on the list must have expertise or experience in financial services law or regulations or their application in practice, including the framework for financial service providers. Arbitrators acting as the President, should also have experience as a lawyer, a member of the Board or an arbitrator in dispute settlement proceedings. The arbitrators are independent, act independently and take instructions from the organization or the Government. They meet the 29-Annex B (code of conduct) includes the code of conduct. 5. If the Arbitration Board finds that the measure is not compatible with this agreement and the measure relate to: (a) the financial services sector) and any other sector, the applicant party may suspend the application of benefits in the financial services industry, the effect of which is equivalent to the impact of the measures on the parties in the financial services industry; or (b)) only the sector non-financial services sector, the applicant party without losing the benefits of the application of the financial services industry. 13.21. PANTSIeguldījum disputes in the area of financial services this agreement 1 Chapter 8, section F (investor and investment dispute resolution) pursuant to the amendments made by this article and annex 13-B apply: (a)) investment disputes relating to measures covered by this chapter in which the investor claims that the party has breached article 8.10 (treatment of investors and investments), 8.11. Article (damages) , 8.12 (expropriation), article 8.13 (transfers), article 8.16 (denial of benefits), or 13.4 13.3. Article; or (b)) investment disputes, which had begun under section F of Chapter 8 (investor and investment dispute resolution) and with reference to paragraph 1 of article 13.16. 2. investment in the event of a dispute under paragraph 1 (a)), or if within 60 days after the submission of the request arbitration pursuant to article 8.23 (requirements for submission to arbitration) respondent refers to article 1 paragraph 13.16, creates the composition of the arbitral tribunal in accordance with article 8.27 (composition of the Arbitration Board) point 7 of the list drawn up pursuant to paragraph 3 of article 13.20. If the defendant refers to article 13.16. within 60 days after the submission of the request for investment disputes, with the exception of paragraph 1 (a)), the period specified by the Court to create the composition according to article 8.27 (composition of the Arbitration Board) point 7, begins on the day on which the defendant relies on paragraph 1 of article 13.16. If ceta the Joint Committee has not taken the appointment under article 8.27 (composition of the Arbitration Board) to paragraph 2, the period specified in article 8.27 (composition of the arbitral tribunal), in paragraph 17, one or the other party to the dispute may request that international investment dispute settlement Center ("ICSID") the Secretary-General shall designate the members of the Tribunal from a list drawn up in accordance with article 13.20. If the list according to article not created 13.20 on the day on which the action is brought pursuant to article 8.23 (Submission of claim in arbitration), ICSID Secretary General designate the members of the Tribunal from among the persons proposed by one party or both parties in accordance with article 13.20. 3. The defendant may refer the matter in writing for a decision on the financial services Committee about whether and to what extent 13.16. in paragraph 1 of article specific exception is used as an argument against the claim. This referral is sent no later than the day on which the Tribunal established by the respondent to submit counter-arguments. If the defendant pursuant to this paragraph shall submit the matter to the financial services Committee, are delayed periods or proceedings specified in Chapter 8, section F (investor and investment dispute resolution). 4. in paragraph 3 of this article the request for an opinion that the financial services Committee or Joint Committee ceta, depending on your situation, you can jointly decide whether and to what extent article 13.16 points is to be used as an argument against the claim. Financial Services Committee or Joint Committee of the CETI according to the situation, jointly sent a copy of the decision taken by the investor and the Tribunal, if it is created. If the decision taken jointly concluded that paragraph 1 of article 13.16 is used as an argument against totally all parts requirements, consider that the investor has withdrawn his claims and litigation is terminated in accordance with article 8.35 (waiver of requirements). If the decision taken jointly concluded that paragraph 1 of article 13.16 is used as an argument against only some parts of a claim, the decision taken jointly by the Tribunal shall be binding on those requirements. Paragraph 3 of this article, the period described in or suspension of the proceedings then no longer applies, and the investor may continue the proceedings as regards the remaining requirements. 5. If the Joint Committee is not ceta adopted a common decision within a period of three months from the opinion of the financial services Committee's request, the period specified in paragraph 3 or the suspension of the proceedings no longer applies and the investor may pursue their claim. 6. at the request of the defendant, the Tribunal may decide as a preliminary question of whether and to what extent article 13.16 points is to be used as an argument against the claim. If the defendant does not submit such a request, it does not affect the right of a defendant to 13.16. paragraph 1 of article to use as an argument at a later stage of the proceedings. The Tribunal shall not make an adverse inference from the fact that the financial services Committee or Joint Committee not ceta agreed on a joint decision, in accordance with annex 13 – B. Fourteenth NODAĻASTARPTAUTISK sea TRANSPORT services 14.1. Definitions in this chapter: customs clearance services customs brokerage services or means of payment, or on a contractual basis to sort the customs formalities relating to the carriage of goods the import, export or transit, regardless of whether these services are service provider main or secondary activity; container deployment and placement services means storage containers, loading, unloading or repairs and preparation for shipping either port areas or inland; direct or multimodal transport means cargo with a single transport document, using more than one mode of transport, including the transport by sea is also; the supply of services means the international cargo, including containers loaded in, split, bulk and dry or liquid cargo in bulk, preparing for transportation and further transport by sea between ports situated in the territory of either party. For greater certainty, in the case of supply services Canada may include transport between the sea and the internal waters internal waters are waters which, as defined in the Customs Act (Customs Act, R.S.C. 1985, c. 1 (2nd Supp)); international cargo means cargo carried by sea vessels between ports of one party and the other party or a third-country port or between ports of the Member States of the European Union and other European Union Member State; international maritime transport services mean passenger or freight transport with seagoing vessels between ports of one party and the other party or a third-country port or between ports of the Member States of the European Union and other European Union Member State, as well as direct contracts with other transport providers to ensure multimodal transport direct or, but not these other services; international maritime transport services provider means: (a) the parties undertaking) defined in article 1.1 (definitions of general application), and any such structures branch; (b) the third State), as defined in article 1.1 (definitions of general application), owned by nationals of a party, or which are controlled, if its ships are registered in accordance with that party's law and flying the flag of that party; or (c)) the third-party company's affiliate in important transactions with the party and is involved in the international maritime transport services. For greater certainty, Chapter 8 (investments) not subject to such a branch; Maritime Agency services, one or more lines or sea shipping business interest representation (as an agent), within a given geographical area for the following purposes: (a)) and the associated marine transportation service trade and sale, from pricing to invoicing, preparation of the kravaszīmj company, on behalf of the necessary related services acquisition and resale, document preparation and transactions associated with the provision of information; and (b)) on behalf of the organisation, organising entry into port or the ship as the case load control whatsoever; maritime ancillary services means cargo service services, customs clearance services, deployment and placement services, maritime agency services, sea cargo services, and storage and warehouse services; marine cargo service services are the following services, organizing and monitoring: a) the loading or unloading of the vessel; b) securing load remove or mount; and (c) the adoption or transfer) freight and storage before shipment or receipt by the company or dock terminal operator companies, but does not include the work carried out by the dock workers, if the workforce is organised independently of the dock companies or terminal operator; marine cargo transport services means transport organisation and supervision on behalf of the consignor by providing services such as transport and related services, cargo securing, documentation and packaging and preparation of transactions associated with the provision of information; storage and warehouse services means frozen or chilled goods storage services of liquids or gas storage in most services, and other storage or warehousing services. 14.2. the scope of the Actions 1. This chapter applies to measures adopted by a party, or kept in force with regard to international maritime transport services sniegšanu22. Greater certainty, such measure shall also apply as appropriate, Chapter 8 (investments) and Chapter 9 (cross-border trade in services). 2. Greater certainty — in addition to article 5.3 (national treatment), article 3.1 (most-favoured-nation treatment), 9.3 (national treatment) and article 9.5 (most-favoured-nation treatment) the party does not adopt or maintain in force measures relating to: (a)), providing international maritime transport services, and fly to the other side karogu23; or (b)) other international maritime transport service, if a measure provides mode which is less favourable than the treatment that the party concerned similar situations in their ships or the international maritime service suppliers or third-country ships or the international maritime transport services in relation to: (a) access to ports); (b) the port infrastructure) and services as dragging and driving; (c) the use of maritime ancillary services), as well as related fees and charges; (d) customs preferences) access or e) anchorage and loading and unloading equipment. 24 14.3. Obligation 1. Each Party shall permit other international maritime transport services to move your own or leased the empty containers that are not commercially transported between these parties. 2. the other party shall permit international maritime transport services providers to provide supply services between these parties. 3. a party shall not adopt or maintain in force cargo-sharing arrangements with a third country, in respect to any international maritime transport services, including the dry and liquid bulk and liner trade. 4. a party shall not adopt or maintain in force measures, which requires all or part of any international cargo transport with only half of the registered vessels or vessels owned or controlled by nationals of that party. 5. a party shall not adopt or maintain in force measures that prevent other international shipping service providers conclude contracts directly with other transport providers for direct or multi-modal transport. 14.4. PANTSAtrun 1. This agreement shall not apply to article 14.3 (a)) that do not match an existing measure taken by the Party implementing the following levels: i) the level of the European Union, as set out in the list in annex I; II) national government level, as established by the party concerned in the list of annex I; III) provincial, territorial or regional government level, as defined by the relevant party to the list in annex I or iv) municipal level; (b)) (a) of this paragraph) shows the inadequate measures for the continuation or prompt renewal or c) (a)) indicated inappropriate to amend the measure, in so far as the amendment does not decrease the conformity of the measures with article 14.3, it was just before the amendment. 2. Article 14.3 of this Agreement shall not apply in the event that a party adopts or maintains with respect to sectors, subsectors or activities, as indicated in the list in annex II. 15th NODAĻATELEKOMUNIKĀCIJ-15.1. Definitions in this chapter: the gastrointestinal tract is tract delivery of sound or television broadcasting signals for transmission to the forming Centre; cost oriented sense based on cost and may include costs of different methodologies for different items or services; the company stands for "business" as defined in article 8.1 (definitions); dimensions is the public telecommunications network equipment or service that: (a) only or mostly) give one supplier or a limited number of suppliers; and (b)) may not be economically or technically substituted in order to provide beneficial services; interconnection is the relationship with service providers that provide public telecommunications networks or services for delivery to a single service provider, users can communicate with other users of the service provider and to access other service provider services; intra-corporate communications means that the telecommunications company is used for communication within an organization or with its subsidiaries, branches and, on the basis of the legislation of the parties, affiliates, but does not include the commercial or non-commercial services, provided by companies that are not related subsidiaries, branches or affiliates or offered to customers or potential customers. For the purposes of this definition "subsidiaries", "branches" and, where appropriate, "related companies" as defined by each party; leased communication chain means telecommunications equipment between two or more selected points, which are reserved to be used or to be available for a specific customer or other users at the customer's choice; major service provider is the service provider, taking account of price and protect public telecommunications networks or services of supply in the relevant market, the ability to materially affect the terms of participation for the following reasons: (a)) then have control over dimensions or b) it used its position in the market; network termination point means the physical point at which a user is to have access to a public telecommunications network; number portability is the option of public telecoms service delivery to end-users at the same location the previous save phone numbers without the quality, reliability or convenience is deteriorating, changing similar supply public telecommunications service providers; public telecommunications network is the public telecommunications infrastructure which provides telecommunications between and among defined network termination points for; public telecommunications service delivery is the delivery of telecommunications services by the party accurately or actually asked to offer the general public use, associated with the transmission of information provided by the customer in real-time mode between two or more points without any changes in the client information form or content. This service can also include voice communication services, packet-switched data transmission services, circuit switched data transmission services, telex services, telegraph services, fax services, private leased circuit services, communications, and mobile and personal communications services and systems; the regulatory body is the body responsible for the regulation of telecommunications; telecommunications services are all services that make up by any electromagnetic means broadcast signal transmission and reception, but not part of the economic activities that ensure the provision of content by means of telecommunications; and the user is a company or natural person using or requesting publicly available telecommunications services. 15.2. the scope of the Actions 1. This chapter applies to measures adopted by the party or keep in force in respect of telecommunications networks or services, on the basis of the parties the right to limit the provision of the service in accordance with the list in annex I or II to the reservations. 2. This chapter shall not apply to measures of the parties relating to the public reception of radio or television broadcast transmission by any means of telecommunication, including broadcasting and kabeļizplatīšan. For greater certainty, this section shall apply to delivery to the gastrointestinal tract. 3. This chapter: (a)) shall not require a party to allow other service providers to create, build, buy, rent, use or provide telecommunications networks or services not specifically provided for in this agreement; or (b)) requires a party (or a party does not require a service provider would) create, build, buy, rent, use or providing telecommunications networks or services that are not offered for general public use. 15.3. PANTSPiekļuv delivery of public telecommunications networks or services and their use in the 1st half, ensure that other companies have access to public telecommunications networks or services of delivery and their use under reasonable and non-discriminatory terms, including as regards the quality, the technical standards and specifikācijām25. The Parties shall apply this rule also, as indicated in paragraphs 2 through 6. 2. Each Party shall ensure that the other companies are available and they can use any public telecommunications network or service offered within or outside it, including private leased circuits, and context in this regard on the basis of paragraph 5 and 6 ensures that these companies are authorized to: (a) purchase or rental) and to add a Terminal, or other equipment having an interface with the public telecommunications network; (b)) to build connections between private leased or owned circuits and as a result these parties of public telecoms networks of supply and services or another company's leased or owned communication circuits; (c)) use the protocols of their choice; and (d)) to perform switching, signalling and processing functions. 3. Each Party shall ensure that the other companies may use public telecommunications networks and services delivery information circulation or outside its territory, including business communication, and the interkorporatīv to access information in databases or otherwise stored in machine-readable form in the one or the other party's territory. 4. in addition to article 17.6 (General exceptions) and independently of paragraph 3, a party shall take appropriate measures to protect: (a)) public telecommunications service delivery security and privacy; and (b)) public telecommunications delivery services user privacy based on the requirement that such measures are not applied in a way which would constitute a means of arbitrary or unjustifiable discrimination or a disguised restriction on trade. 5. Each Party shall ensure that any conditions not being raised with regard to access to public telecommunications networks or services of delivery and how to use them, except those necessary to: (a)) in order to protect the public-service obligations applicable to the public telecommunications network or service providers, in particular their ability to make their networks or services available to the general public use; (b)) in order to protect the public telecommunications networks or services, the supply of technical integrity or c) to ensure that other service providers do not provide services that are limited to the parties the reservations, as indicated in the list in annex I or II. 6. in the case when the conditions for access to public telecommunications networks or services of delivery or their use meets the criteria specified in paragraph 5, which may include: (a) restrictions on these) service of or shared use; (b) the requirement to use specific) technical interfaces, including interface protocols, connections with such networks or services; (c)), where appropriate, requirements for the interoperability of these services; d) type approval of terminal or other equipment that is compatible with the network and technical requirements of such equipment to the networks; e) limits private leased or owned circuits for connection with communication networks or services or with another company's leased or owned communication circuits; and (f)), registration and licensing notification. 15.4. PANTSGalven suppliers, the applicable security measures in the field of competition 1. each Party shall maintain appropriate measures to avoid that providers separately or together is a major service provider, start or continue anti-competitive practices. 2. in paragraph 1 of this article, the specified anti-competitive practices include: a) involvement in anti-competitive cross-subsidization; (b)) of the competitors for the use of the information of the results against competition; and (c)) barring other providers time to access to technical information for original equipment and relevant commercial information they need to provide services. 15.5. the dimensions PANTSPiekļuv 1. Each Party shall ensure that the major service provider in its territory, make available their original equipment, which may include network elements, operational support systems, or support structure, other providers of telecommunications services under reasonable and non-discriminatory terms and worth the cost rates. 2. Each Party shall, in accordance with its legislation may determine the dimensions that you want to make available in its territory. 15.6.1. PANTSStarpsavienojum party shall ensure that the major service provider in its territory: (a) provide the interconnection) in each of the technical potential of the network; (b)) under the non-discriminatory terms, including technical standards and specifications, and the tariffs; c) a quality no less favourable than that provided in the quality of their services similar or related service provider or its subsidiaries or other related companies for similar services; d) time, in accordance with the rules (including technical standards and specifications) and cost-oriented rates that are transparent, reasonable, having regard to economic feasibility, and sufficiently unbundled so that the service provider should not pay for network components or facilities that it does not need to provide the service; and e) on request, extra points for most users the network termination points offered for a fee that reflects the necessary auxiliary equipment installation costs. 2. the service provider who is authorised to provide telecommunications services, has the right to engage in negotiations on a new agreement of interconnection with other public telecommunications network and service providers. Each Party shall ensure that the relevant service providers must create an interconnection or reference must be involved in the negotiation of interconnection agreements with other telecommunications networks and services. 3. Each Party shall ensure that the delivery of public Telecoms providers, interconnection arrangements consultation process obtains information from another service provider, to be used only for the purpose for which it was provided, and always adhere to the transmitted or stored information privacy. 4. Each Party shall ensure that the procedures applicable for interconnection to a major service provider, are made publicly available. 5. Each Party shall ensure that the major service provider where appropriate, made publicly available its interconnection agreements or a reference interconnection. 15.7. PANTSTelekomunikācij service license, each Party shall ensure that, where possible, the provision of telecommunications services licences based on a simple notification procedure. 15.8. the service PANTSUniversāl 1. each Party shall have the right to establish its universal service obligation it wishes to maintain. 2. Each Party shall ensure that any measure of universal service which it adopts or maintains, is managed in a transparent, objective, non-discriminatory and competitive. Each Party shall also ensure that the universal service obligations which it lays down, not more burdensome than necessary for the kind of universal service defined by the party. 3. All service providers should be entitled to provide a universal service. If the service provider is hereby designated as a universal service provider, the Party shall ensure that the selection is made by using the efficient, transparent and non-discriminatory mechanism. 15.9. PANTSIerobežot resources 1. Each side its own procedures for limited resources, including frequencies, numbers and rights management, allocation and exercise of objective, timely, transparent and non-discriminatory. 2. Notwithstanding article 8.4 (market access) and article 9.6 (market access) a party may adopt or maintain a measure that is divided and allocated spectrum and frequency management. Thus, each Party retains the right to create and apply your own spectrum and frequency management policies that may restrict delivery of public telecoms service provider. Each party reserves the right to split the band, taking into account the current and future needs. 3. Each Party shall make publicly available data on the current situation regarding the split of the band, but it does not indicate the detailed data on the frequencies assigned to the specific needs of Government. 15.10. PANTSNumur portability, each Party shall ensure that the delivery of public telecoms service provider in its territory provide number portability under reasonable terms. 15.11. PANTSRegulatīv authority 1. Each Party shall ensure that its regulatory authority is legally distinct and functionally independent of all the telecommunications supply chain, service or equipment providers, even if the Party retains ownership of, or control over the telecommunications network or service provider. 2. Each Party shall ensure that its regulatory authority and procedures are objective with respect to all market participants and that they are managed in a transparent and timely manner. 3. Each Party shall ensure that its national regulatory authority sufficient powers to regulate the sector, including ensuring that it has the power to: (a) to request the delivery of telecommunication) network or service providers to submit any information of which the regulatory authority considers necessary to manage its responsibilities; and (b)) to meet its decisions concerning 15.3.-15.6. the obligations referred to in article by applying appropriate sanctions, which may include financial penalties, remedial orders or license suspension or revocation. 15.12. the settlement of PANTSDomstarpīb in the field of telecommunications regulatory authorities of recourse 1. in addition to article 27.3 (administrative proceedings) and to article 27.4 (review and appeal), each Party shall ensure that: (a) companies are seeking time) to their regulatory authorities, to settle the dispute with the public telecommunications network or service providers in matters covered by article 15.3-15.6 and in accordance with the legislation of the parties is under the jurisdiction of the regulatory body. The regulatory body, as appropriate, provide the binding decision to resolve the dispute within a reasonable time limit. and (b)) other telecommunications network or service provider requesting access to original equipment, or interconnected with major service provider, in the territory of the party in reasonable and publicly stated time limit may apply to the regulatory body for the settlement of disputes concerning the appropriate rules and tariffs for interconnection or access to this important service provider. Regulatory authorities, the ruling or decision appeals and review 2. Each Party shall ensure that the company, whose interests are adversely affected by regulatory authorities for a ruling or decision can get impartial and independent court, to the Court or administrative authority equivalent to give a ruling or decision, as provided for in the legislation of the parties. Court, to the Court or administrative authority equivalent provide written observations to the company in support of its ruling or decision. Each Party shall ensure that the regulatory authority implementing these rulings or decisions pursuant to the appeal or further review procedure. 3. The application for judicial review is not the basis for the regulatory authority, the ruling or decision, unless the non-compliance with the relevant judicial authority does not leave such ruling or decision. 15.13. Transparency 1. in addition to article 27.1 (publishing), 16.9. (provision of information) and the other provisions of this chapter on the publication of information each Party shall make available to the public: (a) the regulatory body) obligations in a clear and easily accessible form, in particular where those tasks are assigned to more than one body; (b)) the measures relating to the delivery of public telecommunications networks or services, including: (i) the regulatory authority) rules and these rules; II) tariffs and other service arrangements; (iii) the technical interface specifications); IV) conditions for Terminal or other equipment to add to the public telecommunications network; v) notification, permit, registration or licensing requirements, if any; and (c)) information on bodies responsible for the preparation, amendment of the measures and decision-making related to the standards. 15.14. PANTSAtturēšan the party recognises the importance of a competitive market to achieve legitimate public policy objectives in the field of telecommunications services. For this purpose, and each party's right to the extent provided for by the legislation of each Party shall refrain from any provision of telecommunications service if the analysis of the market, have found that effective competition is achieved. 15.15. PANTSSaistīb with other departments if there is incompatibility between this chapter and another chapter, this chapter prevails, as it relates to non-compliance. The sixteenth NODAĻAELEKTRONISK Commerce 16.1. Definitions in this chapter: delivery means computer programs, text, video, picture, sound, or other supplies that are digitally encoded; and electronic commerce means Commerce conducted through telecommunications, either alone, or in conjunction with other information and communication technologies. 16.2. PANTSMērķ and scope 1. Parties recognize that electronic commerce will increase economic growth and trade opportunities in many sectors and confirms the applicability of WTO rules to electronic commerce. They agree to encourage the development of electronic commerce between the parties, in particular pursuant to the provisions of this chapter in cooperation on issues raised by electronic commerce. 2. This chapter does not impose on the parties an obligation to allow delivery, transmitted by electronic means, except if it is in accordance with the party's obligations pursuant to other provisions of this agreement. 16.3. PANTSMuit taxes on deliveries 1. a party not subject to customs duty, fee or charge for delivery, transmitted by electronic means. 2. For greater certainty, paragraph 1 shall not prevent the party to impose an internal tax or other internal payment delivery, transmitted by electronic means, if the tax or duty shall be compatible with this agreement. 16.4. PANTSUzticēšan and expectations with regard to electronic commerce, each Party shall adopt or maintain in force laws, regulations or administrative measures of electronic commerce users involved in personal information protection and by doing the following, duly take into account the relevant international data protection standards, the international participants are both parties. 16.5. PANTSVispārīg provisions in the light of electronic commerce as a social and economic development potential, the parties recognise the importance of: (a) for clarity, transparency and) predictability of their domestic regulatory rules, the maximum extent possible, by encouraging the development of electronic commerce; b) interoperability, innovation and competition by promoting electronic commerce; and (c)) use of electronic commerce to promote small and medium-sized enterprises. 16.6. PANTSDialog on electronic commerce 1. Recognizing the global nature of electronic commerce, the parties agree to maintain dialogue on issues raised by electronic commerce, among other addresses the following issues: (a)) public electronic signature certificate issued, the recognition and promotion of cross-border certification services; b) intermediary service provider liability for information transmission or storage; c) unwanted electronic commerce statement processing; and (d) the protection of personal information) and consumer and business protection from fraudulent and deceptive commercial practices in electronic commerce. 2. in paragraph 1 of this article may be specified in the dialog, the exchange of information on the parties ' respective laws, regulations and other measures on these matters, as well as the exchange of experience on such legislation, regulation and other measures. 3. Recognizing the global nature of electronic commerce, the parties confirm the importance of actively engaging in multilateral fora to promote the development of electronic commerce. 16.7. PANTSSaistīb with other departments if there is incompatibility between this chapter and any other chapter of this agreement, the other chapter shall prevail in so far as it concerns the incompatibility. Seventeenth NODAĻAKONKURENC policy definitions this section 17.1: anti-competitive business means anti-competitive agreements, concerted practices between competitors or measures, market-dominant company's anti-competitive practices and mergers that have significant anti-competitive effects; and services of general economic interest in the case of the European Union means the service provided by the company, operating under normal market conditions, can not provide satisfactory and subject to such conditions as the price, the quality characteristics of the objective, continuity and availability of the service in accordance with the public interest. Of general economic interest service to the State should be entrusted to one or more undertakings, giving public service the right to provide that defined the company concerned and national obligations. 17.2. PANTSKonkurenc policy 1. Parties recognize that their trade relations, the importance of free and undistorted competition. The parties recognise that anti-competitive business practices potentially can distort the proper functioning of the market and reduce the benefits of trade liberalization. 2. the Parties shall take appropriate measures to prohibit anti-competitive business activities, recognizing that such measures will enhance the attainment of the objectives of this agreement. 3. The Parties shall cooperate in matters relating to the prohibition of the exercise of the anti-competitive business free trade zone in accordance with the agreement between the European communities and the Government of Canada regarding the application of their competition laws, signed in Bonn on 17 June 1999. 4. In paragraph 2 of this article the measures indicated are compatible with the principles of transparency, non-discrimination and procedural fairness principles. Exceptions from competition law enforcement is transparent. Half the work available to the public of the information to the other party of such exceptions, provided for in its national legislation on competition. 17.3. PANTSKonkurenc policy for businesses 1. Shall provide that paragraph 2 of article 17.2. activities related to the parties, in so far as it requires the parties law. 2. For greater certainty: (a)) in Canada is bound by the Competition Act (R.S.C., 1985, chapter C-34), and it applies to her Majesty's Canadian representative or a representative of the province's company, for commercial activities that engaged public, actual or potential competition with other parties, to the extent appropriate, if the representative would not be her Majesty's representative. Such representative may be public companies, monopolies and undertakings granted special or exclusive rights or privileges; and (b)), the European Union, for public companies, monopolies and undertakings granted special rights or privileges, subject to the competition rules of the European Union. However, the companies are entrusted with a service of general economic interest or to provide that acts as fiscal monopolies, these provisions shall apply, in so far as the application of the provisions in law or in fact does not obstruct certain tasks. 17.4. the settlement of PANTSDomstarpīb To the provisions of this chapter shall not apply to any kind of settlement of disputes under this agreement. The eighteenth NODAĻAVALST companies, monopolies and undertakings granted special rights or privileges in article 18.1. Definitions in this chapter: (a) the institution has a monopoly); (b) the provider of goods or services), unless it is one of a small number of providers of goods or services, in law or in fact, by authorised or established by the party, and that party significantly impede competition among these service providers on their territory; c) each institution which, in law or in fact, the party has granted special rights or privileges to deliver goods or services, significantly affecting the ability of any other undertaking to provide the same goods or provide the same services in the same geographical area under equivalent conditions and allowing the company to fully or partially to escape from the pressure of competition or market ierobežojumiem26; or (d)); determine the means or the mandate to create a monopoly or to expand the scope of the monopoly, including additional goods or services; in accordance with commercial considerations means in accordance with the private company's usual business practice in the relevant business or industry; and non-discriminatory treatment is either a national treatment or most-favoured-nation treatment, as laid down in this agreement and depending on which one of the following modes is better. 18.2. scope of Actions 1. The parties confirm their rights and obligations under the GATT 1994: XVII – XVII: 1. Article 3 of the GATT 1994 agreement on the interpretation of article XVII of the GATS, and (VIII): 1 and 2 of article VIII: that this is included in this agreement and become a part of it. 2. This chapter does not apply to the parties to the procurement of goods or services, rather than the non-commercial purpose of resale or for the purpose of use in the provision of goods or services for commercial sale, regardless of whether this procurement is or is not a "covered procurement" in article 19.2 (scope and scope). 3.18.4 and 18.5. This agreement shall not apply to article 8.2 (scope) and article 9.2 (scope) in specified sectors. 4. This agreement and article 18.4 18.5 does not apply to measures covered institution, if applicable, the parties to the reservation in the light of national treatment or most-favoured-nation obligation, as referred to in part I, II or III of the annex to the list if the same measures would be adopted or kept in force for that party. 18.3. the National companies, monopolies and undertakings granted special rights or privileges 1. Without prejudice to the rights and obligations of the parties under this agreement, nothing in this chapter shall prevent a party to establish or maintain a public company or a monopoly, or to grant a company special rights or privileges. 2. the party does not require a covered body or does not encourage it to act in a way that is not compatible with this agreement. 18.4. PANTSNediskriminējoš treatment 1. Each Party shall ensure that within its territory covered institution shall provide non-discriminatory treatment of a covered investment, other goods or service providers of the other party when making a purchase of goods or services. 2. If the authority described in article 18.1, "covered institutions"), (d) (a) of the definition), in accordance with article 11.5. terms, believes that the party in whose territory the seat of the authority, set out in paragraph 1 shall comply with the obligations in respect of the covered entity. 18.5. PANTSKomerciāl considerations 1. Each Party shall ensure that the authority works in its territory in accordance with commercial considerations when buying or selling goods, including with regard to price, quality, availability, sales opportunities, transportation and other terms of sale or purchase, as well as to purchase or provide services, including when such goods or services are provided for the investor of the other party, or the investor of the other party. 2. If the authority covered is compatible with article 18.4 and chapter 17 (competition policy), in paragraph 1, the commitment does not apply to: (a) in the case of its monopoly) purpose for which the monopoly was created or was granted special rights or privileges, such as public service obligations or regional development; or b) in the case of State-owned enterprises: its public powers. Nineteenth NODAĻAPUBLISK procurement 19.1. Definitions in this chapter: commercial goods or services is a type of goods or services, normally sold or offered for sale, and you usually buy wide non-governmental persons non-governmental purposes; construction services is a service aimed at civil engineering works or works of the execution, by whatever means, based on the United Nations Central Product Classification ("CCP") Chapter 51; electronic auction is an iterative process that involves the use of electronic means to suppliers to submit either the new prices or new values numerically expressible, and the purchase price to unrelated elements linked to the assessment criteria or a combination of both, as a result of the offer are ranked or change their order; in writing or written means of expressing information words or figures that can be read, reproduced and subsequently communicated. Here you can include electronically transmitted and stored information; restricted procurement procedure is the procurement method, in which the purchasing authority shall consult with one or more of the same designated suppliers; the measure means any law, regulation, procedure, reference or administrative practice, or any action by the authority in connection with the purchase of the covered shopping; many easy-to-use list is a list of suppliers in procurement authority has acknowledged the presence of conditions under which procurement authority plans to use more than once; notice of upcoming procurement is procurement authorities published a statement that interested suppliers are invited to submit a membership application, or both; claims for compensation are the conditions or events that encourage local development or improve the balance-of-payments of a party's accounts, such as domestic use, licensing of technology, investment, to provide benefit and similar activities or requirements; public procurement procedure is the procurement method under which offer all interested suppliers may submit; person means "person", as defined in article 1.1 (definitions of general application); procurement authority is an authority covered by 19-1, 19-19-2 or annex 3 parties market access schedule under this chapter; According to the supplier's suppliers that purchase authority recognised that meets the conditions of membership; selective purchasing procedure is the procurement method, according to which the offer can be made only for the respective suppliers, which invite the procurement authority; services include construction services, unless otherwise specified; a standard is a document approved by a recognized body for general reuse and prepare rules, instructions or products or services or related processes and production methods that apply to compliance with which is not compulsory. It can be included or it may relate only to the terminology, symbols, packaging, marking or labelling requirements relating to a product, service, process or production method; the vendor is a person or group of persons supplying goods or services or be able to do; and technical specifications of the procurement procedure is that: a the purchased goods) or services to be provided, including the quality, performance, safety and dimensions, or the production or provision of processes and methods, or (b)) addressing questions of terminology, symbols, packaging, marking or labelling requirements relating to a product or service. 19.2. the scope of Actions and scope of application of this chapter 1. This chapter applies to any measure relating to procurement covered, irrespective of whether it is carried out wholly or partly in electronic form. 2. for the purposes of this chapter, "covered procurement" is purchase national needs: a) relating to the goods, services or any combination thereof, (i)) as specified by each party to this chapter related to the market access schedules and annexes ii) If your purchase is not made for commercial sale or resale purposes or in order to use the commercial sale or resale goods production or service delivery; (b)) carried out through a contract, including purchase, rental, lease or contract for purchase, with or without an option to buy; (c)) that the value estimated in accordance with the 6-8, at a time when, in accordance with article 12.2 shall be published in the notice is not less than the relevant threshold specified in this chapter with the related market access schedule of annexes; (d)) made by the purchasing authority; and (e)) which is not otherwise excluded from the inclusion in paragraph 3 of this chapter, the parties related to the market access schedule. 3. Unless the parties to this Department-related market access schedule unless otherwise specified in the annexes, this chapter shall not apply to: (a)), of land, existing buildings or other immovable property or concerning rights thereon acquisition or lease; (b) non-contractual agreements) or any kind of assistance from the party, including cooperative agreements, grants, loans, capital injections, guarantees and fiscal incentives; (c) the financial agent or the depositary) services, liquidation and management services for regulated financial institutions and services relating to public debt sale, redemption and distribution, including loan and bond, promissory notes, and other securities, the purchase or acquisition; d) public employment contracts; e) procurement, by: (i)) with a special purpose to provide international assistance, including development aid; II) under the special procedure or condition of an international agreement relating to the troops deployment or to signatory States of the joint implementation of the project; or (iii)) under the international organization's special procedure or condition, or if it is financed by international grants, loans or other aid if the applicable procedure or condition would be inconsistent with this chapter. 4. the procurement covered by this chapter, are all subject to purchase Canadian and European market access schedule in which each party the commitments are set out as follows: (a)) 19-1. Annex – Central Government bodies apply to the procurement of this chapter; (b) 19-2 in annex), territorial headquarters, the procurement of which apply to this chapter; (c) 19-3 in the annex) — all the other bodies which apply to the procurement of this chapter; (d) Annex 4.) 19: goods to which the provisions of this chapter; 19. Annex e)-5 — service, excluding construction services covered by this chapter; f 19-6 in the annex)-construction services covered by this chapter; (g)) 19-7. Annex – any general comments; and (h)) 19-8. — Annex publishing features, used in connection with this chapter. 5. If the authority in connection with the purchase of the covered shopping requires a person that is not included with this chapter related to the market access schedules, purchase of the annexes in accordance with specific requirements, the following requirements shall apply mutatis mutandis to article 19.4. 6. Valuation estimating value of a procurement with the aim to find out if it is a covered procurement, procurement authority: (a) the acquisition cost estimating of) does not share individual purchase tenders, chooses and uses the method of evaluation with the aim of completely or partially excluded from the application of this chapter; and (b)) includes the estimated maximum total value of purchases throughout that time, regardless of whether the order is assigned to one or more suppliers, taking into account all forms of remuneration, including: i) premiums, fees, commissions and interest; and (ii)) if the purchase requires choices, the following variant of the common values. 7. If the individual purchase requirements are granted permission to close more than one contract or the contract separate parts ("agreements"), the estimated maximum total value shall be calculated on the basis of: (a) the value of the agreement), concluded on the same type of goods or services and are assigned to the previous 12 months or purchase authority in the previous fiscal year, and, where possible, to adapt, to take account of the changes planned for the next 12 months to be the quantities of goods or services or value; or (b)) estimated value of the contract, concluded for one type of goods or services and to be granted in 12 months after the initial award of the contract or procurement authorities concerned for the fiscal year. 8. If the product or service purchase made through leasing and renting or leasing, or if you do not specify a total price, the purchase of assessment is based on: (a)) to fixed-term contracts: (i)) with a term is 12 months or less, the total estimated maximum value of all contracts; or ii) with a term greater than 12 months, the total estimated maximum value including the estimated residual value; b) contract for an indefinite period, the estimated monthly installment multiplied by 48; and (c)), for which it is not clear whether it will be for a fixed period of time, (b)). 19.3. PANTSDrošīb and General exceptions 1. Nothing in this chapter shall prevent a party from taking any action or not disclosing the information that the party considers it necessary for the protection of essential security interests relating to the following: (a) the purchase of arms, munīcijas27) or military equipment procurement; b) purchase, which requires national security; or (c)), which required the purchase of national defence needs. 2. According to the requirement that such measures are not applied in such a way as to avoid arbitrary or unjustifiable discrimination between parties where the same conditions prevail or a disguised international trade exists in the limit, the provisions of this chapter shall not be interpreted to prevent the party to adopt or to take measures which (a)) requires the public morality, public policy or security protection; (b)) require human, animal or plant life or health; c) necessary for the protection of intellectual property, or (d)) apply to goods produced or services provided to persons with disabilities, philanthropic institutions or prison. 19.4. PANTSVispārīg principles of non-discrimination 1. With respect to any measure relating to procurement covered by each party including its procurement authorities to immediately and unconditionally apply to second hand goods and services and suppliers of the other party, the offering such goods or services, such arrangements no less favourable than that which that party, including its purchase of the authority, its goods, services and suppliers. For greater certainty, in this mode include: a) for Canada, the treatment no less favourable than the regime that is determined by the province or territory, including its procurement authorities, the province or territory the goods and services or registered service providers; and (b)) in relation to the European Union, which is not less favourable than the regime that is determined by the Member State or Member States in the region, including their territorial procurement authorities of that Member State or territorial region's goods and services and service providers registered there, according to the situation. 2. with respect to any measure relating to procurement covered party, including: (a) the procurement authority) shall not apply in the territory of the country registered supplier less favourably than another locally-established to the supplier on the basis of foreign origin or ownership; or (b)) shall not discriminate against locally-established suppliers, so that this vendor specific procurement offers other goods or services. The use of electronic means of communication 3. If a covered procurement procedures conducted by electronic means, purchasing authority: (a) ensure that procurement) is conducted using information technology systems and software, including through information authentication and encryption-related systems and software that are generally available, and the ability to cooperate with other information technology systems and software; and (b)) maintain mechanisms that ensure a membership application and quote including integrity, allows to establish the time of receipt and prevents unauthorized access to them. Procurement process the procurement authority of the 4 wires in the procurement procedures covered by a transparent and impartial manner that: (a)) is incompatible with this chapter, using such methods as public procurement, procurement and limited selective shopping; b) avoid conflicts of interest; and c) prevents corruption. 5. The rules of origin for the purposes of the purchase Covered not one party does not apply to products or services imported or supplied on the other hand, the rules of origin, which are different from the rules of origin that the party at the same time, apply the same import of goods or services to the usual trade or supplies of the same party. 6. Compensation in respect of the covered shopping party and they do not require the purchase of the authority, shall not be taken into account, does not impose or does not meet the requirements of the refund. Measures to the purchase 7.1 and 2 of this article shall not apply to customs duties and charges of any kind imposed on or in connection with importation, the method of collection, for example, in the form of duties and charges, other import regulations or formalities, and measures affecting trade in services other than measures governing procurement covered. 19.5 PANTSInformēšan of purchasing system 1. Each Party shall: (a)) the selection of the electronic or print media that is distributed widely and readily available to the public, does not immediately publish laws, regulations, judicial decisions and generally applicable administrative rulings, the standard clauses of contracts provided for in legislation or regulations and with a reference included in the communications and procurement documentation and procedures for procurement covered any changes, and (b)) to the other party, upon request, provide the explanation. 2. Each party its market access schedule 19-8 in the annex: (a) the records) electronic or print media, in which the Party published the information described in paragraph 1; (b) the electronic or printed) media, which the Party published notice provided in article 12.2, 19.8 points in the article and in article 19.15; and (c)) the Web site address or addresses at which the Party published: i) your purchase statistics in accordance with paragraph 5 of article 19.15, or ii) your statements about the contract in accordance with paragraph 6 of article 19.15. 3. each Party shall immediately notify the procurement Committee of any changes in the information provided, the parties specified in annex 8-19. 12.2. PANTSPaziņojum statement of intended procurement 1. for each covered procurement procurement authority shall publish a notice of intended procurement, except for 19.12. in the circumstances referred to in the article. All announcements of planned purchases are directly accessible by electronic means, free of charge, a single access point, on the basis of paragraph 2. You can also publish notices in appropriate, widely distributed in printed form, and such statements are easily available to the public at least until the period specified in the notice. Each of the parties 19 – Annex 8 indicates the print and electronic media. 2. a party may apply a transitional period of up to five years from the date of entry into force of this agreement, the institutions covered by the 19-2 and 19-3 and not ready to engage in specified in point 1 in the single access point. The following transitional periods these authorities provide notices of intended procurement, if available electronically, using the link gateway electronic site, which is available free of charge and is included in the 19-8 in the annex. 3. Save as otherwise provided for in this chapter, each notice of intended procurement shall include: (a) purchase) the name and address and other information necessary to communicate with procurement authority and obtain all relevant documents relating to the purchase, and the cost and payment terms, if provided; (b)), including the purchase description of the goods or services purchased and the quantity or the estimated quantity, if the quantity is not known; c) for repeated agreements — if possible, the intended purchase next statement about time; (d) a description of the possibilities); e) delivery of goods or services or the duration of the contract; f) procurement method that will be used, and information about the expected call or electronic auction; g) where appropriate, the address and the time limit for the submission of applications for participation in procurement; h) address and submission of tenders; I) the language or languages in which tenders may be submitted or membership applications, if they can be submitted in a language other than the procurement authority official language; j) supplier membership conditions list and a brief description, including any requirements relating to specific documents or attestations that suppliers be submitted in that regard, unless such requirements are already included in the procurement documentation that is made available to all interested suppliers simultaneously with the notice of intended procurement; k) where, in accordance with article 19.8 procurement authority intends to designate a limited number of relevant suppliers that will be invited to submit a tender, the selection criteria and, where applicable, any restrictions on the number of suppliers will be allowed to participate in the procurement procedure; and l) indicating that the procurement covered by this chapter. 4. A summary statement for each intended procurement the procurement authority shall publish a summary notice, which is easily available, published in English or French at the same time with the announcement of the impending procurement. The recapitulative statement shall include at least the following information: (a) the object of the purchase;) (b) the time limit for submission of tenders) or, where applicable, the application period for participation in the procurement procedure or the inclusion of many easy-to-use list; and (c)) the address at which you can request the documents relating to the procurement. A notice of planned procurement procurement authorities 5 are encouraged during each fiscal year as early as possible in the 19-8 in the annex the relevant electronic and, if available, to the printed media to publish a communication on future procurement plans ("notice of planned procurement"). Notice of planned procurement published the single access point on the website specified in annex 8 of the 19 – on the basis of paragraph 2. Notice of planned procurement specifies the subject of the procurement and the announcement of the expected procurement planned date of publication. 6. the procurement authority referred to 19-2.19-3 in the annex, or, you can use the notice of planned procurement as a notice of intended procurement shall include, if so much of the information referred to in paragraph 3 as is available, and a statement that interested suppliers to their interest in the procurement to be expressed in purchasing authority. 19.7. PANTSDalīb conditions 1. purchasing authority is limited only by the conditions for participation in a procurement procedure, which are essential to ensure that the vendor is the legal and financial options and commercial and technical abilities to provide appropriate purchase. 2. in determining the conditions of membership, purchase authority: (a) not installed condition) which provides that the procurement is open to only those suppliers that purchase of the party authority previously granted by the contract one or more times; (b)) may request relevant previous experience, if it's an important purchase requirements; and (c)) does not require previous experience in the territory as a condition for participation in procurement. 3. In assessing whether a supplier meets the conditions of membership, purchase authority: (a)) on the basis of the supplier's business and procurement authority, both inside and outside the territory, assess the supplier's financial, commercial and technical capacity; and (b)) to support its assessment of the conditions that you specified previously for the purchase authority notices or documentation for the procurement procedure. 4. If you have supporting evidence, a party, including its procurement authorities can exclude suppliers based on reasons such as: (a)) bankruptcy; (b) false statements); (c) significantly or consistently) shortcomings, unable to meet some important requirements or obligations contained in previous contract or contracts; (d) final judgments) in relation to serious crimes or other serious offences; e) professional misconduct or an act or omission that negatively affect the supplier's commercial integrity; or f) tax evasion. 19.8. PANTSPiegādātāj qualification system of registration and qualification procedures 1. Party, including its procurement authorities can maintain vendor registration system in which interested suppliers are required to register and provide certain information. 2. Each Party shall ensure that (a) the procurement authority) trying to minimise differences in the qualification procedures; and (b)) if they purchase the institutions shall maintain a registration system, the said authorities shall endeavour to minimise their registration systems. 3. a party, including its procurement authorities, does not accept and does not apply to the registration system or qualification procedure whose purpose or effect is that creates unnecessary obstacles to the participation of suppliers of the other party for that party's procurement. Selective purchasing procedure 4. If the purchase Authority plans to use the selective procurement procedure, it: (a)) in the notice of intended procurement shall include at least the information specified in paragraph 3 of article 12.2 (a)), (b)), f, g), (j))) k) and (l)), and invite suppliers to submit membership application; and (b)) to the beginning of the period for the submission of tenders for the relevant vendors who have announced, as indicated in paragraph 3 of article 19.10 (b)), at least the information referred to in paragraph 3 of article 12.2 c), (d), (e), (h)))) and (i)). 5. purchasing authority allows all eligible suppliers to participate in a particular procurement, if the procurement authority in the notice of intended procurement does not point to any limit on the number of suppliers, which will allow to make a bid, and selection criteria for a limited number of suppliers. 6. If the purchase procedure documentation is not publicly available out of the notification referred to in paragraph 4, the date of publication of the procurement authority shall ensure that the documents referred to in one and at the same time would be available to all eligible suppliers, selected in accordance with paragraph 5. So much to list 7. Procurement authority may maintain a list of suppliers has often used, unless notice to invite interested suppliers to apply for inclusion in the list: a) are published every year; and (b)) if it is published by electronic means is continuously available in any of the relevant media, listed in annex 19 to 8. 8. the notification provided for in paragraph 7, point (a)) the goods, services or the category description, which you can use the list; (b) the conditions of participation) suppliers must be met for inclusion in the list, and the methods that will be used in the procurement authority to verify compliance with the conditions of the supplier; (c) procurement authority) name and address, and other information required to communicate with and obtain all relevant documents relating to the list; (d) the period of validity of the list) and its extension or termination or, if the expiration date is not provided, an indication how the list will be notified of the termination of the use; and (e)) indicate that the list can be used for the purchase to which this chapter applies. 9. Notwithstanding paragraph 7, if heavily used list is valid for not more than three years, procurement authority may publish the notice referred to in section 7 only once, at the beginning of the period of validity of the list, if: (a)) includes validity period and that further announcements will not be published; and (b)) is published electronically and is continuously available during the period of its validity. 10. the procurement authority allows suppliers to apply at any time to include many easy-to-use list, and the list included all the relevant suppliers in a sufficiently short time. 11. If a supplier that is not included in the list to be used many times, shall submit an application for participation in the procurement procedure based on the use of the list many times, and all the documents required to article 19.10 of the period, the procurement authority shall consider such a request. Procurement authority does not exclude the supplier in respect of the proceedings on the basis that the authority does not have enough time to review the application, unless exceptional circumstances in view of the complexity of the procurement procedure, the authority was unable to complete the application review period allotted for the submission of tenders. Purchasing authorities covered 19-2 and 19-3. Annex 12. Procurement authority, covered the 19-19-2. Annex 3, notice inviting suppliers to apply for inclusion in the list to be used many times, can be used as a notice of intended procurement, if: (a) the communication is concerned) published under point 7 and include the following information: in accordance with paragraph 8 requested information, paragraph 3 of article 12.2 of the information requested to the extent as it is available, and the claim that it is a statement of the intended purchase or that only vendors that are included in the list to be used many times, will receive notifications about future purchases, subject to many easy-to-use list; and (b)) body suppliers that it made known its interest in that procurement, immediately provide sufficient information so that they can assess their interest in participating in the procurement, including all the other information provided for in paragraph 3 of article 12.2, in so far as this information is available. 13. the procurement authority, covered the 19-19-2. Annex 3, may allow the vendor who is logged on to the inclusion of many list in accordance with paragraph 10, to participate in the procurement procedure relating to a specific purchase, if there is enough time to purchase Office may check whether the supplier will comply with the rules for participation. Information on the procurement authority decisions 14. Procurement authority shall immediately inform the supplier that submits the application for participation in a procurement procedure or an application for the inclusion of many easy-to-use list of procurement authority in respect of any of such applications. 15. If the purchase Authority rejected the application for participation in procurement by the supplier or the inclusion of many easy-to-use application list, no longer recognizes the supplier or deleted it from the list to be used many times, the authority shall inform the supplier immediately and, upon his request and immediately provide a written explanation to the supplier of the reasons for its decision. Article 12.4 specifications and procurement documentation technical specifications 1. Procurement authority to prepare, adopt and apply technical specifications and do not determine the conformity assessment procedures in order to create unnecessary obstacles to international trade, and has no such effect. 2. In fixing the technical specifications of the goods or services purchased, purchase authority, where appropriate: (a)) sets out the technical specifications and functional requirements of performance, rather than design or descriptive characteristics; and (b)) technical specifications based on international standards, where available; otherwise, on national technical regulations, recognized national standards, or et seq. 3. where the technical specifications are used to design or descriptive characteristics, then purchase authority where appropriate, it should be noted that it will consider bids an equivalent supply of goods or services, which obviously meets the requirements of the procurement, including procurement documentation in words such as "or equivalent". 4. purchasing authority technical specifications do not require for a particular trademark or trade name, patent, copyright, design or model, specific origin, producer or supplier and does not point to them unless otherwise not sufficiently accurate or understandable to describe procurement requirements, provided that in such cases, the procurement procedures in the documentation included in the authority, the words "or equivalent". 5. the procurement authority from the person who may have a commercial interest in the procurement, does not require and does not adopt the recommendations that you can turn off the competition and which can be used in preparing or adopting technical specifications for a specific procurement. 6. For greater certainty, a party, including its procurement authority may prepare, adopt or apply technical specifications to promote the conservation of natural resources or protection of the environment, the party carried out in accordance with this article. Procurement documentation 7. Procurement authority shall be made available to the suppliers in the procurement documentation, which contains all the necessary information to suppliers to prepare and submit the appropriate proposals. Unless the notice of intended procurement is not otherwise provided, the following documentation: (a) a full description of the procurement, including the purchased) the kind and quantity, or, if the quantity is not known, the estimated quantity and the requirements that must be met, including all technical specifications, conformity assessment certificates, plans, drawings or instructions; (b) any supplier membership conditions), including the information and a list of documents that must be submitted by suppliers in relation to the conditions of participation; (c)) all the evaluation criteria will be applied by the authority to assign the contract, and the relative importance of these criteria shall, except when the sole criterion is the price; (d) all authentication and encryption) requirements or other requirements relating to the submission of information by electronic means, if the procurement authority will conduct the procurement by electronic means; (e) if the procurement authority) will conduct an electronic auction — rules for the auction will be carried out to identify those procurement items related to evaluation criteria; f) opening date, time and location, if the offer will be open to the public, and, where appropriate, of the persons eligible to participate; g) any other provisions, including the payment terms and any restrictions on the submission of tenders, such as in print or electronic form; and (h)) the supply of goods or provision of services. 8. the goods purchased or services of delivery due date, procurement authority shall take into account such factors as the complexity of the procurement, the extent of subcontracting anticipated and the realistic time required for production of the goods, the removal of the item of goods and transportation from the place of delivery or the provision of services. 9. evaluation criteria set out in the notice of intended procurement or procurement documentation may include, inter alia, the following criteria: price, or other cost factors, quality, value, technical characteristics and delivery environment. 10. the procurement authority shall immediately: (a)) made available to the procurement documentation to interested suppliers should have enough time to submit acceptable bids; (b)) upon request, provide documentation of the procurement procedure for anyone interested supplier; and (c)) respond to reasonable requests for information that are submitted by the supplier or vendor interested in participating in the procurement, if the supplier does not give advantages in comparison with other suppliers. Changes to 11. If, before the award of the contract the procurement authority change the criteria or requirements set out in the notice of intended procurement or purchasing procedures in the documentation provided to the suppliers who participate in the procurement, or amend or repeatedly publishes a statement or documentation of the procurement procedure, it shall provide in writing all these changes or the amended notice issued, or repeatedly, or documentation of the procurement procedure: (a)) for all suppliers who participate in the purchase when being altered, amended, or republish the information, if they are known to the authority, and in all other cases, in the same way in which the original information was provided; and (b)) in sufficient time to appropriate these suppliers can change and submit amended proposals. 19.10. PANTSTermiņ General provisions 1. Procurement authority under its reasonable needs provide suppliers sufficient time in which to prepare and submit requests for participation and tenders satisfactory taking into account the following factors: (a) the nature and complexity of the purchase); (b) the anticipated amount of subcontracted); and (c)) as the time required to send offers by non-electronic means from abroad, as well as inland sites where electronic means are used. These terms, including any extensions, it is the same for all interested suppliers or vendors who participate in the procurement. Final deadlines 2. Procurement authority, which uses the selective procurement procedure, laid down that the application period for participation in principle can not be less than 25 days from the date of publication of the notice of intended procurement. If purchasing authorities duly justified grounds of urgency these deadlines cannot be applied, this period may be shortened to 10 days minimum. 3. except for the 4, 5, 7 and 8, as provided in the procurement authority determines that the last day for submission of tenders is not earlier than 40 days after the day on which: (a) an open procurement procedure) — is the publication of a notice of intended procurement; or (b)) the selective procurement procedure-procurement authority has notified suppliers that they will be invited to submit tenders, regardless of whether it is used many times to use the list. 4. shorten the procurement authority may, in accordance with paragraph 3, the deadline for the submission of tenders for the smallest to 10 days in the following cases: (a) procurement authority) has published a notice of planned procurement in accordance with paragraph 5 of article 12.2 of at least 40 days, but not more than 12 months before the notice of intended procurement publication and notice of planned procurement shall contain the following information: (i) purchase description); II) about the last date by which to submit tenders or requests to participate; (iii) supplier confirmation) procurement authority of their interest to participate in procurement; IV) address where you can receive documents relating to procurement; and v) all available information, which is necessary for the notice of intended procurement in accordance with paragraph 3 of article 12.2; (b)) for repeated agreements — procurement authority in the original notice of intended procurement specifies that a subsequent notices will specify the period for the submission of tenders on the basis of this point; or (c)) the procurement authority duly substantiated urgency because of the deadline for the submission of tenders laid down in accordance with paragraph 3, it is not possible to apply. 5. the procurement authority may shorten the provided for in paragraph 3, the deadline for the submission of tenders for five days in one of the following cases: (a)) a notice of intended procurement is published electronically; (b) the entire purchase procedure documentation) is available electronically from the date of publication of the notice of intended procurement; and (c)) the authority shall accept tenders electronically. 6. for the purposes of paragraph 5, in relation to point 4, the time limit for submission of tenders provided for in paragraph 3, shall in no case is shortened to less than 10 days from the day on which the notice was published on the intended procurement. 7. without prejudice to other provisions in this article, if the procurement authority purchased commercial goods or services, it may shorten the bid referred to in paragraph 3 of the submission of the minimum to 13 days if purchase authority, by electronic means, at the same time publish the notice of intended procurement and the procurement documentation. In addition, where the authority accepts commercial offers of goods or services, by electronic means, it may be reduced in accordance with paragraph 3, the minimum period of up to 10 days. 8. If the purchase authority, covered the 19-19-2. Annex 3 is designated by all or a limited number of suitable suppliers, the period for the submission of tenders may be set by the authority and the designated procurement suppliers by mutual consent. In the absence of the arrangement this time limit shall not be less than 10 days. 19.11. PANTSSarun 1. a party may provide for the procurement authorities negotiate with suppliers: a) if the authority has indicated its intention to negotiate the notice of intended procurement in accordance with paragraph 3 of article 12.2; or (b) If, in the evaluation of tenders) according to the notice of intended procurement or procurement criteria set out in the documentation, no one tender is obviously the most advantageous. 2. purchasing authority: (a) ensure that the vendor) that are participating in the negotiations, the shutdown is done in accordance with the evaluation criteria set out in the notice of intended procurement or procurement procedures documentation; and (b)) if the negotiations are finished, set a single deadline for other suppliers who participate in the negotiations, new or revised submission of tenders. 19.12. PANTSIerobežot the procurement procedure 1. If the procurement authority does not use this rule to avoid competition between service providers, or in a way that discriminates against other service providers or to protect domestic suppliers, procurement authority may use a restricted procurement procedure and may choose not to apply article 19.6-19.8, 12.4-Article 11 and paragraph 19.10 19.11.19.13, 19.14, and according to the article, any of the following circumstances: (a) (i))) where no tenders are submitted, or no one supplier has not logged on to the membership; II) no tenders are submitted, corresponding to procurement documentation requirements; III) supplier does not comply with the conditions of participation or iv) tenders submitted are related to the secret agreement, provided that the procurement procedures documentation requirements have not changed substantially; b) If goods or services can be supplied only by a particular supplier and no reasonable alternative or substitute goods or services for the following reasons: (i)) the request relates to a work of art; II) to protect patents, copyrights or other exclusive rights, or (iii)) is not competition for technical reasons; (c)) in respect of the goods or services for additional deliveries by the original supplier, and which were not included in the original purchase, if switching the following additional supply of goods or services: (i) the economic) it is not possible for technical reasons or as a requirement of interchangeability or interoperability with existing equipment, software, services, or equipment purchased under the original purchase; and (ii) create a procurement authority) significant inconvenience or cost of significant increase; (d) only certain if applicable) if the event by purchasing authority is not able to provide an exceptional urgency, the goods or services for which it is not possible to obtain in time, using the open or selective purchase procedure; e) for goods purchased on a commodity market; (f) procurement authority bought) if the samples or products, or service first created at its request, in relation to a particular contract for research, trial, or original research. The first original product or service development may include a limited amount of production or supply in order to incorporate the results of experiments and practice show that the item or service is suitable for production or supply in quantity according to the known acceptable quality standards, but does not include the production of large quantities or delivery, which ensures the economic viability or covering research and development costs; g) purchases made with particularly advantageous conditions that only arise in the very short term special sales event, such as winding-up, insolvency or bankruptcy of the Administration, but not for regular purchases from regular suppliers; or (h)) if the contract is awarded to the winning designs, on condition that the contest is organized) so that it is compatible with the principles of this chapter, in particular with regard to the notice of intended procurement publication; and (ii)) the participants appreciated the independent jury, whose task is to assign the winner the right to close a design contract. 2. the procurement authority shall prepare a written report on each contract awarded under paragraph 1. The report shall indicate the name, the purchase of goods or services and the nature and value of the statement in paragraph 1 specify the circumstances and conditions described on the basis of which was used for limited procurement procedure. 19.13. Electronic auctions if the purchase Authority plans to carry out procurement procedures covered by using electronic means of communication, before the start of the electronic auction authority shall communicate to each Member: (a) automatic evaluation method), including a mathematical formula based on the evaluation criteria set out in the procurement documentation and the auction will be used for the automatic classification or reclassification; (b)) the procurement element of the initial evaluation results, if the contract is awarded to the tender offering best value for money; and (c)) other relevant information related to the auction. 19.14. PANTSPiedāvājum and the award of the contract the offer consideration 1. purchasing authority receives, open and examine all proposals in accordance with the procedures that guarantee the fairness of the procurement process and impartiality and offer privacy. 2. the procurement authority would fine vendors that offer received after the prescribed deadline of receipt, if the delay occurred only for the procurement authorities the wrong result. 3. If the period of opening up to the award of contracts for procurement authority enables the supplier to correct the unconscious form errors, procurement authority the same opportunities to all suppliers who participate in the procurement procedure. The award of the contract To 4 to examine the award of the contract, the offer shall be made in writing and opened it complies with the essential requirements set out in the notices and documentation of the procurement procedure, and it was submitted by the supplier, which shall comply with the conditions of participation. 5. If the purchasing authority decides in the public interest, the contract is not awarded, it will award the contract to the supplier that the Authority recognized as able to fulfil the provisions of the Treaty and which is based solely on those evaluation criteria set out in the notices and documentation of the procurement procedure is submitted: (a)) or (b) the most advantageous tender) at the lowest price, if the only criteria is price. 6. If the authority receives a purchase offer in which the price is below the proportion in other tenders submitted the specified price, the authority may consult with the vendor to verify that it complies with the conditions of participation and the ability to meet the provisions of the Treaty. 7. the procurement authority does not use the alternative does not cancel the purchase, nor amended the contract granted in such a way that the bypassing of the obligations laid down in this chapter. 19.15. PANTSIepirkum information transparency of information provided to suppliers 1. Procurement authority shall promptly inform suppliers participating in procurement decisions, relating to the award of the contract, and at the supplier's request, in writing. In accordance with article 12.2, and (3) the authority shall not purchase designated supplier, on request, provide an explanation of the reasons for which it is designated, and a successful supplier comparative advantages of the offer. Information on contract award publication 2. not later than 72 days after the award of the contract, subject to this section, the procurement authority shall publish a notice in the printed or electronic media specified in annex 8-19. If the purchase authority publishes this notice only in electronic communication, information reasonable time remains easily accessible. The notice shall include at least the following information: (a) goods purchased) or service description; (b) procurement authority) name and address; (c)) the supplier's name and address; (d) the value of the offer) or the highest and lowest offer taken into account in the award of the contract; e) contract award date; and (f)) and the procurement method used — if used limited procurement procedure in accordance with article 19.12, a description of the circumstances justifying the use of the restricted procurement procedure. The documentation and storage of messages and electronic traceability 3. each purchase authority for at least three years from the award date, keep: a) the documentation and reports on procurement procedures and assigned contracts relating to the purchase of the covered, including messages that are requested, and (b) in article 19.12) data, which provides the proper procurement covered by traceability by electronic means. Statistical data collection and reporting on those 4. Each Party shall collect and communicate to the public procurement Committee statistics on its contracts covered by this chapter. Each report covers one year, and submit it within two years after the end of the reporting period, and shall include: (a)) for the 19-1. purchase referred to in Annex i): all of the following institutions: the entire contract covered by this chapter, the number and the total value; II) each such authority, all the contracts covered by this chapter, the number and the total value, broken down by categories of goods and services in accordance with the internationally uniform classification system; and III) each of the following institutions, in accordance with the limited procurement of all contracts awarded, subject to this section, the number and the total value; b) for 19-2 and 19-3 procurement referred to in annex authorities all the contracts awarded by those authorities, to which this chapter applies, of the number and total value, broken down by attachments; and (c)) (a) and (b) estimates of)) the requested data indicating the methods used such estimates, if the data can not be ensured. 5. If a party your statistics published on the Web site in accordance with the requirements of paragraph 4, the party statement in public procurement Committee may be replaced by a Web site address, adding references for access to statistical data and their use. 6. If a party requires that notices of contract award granted in accordance with paragraph 2 shall be published electronically, and if such statements are publicly available in a single database that enables you to perform analysis of the covered agreements, public procurement Committee submit the statement may be replaced by a Web site address, adding references for access to such data and how to use them. disclosure of information to the article 19.16 Parties 1. At the request of either party, a party shall promptly provide all the information necessary to determine whether the procurement was conducted fairly, impartially and in accordance with this chapter, including information on the characteristics of the successful bid and comparative advantages. In cases where the disclosure of the information would prejudice competition in future tenders, the party who receives the information, not the supplier, not previously disclosed, in consultation with the party which provided the information, and without its consent. Non-disclosure of information (2) Notwithstanding the other provisions of this chapter, including its purchase of a party authority, did not provide specific information that suppliers could interfere with fair competition between suppliers. 3. Nothing in this chapter shall be interpreted in a way that would put the party, including its procurement authorities, authorities and review bodies to disclose confidential information if such disclosure: a) to hinder law enforcement; (b)) could be detrimental to fair competition between suppliers; c) harm a specific person legitimate commercial interests, including intellectual property protection; or d) otherwise would be contrary to the public interest. 19.17. PANTSVietēj examination procedure 1. Each Party shall ensure timely, efficient, transparent and non-discriminatory administrative review procedures or proceedings in the Court in which the supplier can be a challenge: a) the infringement of the provisions of this chapter or, if the supplier is not entitled (b)), directly challenging the infringements of the provisions of this chapter in accordance with the legislation of the party — the party's non-compliance with measures that implement the provisions of this chapter arising from a covered procurement, in which the vendor has or has had an interest in. All the opposition procedure rules are laid down in writing and is generally available. 2. If the supplier in relation to the offer, which covered it is or has been known, complain about the fact that an infringement has been committed or not, as set out in paragraph 1, the party to whom the procurement authority is purchasing, procurement authority and encourage the vendor to address these issues through consultations between themselves. Authority objective and timely consideration to any such complaint, without prejudice to the supplier's participation in current or subsequent purchase or its right to request corrective measures in accordance with the administrative review procedures or judicial review. 3. suppliers are given enough time to prepare and lodge a complaint, and it may in no case be less than ten days from the time when the basis of contestation became known or should be known to the vendor. 4. each Party shall establish or designate at least one impartial institutions, from the purchase of independent administrative or judicial authority which receives and examines complaints of suppliers arising in the context of procurement covered. 5. If the original complaint authority that is not referred to in paragraph 4, the authority, the Party shall ensure that the supplier may challenge the initial decision of the neutral administrative or judicial authority that is independent from the authorities, the purchase of which is the subject of contestation. 6. Each Party shall ensure that the review body which is not a court decision can be legally reviewed, or it followed procedures, which ensure that: (a) procurement authority) respond to complaints in writing and provide any relevant documents to the authority which the case is heard again; (b) participants in the proceedings) ("members") have the right to be heard, before the review authority shall take a decision on the complaint; c) members have the right to be represented and accompanied; (d) the members may participate in all) proceedings; e) participants are the right to have the proceedings would be public and that you will be able to participate in the witnesses; and (f)) in the body in time for writing decisions or prepare recommendations and include an explanation justifying each decision or recommendation. 7. Each Party shall adopt or maintain procedures that provide for: (a) rapid interim measures), to keep the supplier the opportunity to participate in the procurement. The result of the provisional measures referred to in the purchase may be suspended. Procedures may provide that, in deciding whether such measures should be applied, take into account the overriding adverse consequences for the interests concerned, including the public interest. Justification in the absence of measures to provide in writing; and (b)) corrective measures or compensation for loss or damage, which may be limited to either the costs of preparing the bid, or the costs associated with the opposition, or both of those costs, if the review authority has found that the offence or not, as referred to in paragraph 1. 8. not later than ten years after the entry into force of this agreement, the parties involved in the negotiations, to continue to develop legal remedies, including possible determination to introduce or to maintain the legal remedies before the conclusion of the contract. 19.18. the scope of the implementing measures and amendments to the fixes 1. a party may modify or edit your own attachments of this chapter. Amendment 2. If a party amends the annex to this chapter: (a)), it shall inform the other party in writing; and (b) include in the notice of proposal) to the other party on the appropriate compensatory adjustments to maintain a level of coverage comparable to what it was before the changes. 3. Notwithstanding paragraph 2, b), a party need not provide compensatory adjustments, if: (a) the specific impact of the amendments) are small; or (b)) refers to the structure over which side is actually lifted its control or influence. 4. If the other party that: (a) disputes) in accordance with paragraph 2 (b)), the proposed adjustment is sufficient to maintain the mutually agreed scope comparable level; (b) the impact of the amendment) is minor or c) amendment refers to the structure over which side is actually lifted its control or influence under paragraph 3 (b)), it must provide the complaint in writing 45 days from paragraph 2 (a)) is specified in the notification, or to believe that it is agreed to or amended, including adjustments to the twenty-ninth Division (settlement of disputes). 5. Fixes the following changes to the annexes of the Party considered amendments, provided that they do not affect this agreement mutually agreed scope of application: (a) changes in the name of the structure); (b)) two or more bodies of the merger that are listed in the annex; and (c)) the one enclosed structures Division into two or more structures, if all the new structures are included in the same annex. 6. in the event the proposed revisions to the annexes of a party, that party shall notify the other party every two years in accordance with the communication cycle set in the agreement on government procurement, contained in annex 4 of the WTO agreement, after the entry into force of this agreement. 7. a party may notify the other party of opposition to the proposed corrections to 45 days from the date of receipt of the notification. If the party objecting, it set out the reasons why it considers that the proposed amendment is amendment provided for in paragraph 5 of this article, and describes the impact of the proposed amendment to this agreement mutually agreed scope. If such objections are not filed in writing within 45 days after the date of receipt of the notification, the party has agreed to the proposed amendments. 19.19. the procurement Committee shall PANTSPublisk 1. Public Procurement Committee set up in accordance with paragraph 1 of article 26.2 of the e), should include representatives of each party and shall meet as necessary in order to give the parties the opportunity to consult on any matters relating to the implementation of this chapter, or the promotion of its objectives, and the implementation of other obligations that may be asked. 2. the procurement Committee shall meet at the request of either of the parties: (a) examine procurement) the issues submitted to it by a party; (b)) to exchange information on procurement opportunities in each party's territory; (c)) to discuss any other issues relating to the implementation of this chapter; and (d)) to consider the promotion of coordinated action to facilitate service providers access to procurement opportunities in the territories of each party. These activities may include information sessions, in particular with a view to improving electronic access to publicly available information on each party's procurement regime, and initiatives to promote access for SMEs to public procurement. 3. each Party shall annually submit to the procurement Committee for statistics relating to procurement covered by this chapter, as provided in article 19.15. In the TWENTIETH NODAĻAINTELEKTUĀL property (A) IEDAĻAVispārīg rules of PANTSMērķ this chapter 20.1. the objectives are: (a)) to facilitate innovative and creative activity the production and commercialisation of products between the parties; and (b)) to make adequate and effective intellectual property rights protection and enforcement. 20.2. the nature and PANTSSaistīb scope 1. The provisions of this chapter are in addition to the rights and obligations of the parties set out in the TRIPS Agreement. 2. Each party within the framework of their legislation and practice are free to determine the appropriate method of implementation of the provisions of this agreement. 3. this agreement does not give rise to obligations in respect of the allocation of resources between enforcement of intellectual property rights and rights in General. 20.3. PANTSSabiedrīb health problems 1. the parties recognise the WTO Ministerial Conference of 14 November 2001 adopted the Doha Declaration on the TRIPS Agreement and public health (Doha Declaration). In interpreting and implementing the rights and obligations under this chapter, the Parties shall ensure that the said Declaration is respected. 2. the parties support the WTO General Council on 30 august 2003 decision on paragraph 6 of the Doha Declaration as well as the 2005 6 December in Geneva signed a Protocol on amendments to the TRIPS Agreement implementation and compliance. Article 20.4 exhaustion this chapter is without prejudice to the freedom of the parties to determine whether and under what circumstances are suitable for exhaustion of intellectual property rights. 20.5. the disclosure of Information This chapter does not require a party to disclose information that would otherwise be contrary to the law, or exempt from disclosure under the law concerning access to information and privacy. (B) IEDAĻAIntelektuāl property rights standards in this section 20.6. PANTSDefinīcij: the product is the product including the chemical drugs, biological drugs, vaccines or radiopharmaceuticals, which produce, sell or use for use in the following areas: (a) the diagnosis of the disease), medical treatment, signs of disease, elimination or prevention of health disorders, physical condition or abnormāl the symptoms, or (b)) to restore physiological function, repair or change. (A) apakšiedaļaAutortiesīb and related rights 20.7. PANTSPiešķirt protection 1. the Parties shall comply with the following international agreements: a) – article 20 2 Berne Convention for literary and artistic works, signed in Paris, 24 July 1971; (b) article 1-14) the World Intellectual Property Organization (WIPO) Copyright Treaty, signed in Geneva on 20 December 1996; c) 1-23 WIPO Treaty on performances and phonograms, signed in Geneva on 20 December 1996; and (d)) 1-article 22 of the International Convention of performers, producers of Phonograms and broadcasting organizations rights, signed in Rome on 26 October 1961. 2. to the extent permitted by the agreement referred to in paragraph 1, this chapter does not limit the ability of each party to limit the protection of intellectual property rights, it establishes the performance fixed in a phonogram. 12.9. PANTSApraid and disclosure 1. each Party shall provide for performers the exclusive right to authorize or prohibit the broadcasting by wireless system and their performances, except where the performance is already a broadcast or made from a fixed location. 2. Each Party shall ensure that a single equitable remuneration is paid by the user, if a phonogram published for commercial purposes or reproductions of such phonograms for broadcasting uses a wireless system or for issue, and ensure that this remuneration distribution between the relevant performers and phonogram producers. If the conclusion of the agreement between the performers and phonogram producers, each party may lay down rules on how to split the compensation between them. 20.9. PANTSTehnoloģisk protection measures 1. technological measures in this article means any technology, device or component, usually in relation to the works, performances or phonograms are intended to prevent or restrict the activity, in accordance with the legislation of the parties not authorised by the authors, phonogram producers or performers. Without prejudice to the application of copyright or related rights, laid down in the legislation of the parties, technological measures shall be deemed effective when protected works, performances or phonograms phonogram use control authors, performers or producers, applying the appropriate access control or protection procedures, such as encryption or hashing codes or a copy control mechanism, which achieves the protection objective. 2. each Party shall provide adequate legal protection and effective legal remedies against the circumvention of effective technological measures that are used by performers, phonogram producers or in connection with your rights in respect of their works, performances and phonograms, which restrict to these works, performances and phonograms, which are not authorized by the authors, phonogram, performers or producers or not permitted by the law. 3. to provide for the proper referred to in paragraph 2 to the legal protection and effective legal remedies, each party provides protection against: (a) at least in so far as this is provided for in its) legislation: (i) effective technological measures) does not allow circumvention, which is conscious or which is the basis of the conscious; and (ii)) that the company with the marketing help offer a device or product, including computer programs, or service as an effective technological measure means of circumvention; and (b)) the device or product, including software production, importation or distribution, or supply of a service: i) primarily designed or produced to circumvent effective technological measures; or (ii)) which has only a limited commercially significant purpose in addition to objective circumvent effective technological measures. 4. in accordance with paragraph 3, the expression "so far as this is provided for in the legislation" means that each party can implement a flexible)) (i) and (ii)). 5. in implementing paragraphs 2 and 3, a party shall not be obliged to require consumer electronics products and telecommunication or computer related products design and their specific parts and components provide a response to any particular technological measure, so long as this product otherwise not contrary to the party's measures implementing these points. The purpose of this provision is that the agreement does not require a party to determine the required interoperability in their legislation: information communication technologies sector is not obligated to develop devices, products, components or services to correspond to technological measures. 6. Providing adequate legal protection and effective legal remedies in accordance with paragraph 2, a party may adopt or maintain restrictions or exceptions due to measures implementing paragraph 2 and 3. The obligations laid down in points 2 and 3, without prejudice to the legislation of the party of rights, restrictions, exceptions, or actions in connection with the protection of copyright or related rights infringements. 20.10 article management information protection 1. For the purposes of this article the rights management information is: (a)) information identifying the work, performance or phonogram; the author of the work, performance or phonogram producer of performers; or any work, or phonogram performance rights owners covered; (b)), information on job performances or phonograms in the terms and conditions of use; or (c) any number or code) that indicates (a)) and (b) the information described in point), if any of the following piece of information is added to the working copy of the performances or phonograms or appear in connection with the work, performances or phonograms to the public by transfer or disclosure. 2. to protect the electronic rights management information, each Party shall provide adequate legal protection and effective legal remedies against any person who knowingly and without permission by any of the actions identified knowing that this will cause, allow, facilitate or cover up any infringement of copyright or related rights: (a)) in the electronic management information deletion or change; or (b)) work, performances or distributing copies of the phonogram, import for distribution, broadcasting, communication to the public or offering, knowing that electronic rights management information has been removed or altered without authority. 3. in accordance with paragraph 2 shall be provided adequate legal protection and effective legal remedies, a party may adopt or maintain appropriate limitations of or exceptions to the measures implementing paragraph 2. The obligation laid down in paragraph 2, without prejudice to the legislation of the party of rights, restrictions, exceptions, or actions in connection with the protection of copyright or related rights infringements. 20.11. PANTSStarpniek service provider liability 1. based on the other points in this article, each party may, in their national legislation, provide for limitations of or exceptions to the liability of service providers acting as intermediaries for those on copyright or related rights underlying the violations or communication networks, using them in connection with, the use or provision of services. 2. restrictions or exclusions listed in paragraph 1: (a)) shall at least cover the following functions: (i) information by the hosting) hosting services user demand; II) caching that occurs automatically when the process service provider; (A) amending the information only) for technical reasons; (B)) provides that compliance with any information related to the caching for guidance, which is expressed in a manner widely recognised and used by industry; and (C)) does not interfere with the lawful use of technology, widely recognised and used by industry, to obtain data on the use of the information; and III) transmission, which just includes the features you provide for the transmission of information or communication network access; and (b)) may also apply to other functions, including the provision of information locating tools, making copyright protected material and the propagation of intelligent information about copies. 3. Appropriateness of the restrictions laid down in this article or exceptions may not depend on whether or not the service provider to monitor its service or affirmatively seeking facts indicating violations. 4. Each Party may, in their national legislation, provide for the conditions under which service providers may apply the limits laid down in this article or exceptions. Without prejudice to the foregoing, each party may establish appropriate procedures to provide for the effective communication of the alleged infringements and the effective provision of pretpaziņojum by those whose material has been removed or disabled error or incorrect identification. 5. This article is without prejudice to other measures of protection, limitations and exceptions to the availability of the parties law in relation to copyright or neighbouring rights infringements. This article shall not affect the possibility for a court or administrative authority, in accordance with the law of the party systems, of requiring the service provider to terminate or prevent an infringement. 20.12. PANTSIerakstīšan using a video camera to each party in accordance with its laws and regulations may provide for the imposition of penalties and criminal proceedings a person without a driver or cinema cinematographic works the copyright holder's permission to do such work or any part thereof, a copy of the work is carried out at the movies in a location that is accessible to the public. (B) trademarks apakšiedaļaPreč 20.13. PANTSStarptautisk agreements, each Party shall take all reasonable measures to meet the 1-the provisions of article 22 of the Singapore Treaty on trademarks, signed in Singapore on 27 March 2006, and join the Madrid Agreement concerning the international registration of marks Madrid Protocol, signed in Madrid on 27 June 1989. 20.14. PANTSReģistrācij procedure each party provides trademark registration system in which goods are notified in writing of the reasons for refusing registration of the mark for which the applicant has the opportunity to challenge this refusal and appeal to a judicial authority of final refusal. Each Party shall provide the opportunity to submit any objections either against the application for registration of trade marks, or to the trademark registration. Each Party shall ensure trade mark applications and registered trade marks of electronic database that is available to the public. 20.15. PANTSIzņēmum of the trade mark rights allocated each party provides a descriptive label, including the descriptive designation of geographical origin, fair use as a limited exception from the trade mark rights allocated. In determining what is fair use, account must be taken of trade mark owners and third party legal interests. Each party may provide other limited exceptions, if these exceptions take into account the trade mark owners and third party legal interests. (C) the indications apakšiedaļaĢeogrāfisk 20.16. the definitions in this subsection: geographical indication is an indication which establishes that an agricultural product or a foodstuff originating in the territory of either party or the region, or any territory referred to in the area where the product the quality, reputation or other characteristic feature is significantly associated with its geographical origin; and the product class is a class of products specified in Annex C of 20. –. 20.17. the scope of Actions under this subpart refers to the geographical indication to identify the products, which include one from 20.-included in Annex C product classes. 20.18. PANTSSarakst includes geographical indications: (a) This subpart) 20.-A is included in part A of the annex are geographical indications, which States that products originating in the territory of the European Union or in the territory of the region or locality; and (b)) 20 – (A) in part B of the annex are geographical indications, which States that products originating in the territory of Canada or the territory, region or locality. PANTS20-20.19. Annex A shall contain geographical indications protection 1 After the other geographical indications checks each party they protect under subsection contains the level of protection. 2. each Party shall provide the interested parties, the legal means to prevent: (a)) 20 – the other Party included in Annex A to the use of geographical indications in relation to a product, within the 20-products specified in Annex A to the class for that geographical indication and originating either: (i)) is not 20.-A place of origin specified in the annex in respect of that geographical indication; or ii) is A 20-place of origin specified in the annex in respect of that geographical indication, but not manufactured or produced under other laws and regulations applicable to that product consumed in the territory of the other party; (b)) to the description of the goods or design, which indicate or lead to the view that the goods in question originating in the geographical area which is not a real place of origin, so that the public is misled about the geographical origin of the goods; and (c)), which is any unfair competition within the meaning of article 10 bis of the Paris Convention for the protection of industrial property, which was signed in Stockholm on 14 July 1967. 3. paragraph 2 (a)) the specified protection even if the true origin of the product is indicated or the geographical indication is used in translation or with such words as "kind", "type", "style", "imitation" or the like. 4. Each Party shall ensure the enforcement of the administrative procedure, to the extent provided for in its national law, to prohibit the person to produce, prepare, package, label, import, sell or advertise a food product in a way that is false, misleading or deceptive or may lead to a false idea of their origin. 5. in accordance with paragraph 4, each Party shall ensure that administrative processes relating to complaints about product labelling, including their design, in a way that is false, misleading or deceptive or may lead to a false idea of their origin. 6. The registration of a trade mark containing or listed 20.-in included in Annex A to the other geographical indication, rejected or declared void, on its own initiative, if the legislation so permits, or at the request of the person concerned in respect of the products, which include 20. – (A) the products specified in annex class for that geographical indication and originating from 20.-A place of origin specified in the annex in respect of that geographical indication. 7. this subsection does not give rise to obligations to protect the geographical indications which are protected in the place of origin of that protection is paused or in the place of which is considered unusable. If 20.-the Parties included in Annex A geographical indication ceases to protect its place of origin or there is no longer used, that party shall notify the other party and ask to make a cancellation. 20.20. PANTSHomonīm geographical indications 1. If the parties are homonymous geographical indications for products falling within the same class of products, each Party shall provide the practical conditions under which the homonymous indications in question are different one from the other, taking into account the need to ensure equitable treatment of the producers concerned and that consumers are not misled. 2. If a party in the context of negotiations with a third country proposes to protect the geographical indication identifying a product originating in a third country if that indication is homonymous with the other side of a geographical indication listed in annex 20-A, and if the product falls within the class of products specified in annex 20, for the other party's homonymous geographical indication, the other party is informed and it is given the opportunity to submit comments before the geographical indication is protected. 20.21. PANTSIzņēmum 1. Notwithstanding article 20.19 and the provisions of paragraph 3, Canada should not provide stakeholders the legal means to prevent 20. – (A) referred to in part A of the annex to the use of the sign, marked with one zvaigznīti28, if such signs are associated with words such as "kind", "type", "style", "imitation" or the like, and they are combined with the geographical origin of the product in a legible and visible indication. 2. Notwithstanding article 20.19 and (3) of the protection of geographical indications, which included 20.-(A) in part A of the annex and marked with the zvaigznīti29, does not prevent the use of Canadian territory to any of these guidelines, any persons, including their descendants and representatives that are annotated with a commercial purpose, for "cheese" class products before 18 October 2013. 3. Notwithstanding article 20.19 and (3) of the protection of geographical indications, which includes 20.-(A) in part A of the annex and marked with two asterisks, does not prevent the use of any specified persons, including their descendants and representatives referred to the indication of the use for commercial purposes "fresh, frozen and processed meat" class products for at least five years before 18 October 2013. A transitional period of five years from the entry into force of this article, during which the above points prevent the use, apply to all other persons, including their descendants and representatives that the use for commercial purposes "fresh, frozen and processed meat" class products for at least five years of 18 October 2013. 4. Notwithstanding article 20.19 and (3) of the protection of geographical indications, which included 20.-(A) in part A of the annex and marked with three asterisks, does not prevent the use of any persons, including their descendants and representatives that are annotated with a commercial purpose, for "dry meat" and "canned cheese" class products for at least a decade before 18 October 2013. A transitional period of five years from the entry into force of this article, during which the above instructions does not prevent the use, apply to all other persons, including their descendants and representatives that the use for commercial purposes "dry meat" and "canned cheese" class products for at least ten years of 18 October 2013. 5. If a trademark registration application in good faith or bona fide registered or established in the territory of either party before the application specified in point 6, the date of the measures adopted in implementation of this subsection of this territory, without prejudice to the right to the registration of a trade mark or the validity of, or the right to use a trademark, on the grounds that the trade mark is identical with, or similar to a geographical indication. 6. in paragraph 5 of this article for the purpose of date of application: (a)) in respect of a geographical indication listed in Annex A to the 20-date of signature of this agreement, the entry into force of this subsection; or (b)) in respect of a geographical indication, 20.-Annex A, added after the date of signature of this agreement pursuant to article 20.22, the day on which the geographical indication is added. 7. where geographical indications are identical to normal translation sign everyday language or include the normal everyday language of the signs that the party is used as the common name of the product, or if the geographical indication is not identical with that designation, but includes it, this subsection shall not prejudice any rights of a person to use the term in the context of this product in the territory of that party. 8. There is nothing to prevent the use in the territory of either party with respect to any product, plant varieties or animal species the common name referred to in this subsection of the party enters into force. 9. a party may provide that anyone with a trademark the use or registration of the application, submitted in accordance with subsection, must be presented within five years after this territory has become common knowledge that the protected indication is misused, or after the registration of the trade mark in the territory of that party, provided that the trade mark by that time already been published if publication occurs before has become a well known malicious exploitation of this territory, provided that the geographical indication is not used or registered in bad faith. 10. the conditions of this subsection shall not prejudice any rights of a person to use the trade name this person or that person's predecessor in business names, unless the use of such a name is likely to mislead the public. 11. a) This subsection shall not prejudice any rights of a person to use or register a trade mark in Canada, which includes the specified any 20-included in part A of Annex B designations; and (b)) (a) of this paragraph) shall not be subject to the terms, which included 20. – (B) in part A of the annex, in connection with any use of, which mislead the public about the geographical origin of the goods. 12. On 20-(B) in part B, the use of the designation in Canada are not subject to the provisions of this subsection. 13. paragraph 2-4 paragraph instructions does not contain the same geographical indications rights to use. 20.22. PANTS20.-(A) amendments to annex 1. Ceta the Joint Committee established under article 26.1 (ceta Joint Committee), acting unanimously, and according to ceta geographical indications Committee may decide to amend Annex A, 20-adding geographical indications or removing geographical indications, which is no longer protected or which is no longer used to their place of origin. 2. A geographical indication shall not, in principle, add 20-part A of Annex A, if it has a name, which, at the date of signature of this agreement is included in the register of the European Union with the status of "registered" for a member of the European Union. 3. A geographical indication identifying a product originating in a particular territory, do not add 20. – Annex A: a) if it is identical with the trade mark, which is registered in the territory of the other party for the same or similar products, or a trade mark in respect of which the territory of the other party the right to come, their good faith towards a, and have been submitted for the same or similar products; (b) if it is identical) plant varieties or animal species common name, which is in the territory of the other party; or (c)) if it is identical to the usual designation in everyday language as such generally accepted name of the product in the territory of the other party. 20.23. PANTSCit remedies provisions of this subsection do not affect the right to ask for recognition and protection of geographical indications under the parties the relevant legislation. D apakšiedaļaDizainparaug in 20.24. PANTSStarptautisk agreements, each Party shall make every effort to join the Geneva Act of the Hague Agreement concerning the international registration of industrial designs, signed at Geneva on July 2, 1999. 20.25. PANTSSaistīb copyright design right objects can be protected under the Copyright Act, compliance with the conditions of this protection. To what extent and under what conditions, including the level of originality required, shall be granted such protection shall be determined by each party. E apakšiedaļaPatent in 20.26. PANTSStarptautisk agreements, each Party shall take reasonable measures to ensure compliance with article 1-14 and article 22 of the Treaty on patent law, signed in Geneva on June 1, 2000. 20.27. PANTSZāļ sui generis protection in this article: 1. basic patent means a patent which protects the product as such, a process to obtain a product or an application of a process and that the patent holder is chosen, which can serve as a basic patent, as a basic patent in order to grant a sui generis protection; and the product is a medicine active substance or combination of active substances. 2. each Party shall provide sui generis protection for a period of a product protected by the basic patent, which is effective until the patent or his successor in title of the holder's request if the following conditions are fulfilled: (a)) has been granted the authorization for placing the product on the market, the parties concerned as a medicinal product (this article — "marketing authorisation"); (b) for products not already) applied a sui generis protection period; and (c)) (a) of this paragraph) is specified in the marketing authorisation is the first authorization for placing the product on the market by the party concerned as a medicinal product. 3. Each Party may: (a)) provide sui generis protection for a period only when a reasonable time period established by the party concerned, has filed the first application for a marketing authorisation; and (b)) to fix the not less than 60 days from the date of the first marketing authorisation granted in respect of the submission of the request for the sui generis protection period. If, however, the first marketing authorisation has been issued before the grant of the patent, each Party shall ensure at least a 60-day period from the granting of the patent, during which you can submit a request for the determination of the period of protection pursuant to this article. 4. If the product is protected by the basic patent, one sui generis protection period comes into effect this patent at the end of the lawful term. In case the product is protected by more than one patent, which can serve as a basic patent, a party may provide for a sui generis protection for basic patent comes into effect the end of the lawful term of the basic patent, a) if all that can serve as a basic patent, is one person that you designate the person requesting the sui generis protection period; and (b)) where patents, which can serve as a basic patent, not per person, and for this reason there is conflicting requests for protection sui generis, chosen by agreement between the patent holders. 5. Each Party shall ensure that sui generis protection period equal to the period which elapsed between the date on which the application is submitted of the basic patent and the date of the first marketing authorisation issued, less the period of five years. 6. Notwithstanding paragraph 5, and without prejudice to the parties to make possible sui generis protection extension of the period as an incentive or reward for research in specific target groups, such as children, the duration of the sui generis protection should not exceed two to five-year period, to be determined by each party. 7. Each Party may provide that the sui generis protection period ends: (a)) if the sui generis protection is refused to the beneficiary or (b) if any are not paid) for administrative fees. Each party may reduce the period of sui generis protection in proportion to any unjustified delay, resulting from failure of the applicant after the application for a marketing authorisation if the holder of the basic patent is the applicant for marketing authorisation or structure associated with it. 8. basic patent granted within the limits of the protection sui generis protection extends only to the medicinal products covered by a marketing authorisation, and any such use of the product for medicinal products authorised before the end of the sui generis protection. Subject to the previous sentence, the sui generis protection shall be granted the same rights as a patent and shall be subject to the same limitations and the same obligations. 9. Notwithstanding paragraph 8 1-each party may also limit the scope of protection, providing for exceptions for the manufacture of products for use, offering for sale or for trade, for the purpose of import to export during the period of protection. 10. Each Party may withdraw a sui generis protection on the basis of the basic patent validity, not including, if this patent activities ended, before the end of the legislative term, or it has been revoked or limited to the extent to which the protection product was granted, no longer will be protected on the basis of the basic patent claims or on the basis of the marketing authorisation or permit the withdrawal of the relevant market, or where protection was granted contrary to the provisions of paragraph 2. 20.28. PANTSPatent linking mechanism for drugs where a party relies on a "patent links" mechanism, in accordance with the marketing authorization (or notice of compliance or a similar concept) to a generic medicines is associated with patent protection, it ensures that all proceedings be provided equivalent aizsaistīt and effective right to appeal. (F) protection of 20.29. apakšiedaļaDat medicinal product-related Article without disclosing data protection 1. If the party as a condition of the marketing authorisation of medicinal products, which use new chemical vienības30 (this article — "permit"), puts the undisclosed test results or other with this product use safety and efficacy related data submission, the Party shall protect such data against disclosure, if the creation of such data is associated with considerable effort, except where the disclosure is necessary to protect the public, or unless steps to ensure that data is protected against unfair commercial use. 2. Each Party shall ensure that in relation to the data covered by paragraph 1 shall be submitted to the party after the entry into force of this agreement: (a)) No person, other than the applicant, the data must not be without the authorization of the applicant data to rely on such data in support of an application for authorization within a period of not less than six years from the date on which the party has granted permission to the person who produced the data for authorization purposes; and (b)) the Party shall not grant authorisation for any person that refers to the data within a period of not less than eight years from the day on which the party has granted permission to the person who produced the data permit, unless the person who prepared the data, do not give permission. Based on this point, not one of the parties does not limit you to implement abbreviated procedures for authorisation of such products on the basis of Bioequivalence and bioavailability studies. 20.30. plant protection products Article related data protection 1. Each Party shall, before the issue of the placing of plant protection products on the market (this article — "permit") determines the safety and efficacy requirements. 2. each Party shall provide the data for a limited period of protection in relation to the trial or study report, submitted for the first time in order to get permission. In this period, each Party shall ensure that a trial or study report will not use any other person who wants to get permission, except when the first holder's explicit consent. 3. Trial or study report would be necessary for the authorisation or an amendment of an authorisation in order to allow the use on another crop. 4. in the territory of each party during the period of data protection is ten years starting from the date of the first authorisation in the territory of the party in relation to the trial or study report, which supports the new active ingredients, and the data that support the current registration, end-use products containing active ingredients. The duration of protection may be extended in order to facilitate the authorisation of a low-risk plant protection products and narrow use. 5. Each Party may also provide data protection requirements or financial compensation claims for trial or study report, which supports the amendment or renewal of the authorisation. 6. each Party shall lay down the rules, in order to avoid duplication of testing on vertebrate animals. Any applicant wishing to perform tests and studies involving vertebrate animals should be encouraged to take the necessary measures to ensure that such trials and studies already carried out or initiated. 7. Each party should encourage each new applicant and each of the permit holder will do everything possible to ensure that the test and study results, which involving vertebrate animals. The cost of such a test and study reports shall be determined by the Exchange fair, transparent and non-discriminatory basis. The applicant must contribute to the costs only with respect to the information that he submit to meet the authorisation requirements. 8. The licence holder or holders are entitled to receive compensation for the cost of cutting a fair that they encountered with respect to the applicant's conduct the trial or study report, which supported the issuance of such permit, on the basis of these test and study reports for permission for a new plant protection product. Each of the parties may direct the parties to a resolution of the issue any binding arbitration administered in accordance with the law. G apakšiedaļaAug breed PANTSAug breed of 20.31. Each Party shall cooperate to facilitate and reinforce the protection of plant varieties, based on the 1991 document of the International Convention on the protection of new varieties of plants, adopted in Paris in 1961 on December 2. (C) IEDAĻAIntelektuāl property law 20.32. PANTSVispārēj responsibilities 1. Each Party shall ensure that the procedures for the application of intellectual property rights is fair and impartial and are not unnecessarily complicated or costly, not feasible unsuitable time or with undue delay. This procedure is suitable for thus to avoid the creation of barriers to legitimate trade and provide safeguards against their abuse. 2. in implementing the provisions of this section, each Party shall take into account the need for proportionality between the gravity of the infringement, the interests of third parties and the applicable measures, remedies and penalties. 3. This agreement – article 20.33 20.42 refers to the application of civil law. 4. This agreement – article 20.42 20.33, unless otherwise indicated, intellectual property rights means all intellectual property categories covered by part II of the TRIPS Agreement – section 7 1. the plaintiffs Each PANTSTiesīg 20.33. Party of persons eligible to claim 20.34-20.42. the procedure referred to in article and application of remedies recognizes: a) the intellectual property right-holders, in accordance with the provisions of the law; b) all other persons authorised to use those rights, if these persons have the right to seek assistance in accordance with its legislation; c) intellectual property collective rights management bodies which are regularly recognised as such, entitled to represent the subject of intellectual property rights, if those authorities have the right to seek assistance in accordance with its legislation; and (d) professional defence bodies), regularly recognised as such, entitled to represent the subject of intellectual property rights, if those authorities have the right to seek assistance in accordance with its legislation. 20.34. PANTSPierādījum if it is alleged that the commercial purposes violated intellectual property rights, each Party shall ensure that the judicial authorities may, where appropriate and when receiving an application, require the preparation of the necessary information, as provided for in its national legislation, including the opposite-hand bank, financial or commercial documents, subject to the requirements of the protection of confidential information. 20.35. PANTSPasākum preservation of evidence 1 each Party shall ensure that, even before the start of the proceedings on the merits, the judicial authorities, when receiving an application from the holder of the right, which has given it a reasonably available evidence to support its claims that its intellectual property rights have been violated or about to be violated, may provide a quick and effective provisional measures to preserve the necessary evidence relating to the alleged infringement, subject to the requirements of the protection of confidential information. 2. Each Party may provide that the measures specified in paragraph 1 shall include a detailed description of taking or not taking samples, or arrest for a possible violation of the goods and, where appropriate, the materials and tools used in the production or distribution of goods, and related documents. The judicial authorities shall have the right to take these measures, if necessary, without hearing the other side, in particular where any delay could cause irreparable harm to the right holder, or where there is a demonstrable risk that evidence may be destroyed. Article on 20.36 information without prejudice to the law governing benefits, confidentiality of information sources or the processing of personal data, each Party shall ensure that in relation to civil proceedings relating to intellectual property rights, the judicial authorities shall have the power at the reasoned request of the holder of the right to put the abuser or the infringer to provide the entity or legal authorities (at least, in order to obtain evidence), offenders or suspected offenders or in the possession of the relevant information the parties, as provided for in the applicable legislation. This information may include information about each of the individuals involved in any violation or suspected violation of the terms, and with respect to the infringement or alleged infringement, of the goods or service creation or distribution channels, including the discovery of the third parties which may be involved in following the creation of goods or services or distribution, and the distribution channels. 20.37. PANTSPagaid and precautionary measures 1 each Party shall ensure that its judicial authorities shall have the power to determine fast and effective temporary and precautionary measures, including an order for interim relief, against the person or, where appropriate, against the third party, for which the judicial authority has jurisdiction to prevent the infringement of intellectual property rights is made and in particular to prevent the entry of goods in violation of the commercial channels. 2. each Party shall provide that its judicial authorities shall have the authority to order the forfeiture or otherwise withhold goods that may infringe the intellectual property rights to prevent their entry into or movement within the channels of trade. 3. Each Party shall ensure that, where it is alleged that intellectual property infringement was committed for commercial purposes, the judicial authorities, in accordance with the law may determine the possible confiscation of the offending property of the precautionary purposes, including bank accounts and other assets of the lock. For this purpose, the judicial authorities may request the relevant bank statement, financial or commercial documents or access to other necessary information according to the situation. 20.38. PANTSCit means of redress 1. Each Party shall ensure that the judicial authorities in the applicant's request, without prejudice to the right holder for breach caused damages and does not provide for any compensation, may order finally removed from commercial channels or destroy goods which were found that they violate intellectual property rights. Each Party shall ensure that the judicial authorities may, if necessary, give an order to destroy the materials and implements principally used in the creation or production of the goods. In considering such remedies is demand, take into account the need to balance the gravity of the infringement and the remedies, as well as the interests of third parties. 2. Each Party shall ensure that the judicial authorities shall have the power to determine that referred to in paragraph 1, remedies must be taken on the expense of the infringer, unless particular reasons not to do it. 20.39. PANTSIzpildrakst 1. Each Party shall ensure that, in civil proceedings relating to intellectual property rights, the judicial authorities shall have the power to issue an order to one side to keep from the infringement, and in particular the order of that party or, where applicable, the third party in respect of which the judicial authority has jurisdiction to prevent the entry of goods for violation of trade channels. 2. Notwithstanding the other provisions of this section, a party may limit the remedies available to the Government or Government-authorized third parties without permission of the holder of the right, providing for the payment of remuneration, if only the party complies with part II of the TRIPS Agreement provisions that specifically addressed the use of the following. In other cases provided for in this section shall apply legal remedies or, if they do not comply with the law, the parties are available for declaratively and appropriate compensation ruling. 20.40. PANTSZaudējum compensation of 1. Each Party shall ensure that: (a) civil proceedings in the Court) authorities have the authority to order the infringer who knowingly, or perhaps deliberately engaged in infringement of intellectual property rights, to pay to the holder of the right: (i)), which compensates for the entity with the damage caused by the infringement; or ii) offending profits associated with the of the infringement and which may be regarded as damages under paragraph (i)); and (b)) in determining the amount of damages for infringement of intellectual property rights, the judicial authorities may consider any legitimate value to specify the feature, you can submit the holder of the right, including lost profit. 2. As an alternative to paragraph 1 the parties law may provide for the payment of remuneration, such as royalties or fees, to ensure that the right holder for compensation for its intellectual property unauthorized use. 20.41. PANTSTiesāšan expenses Each Party shall provide that its judicial authorities shall, where appropriate after completion of civil proceedings relating to intellectual property rights, shall have the authority to order that the losing party pay the successful party the court costs or other charges, as provided for in the legislation of the parties. 20.42. PANTSPieņēmum the copyright or property rights 1. civil litigation purposes related to copyright or neighbouring rights, is sufficient to work normally contains a literary or artistic work the author name to be considered the author, and consequently he would have the right to initiate infringement proceedings, unless there is proof to the contrary. Proof to the contrary can also be registration. 2. paragraph 1 of this article shall apply mutatis mutandis to the holders of related rights in relation to the rights protected by such rights. (D) IEDAĻARobežpasākum of PANTSRobežpasākum of 20.43. scope this section: 1. goods with false origin of the geographical indication is any article specified in 20.17 goods which falls into one of 20. – Annex C on the product packaging, including a class on which without permission specified geographical indication that is identical with a geographical indication, legally registered or otherwise protected in respect of such goods, and that violates a particular geographical indication by the owner or legal entity the right to according to the law of the party that are applied to robežpasākum procedures; goods with forged trade marks is the goods, including the packaging, without permission is used as a trade mark that is identical to the mark, legally registered in respect of such goods, or which essential aspects cannot be distinguished from such a trademark, and which violates the specific trademark holder's rights under the law of the party where the procedure is suitable for robežpasākum; export shipments are shipments that must be taken in the territory of the party and must be delivered outside these areas, except for consignments under Customs transit and transhipments; import shipments are shipments imported in the territory of the party from where is located outside that territory, the goods remain under customs supervision, including goods imported into the territory of a free zone or a customs warehouse, but not including the consignments in customs transit and transhipments; pirated copyright goods shall mean any goods which are copies made without the consent of the legal entity or entities duly authorized by the consent of the country of production and which are made directly or indirectly from an article where the making of such copies would be an infringement of copyright or related rights in accordance with the legislation of the party in which robežpasākum procedures; consignments in customs transit consignments of goods imported into the territory of the site, which is located outside that territory, and is authorized by the Customs authorities carry out continuous monitoring of the importation of goods to the Customs authorities at the customs authority in order to leave the territory. Consignments in customs transit, which then approves the abolition of customs control, it is not removed from the territory of the community, shall be deemed the import consignments; and transhipments are shipments moving under customs supervision by the importer to the exporter of the vehicle the vehicle one customs territory, which is both import and export authority. 2. references to the infringement of intellectual property rights in this batch are interpreted as referring to the goods with forged trade mark goods or pirated copyright goods with false geographical indication. 3. The parties agree that there is no obligation to apply the procedures provided for in this section for goods placed on the market in another State with the consent of the rightholder. 4. Each Party shall, in respect of import and export consignments shall adopt or maintain procedures, under which the holder of the right may require their competent authorities to suspend the release of goods that may infringe intellectual property rights, or detain such goods. 5. Each Party shall, in respect of import and export consignments shall adopt or maintain procedures, under which the competent authority may act on its own initiative, to temporarily suspend the release of goods that may infringe intellectual property rights, or hold such goods to ensure that right-holders formally request the assistance specified in article 4. 6. Each Party may agree with one or more third countries on the procedures to set up a joint security clearance procedure. Considers that the goods are in accordance with the following procedures implying laid down in the common customs procedures, comply with paragraphs 4 and 5, when the party concerned retains its legal rights to comply with these points. 7. Each Party may adopt or maintain the point 4 and 5 the procedures relating to transhipments and consignments in customs transit. 8. Each Party may apply this article not for smaller non-commercial quantities of goods that are part of the personal luggage of travellers, or small non-commercial quantities of goods sent in small consignments. Article subject 20.44 application 1. Each Party shall ensure that its competent authorities shall require the entity requesting 20.43 procedures described in the article, provide satisfactory evidence to the competent authorities to ensure that, in accordance with the hand, which provides for the procedures, the law, there is a prima facie infringement of the right holder's intellectual property rights, and provide sufficient information that may reasonably be considered that it is in the possession of the holder of the right to suspicious items should be properly recognized by the competent authorities. The requirement to provide sufficient information can not be unduly deterred from 20.43. the procedure described in the article. 2. each Party shall provide for the application of the stay in its territory the customs supervision of the goods the release of which might infringe intellectual property rights, or detain such goods as specified in article 20.43. The requirement to provide such applications are subject to the obligation to keep the the article 20.43 (4) and (5) the procedures specified in the. The competent authorities may provide that such applications are subject to a number of shipments. Each party may provide that, after the request of the holder of the right to ask the application to stop the release of the goods, which may be in violation of intellectual property rights, or detain such goods may apply for specific entry and exit points, which is implemented under customs supervision. 3. Each Party shall ensure that its competent authorities shall inform the applicant within a reasonable period whether they have accepted the application. If the competent authorities have adopted the application, it shall also inform the applicant of the application's expiration date. 4. Each Party may provide that the competent authority is entitled to refuse, suspend or cancel the application if the applicant has abused 20.43. the procedures described in article or if there is reason to. Article subject 20.45 provides information Each Party shall permit its competent authorities to require the entity to provide information which may reasonably be considered that it is in the possession of the holder of the right, to help the competent authorities make the robežpasākum listed in this section. Each party may also allow the entity to provide such information to their competent authorities. 20.46. PANTSNodrošinājum or equivalent assurance 1. each Party shall provide that its competent authorities are entitled to require the entity requesting 20.43 procedures described in the article, to provide reasonable security or equivalent assurance sufficient to protect the defendant and the competent authorities and to prevent abuse. Each Party shall ensure that such security or equivalent assurance without reason does not prevent you from using this procedure. 2. Each Party may provide that such security may be such that the accused must be provided protection against any loss or damage which caused the suspension of release or detention, if the competent authority determines that the goods are not involved in the infringement. A party may only in exceptional cases or in accordance with a court order, to allow the accused to receive a suspicious item, if the accused shall provide a guarantee or other collateral. 20.47. determination of PANTSPārkāpum each Party shall adopt or maintain procedures whereby the competent authorities may, within a reasonable time after the procedure described in article 20.43 for excitation to determine whether suspect goods are infringements of intellectual property rights. 20.48. PANTSTiesisk remedies 1. Each Party shall ensure that its competent authorities shall have the authority to order the destruction of goods, once under an article 20.47, that they are the goods of the infringement. If such goods are destroyed, each Party shall ensure that, except in exceptional cases, of the following goods released outside the trade so as to avoid harm to the right holder. 2. In the case of goods with forged trade marks is not sufficient to hold the illegal removal of a trade mark, to allow the release of goods for trade, except in exceptional cases. 3. Each Party may provide that its competent authorities shall have the power to apply administrative sanctions after according to 20.47. Article lays down that goods are goods of the infringement. Article robežpasākum 20.49 cooperation area 1. Each Party agrees to cooperate with the other party, to prevent the infringement of intellectual property rights in international trade in goods. To this end, each Party shall establish a contact point in his administration and is ready the exchange of information on trade in goods of the infringement. In particular, each Party shall facilitate the exchange of information and cooperation between their and the other part of the Customs authorities regarding infringements of intellectual property rights, trade in goods. 2. in paragraph 1 of this article, the specified cooperation may include the exchange of information on mechanisms for receiving information from the law, best practices and experience with risk management strategies, as well as information that helps to identify the shipments, which are suspected of the offence they have the goods. 3. cooperation under this section shall be carried out in accordance with relevant international agreements that are binding on both parties. The joint customs cooperation Committee referred to in article 6.14 (the joint customs cooperation Committee), the definition of priorities and the requirements of this section provide appropriate cooperation procedures between the parties ' competent authorities. E IEDAĻASadarbīb PANTSSadarbīb 1 of 20.50. Each Party agrees to cooperate with the other party to support their commitments and obligations entered into under the provisions of this chapter. Areas of cooperation include exchange of information on experience in the following areas: (a)) of intellectual property rights, including geographical indications, protection and enforcement; and (b)) order between their respective copyright agencies. 2. in accordance with paragraph 1, each party agrees to establish and maintain effective dialogue on intellectual property rights issues to address topics relating to this chapter on intellectual property rights protection and enforcement, and any other related issues. Twenty-first NODAĻAREGULATĪV cooperation Actions in the field of 21.1 this chapter shall apply to the parties ' regulatory authorities regulatory measures, review and methodological aspects that are also contained in the TBT agreement, the SPS agreement, the GATT 1994, GATS and Chapter 4 (technical barriers to trade), Chapter 5 (sanitary and phytosanitary measures), Chapter 9 (cross-border trade in services), Chapter 22 (trade and sustainable development), chapter 23 (and employment) and chapter 24 (Trade and environment). 21.2. PANTSPrincip 1. the parties reaffirm their rights and obligations with regard to regulatory measures contained in the TBT agreement, the SPS agreement, the GATT 1994 and GATS. 2. the parties undertake to provide a high level of protection in relation to human, animal life or health and plant health, and the environment in accordance with the TBT agreement, the SPS agreement, the GATT 1994 and the GATS, the agreement. 3. the parties recognise the importance of regulatory cooperation with their respective trading partners, both multilateral and bilateral. The Parties shall, whenever possible and mutually beneficial cooperation of regulatory involvement, in ways that are open to other international trading partners. 4. Without prejudice to each party's ability to carry out its regulatory, legislative and political activities, the parties undertake to continue to develop regulatory cooperation, taking into account the mutual interest in order to: (a) to prevent and eliminate) unnecessary obstacles to trade and investment; b) improve competitiveness and innovation, including applying a climate of regulatory compatibility, equivalence and convergence; and (c) promoting transparent, useful) and efficient regulatory processes that support public policy objectives, and shall exercise the powers of regulatory bodies, including by promoting the exchange of information and increased the use of best practices. 5. This chapter replaces the Canadian Government and the European Commission and transparency of the regulatory cooperation framework signed in Brussels on 21 December 2004 and managed the activities previously carried out in the context of this framework. 6. the parties may carry out regulatory cooperation activities on a voluntary basis. For greater certainty, a party should not be involved in a specific regulatory cooperation activities, and it may decline or withdraw from cooperation. However, if the party rejects the initiation or the regulatory collaboration disclaims cooperation, it must be prepared to explain the reasons for its decision to the other party. 21.3. the objectives of cooperation PANTSRegulatīv the regulatory objectives of cooperation include the following: (a)) to promote human life, health or safety, animal or plant life or health, and the environment: i) attracting international resources in areas such as research, pre-sales report and risk analysis to address regulatory issues which are important to local, national and international level; and (ii) contributing to the basis of the information), which uses the regulatory departments to identify, assess and manage risks; b) build trust, deepen mutual understanding of regulatory management and benefit from each other's benefit, provided the know-how and experiences so that: (i) the legislation) in the planning and proposal development; (ii) promote transparency and predictability) regulatory development and; (iii) improve the effectiveness of the regulatory framework); (iv) alternative instruments); v) recognized regulatory related impacts; vi) avoid excessive regulation; and VII) improved implementation of and compliance with the regulatory framework; (c) promoting bilateral) trade and investment in a way that: (i)) are based on the existing cooperation arrangements; II) reduce unnecessary regulatory differences; and III) set new activities for cooperation in specific sectors; (d) to foster the competitiveness and industry) the improvement of efficiency in a way that: (i)) whenever possible, minimize administrative costs; II) wherever possible, reduce the duplication of regulatory requirements and the resulting compliance costs; and (iii)) follow regulatory approach compatible, including, where possible and appropriate, through: (A) the regulatory approach) application that is technology neutral; and (B)) the recognition of the equivalence or convergence. 21.4. PANTSRegulatīv collaborative arrangements parties shall endeavour to meet 21.3. the objectives set out in article, through regulatory cooperation activities, which may include: (a) engage in ongoing bilateral) discussions on regulatory governance, including: (i) discuss regulatory reform) and its effect on the relations of the parties; II) identify lessons learned; III) where appropriate, to explore alternative regulatory approaches; and (iv)) to make the exchange of experience on tools and regulatory instruments, including regulatory impact assessment, risk assessment and compliance and enforcement strategies; (b)) as needed to consult and exchange information throughout the regulatory development process. This consultation and the exchange of information should be initiated as soon as possible during this process; c) Exchange not publicly available information, to the extent such information can be made available to the Governments of other countries in accordance with the applicable rules of the party providing the information; d) Exchange proposed technical or sanitary and phytosanitary framework that may affect trade with the other party, at the earlier possible stage, to be able to take into account the remarks and proposals for amendments; e) at the request of either party, to provide a copy of the proposed regulatory framework, based on the applicable privacy law, and to provide sufficient time for interested parties to comment in writing; f) to exchange information on planned regulatory measures, activities or considered amendments at an earlier possible stage in order to: (i) understand the party's) regulatory check the rationale, including instrument choices, and check the options to achieve greater convergence between the parties on the issue of how to determine regulation goals and the definition of their scope. In this regard, parties should also observe the interface between regulation, standards and conformity assessment; II) compare the methods and assumptions used in the analysis of legislative proposals, including where appropriate the technical or economic feasibility analysis, and benefits regarding the objectives to be achieved with any meaningful alternative regulatory requirements or considered. This information exchange may include compliance strategies and impact assessment, including legislative proposals and significant regulatory requirements or alternative approach considered potential cost-effectiveness comparison; g) check options to minimize unnecessary regulatory differences, using such features as: i) concurrent or cumulative risk assessment and regulatory impact assessment, if it is practicable and mutually beneficial; (ii) achieve coherent, equivalent) or compatible solutions or III) consider mutual recognition in particular cases; (h)) to cooperate on matters pertaining to the international standards, guidelines and recommendations, decision-making, implementation and maintenance; I check the suitability and possibility) of the same or similar data collection on the problem type, amount and frequency of potential regulatory measures can be a reason if it accelerated the adoption of statistically significant judgment about these problems; j) periodically compare the practices of data collection; k) check the suitability and possibility to use the same or similar assumptions and methodology used by the other party, analyzing data and assessing the underlying issues that must be addressed through the framework to: (i)) to reduce differences, identifying issues; and (ii) promote the similarity of results); l) periodically compare analytical assumptions and methodology; m) to exchange information on the management of the regulatory framework, implementation and enforcement, as well as on the means to obtain compliance and evaluation; n) implement a joint research program to: (i)) reduce duplication of research; II) get more information with less cost; III) for best data; IV) where appropriate, a common scientific base; to address the most urgent v) regulatory problems in a more coherent and focused on performance; and (vi)) to reduce unnecessary differences in the new legislative proposals, while more efficient by improving the health, safety and environmental protection; o) drive regulatory or policy imposing reporting; p) compare the methods and assumptions used in these reports by imposing; q) where appropriate, make interconnected available of those imposing reporting summaries of the results; r) determine the appropriate approach to reduce existing regulatory differences in negative impact on bilateral trade and investment in certain sectors, the parties including, where appropriate, through greater convergence, mutual recognition, minimising trade and investment distorting regulatory instruments, and using international standards, including conformity assessment standards and guidelines; or s) to exchange information, know-how and experience in the field of animal welfare, to promote cooperation between the parties in the field of animal welfare. 21.5. the compatibility of the measures PANTSRegulatīv to improve regulatory measures of the parties to the convergence and interoperability, each Party shall, where appropriate, take into account other regulatory measures or initiatives on the same or related topics. The party is not prohibited to adopt different regulatory measures or implement different initiatives for reasons related to the different institutional or legislative approaches, conditions, values or priorities relating to that party. 21.6. PANTSRegulatīv cooperation forum 1. Regulatory Cooperation forum (RSF) was established in accordance with article 26.2 (specialised committees) in paragraph 1 (h)), to encourage and promote regulatory cooperation between the parties in accordance with this chapter. 2. RSF performs the following functions: (a)) provides a forum to discuss regulatory policy issues of interest to both parties and which the parties have established, inter alia, consultation in accordance with article 21.8; (b) assist individual regulators) identify potential cooperation partners and provides them with appropriate means to this end, such as a privacy agreement samples; (c) implementation process) review existing and planned regulatory initiatives, which, in the opinion of the party, you can ensure the cooperation potential. The review, carried out in consultation with regulatory departments and agencies, should support the implementation of this chapter; and (d)) encourage to develop bilateral cooperation in accordance with article 21.4 and, on the basis of information received from the regulatory departments and agencies to review the progress of the regulatory cooperation initiatives, achievements and best practices in specific sectors. 3. RSF is the Government of Canada to co-chair a high-level representative at the level of Deputy Minister, a post equivalent to or appointed, and the European Commission's high level representative of the Director-General level, post or equivalent appointed and includes the officers of each party. The parties, by mutual consent, invite other interested parties to participate in meetings of the RSF. 4. the RSF: a) at the first meeting following the entry into force of this agreement, adopt its terms of reference, procedures and work plan; (b) hold meetings) within one year after the entry into force of this agreement, and at least once a year after that, unless the parties decide otherwise; and (c)) shall notify the Joint Committee of the ceta this chapter. 21.7. the cooperation of the parties 1 PANTSTurpmāk. in accordance with paragraph 2 of article 21.6 c) and to allow them to monitor the expected regulatory projects and determine regulatory cooperation, the Parties shall periodically exchange information on ongoing or planned regulatory projects, within their respective fields of competence. This information may include, where appropriate, new technical regulations and technical regulations the amendments that propose or adopt. 2. the parties may enhance regulatory cooperation on exchanges of officials in accordance with established procedure. 3. the Parties shall endeavour to cooperate and voluntarily share information not food safety. This cooperation or exchange of information in particular may relate to: (a) the) scientific, technical and regulatory issues, to help improve the safety of non-food goods; b) topical issues that are essential for the health and safety of the parties in the field of the mandate; (c) the standardization of activities); (d)) and implementing market surveillance activities; e) risk assessment methods and product testing; and (f)) of the withdrawal of the product consistent or other similar activities. 4. the parties may determine the mutual exchange of information on the safety of consumer goods and of the restrictive and preventive, corrective measures. In particular, Canada can receive access to selected information from the European Union's rapid alert system RAPEX or its descendants for consumer goods as specified in the European Parliament and Council Directive 2001/95/EC of 3 December 2001 on general product safety. The European Union can receive early warning information on the restrictive measures and the withdrawal of the product from the Canadian consumer product incident reporting system called RADAR, or its descendants in relation to consumer goods as defined in the Canada Consumer Product Safety Act (S.C., 2010, chapter 21), and cosmetic products, as defined in the food and Drugs Act (R.S.C., 1985, chapter F-27). This mutual exchange of information shall be carried out on the basis of the order, which lays down the measures indicated in paragraph 5. 5. The Parties shall take the first Exchange of information as provided for in paragraph 4, they shall ensure that the Trade Committee shall adopt measures for the implementation of this information exchange. The Parties shall ensure that those measures specified in the type of information to be exchanged, the procedure for the exchange of information, and privacy and personal data protection rules. 6. the Trade Committee shall adopt 5 measures specified in paragraph within one year from the date of entry into force of this agreement, unless the parties decide to extend this period. 7. the parties may amend paragraph 5 measures specified in. Trade in goods Committee to approve any measures. 21.8. PANTSApspriešan with private bodies to learn the non-governmental sector's views on matters relating to the implementation of this chapter, each party may consult with interested individuals and parties, including academics, the idea of the workshop, NGOs, business, consumer and other organizations. This consultation can conduct any means which party or parties deem appropriate. 13.6. PANTSKontaktpunkt 1. Focal point for communication between the parties on matters related to this chapter: (a) in the case of Canada Foreign Affairs) Department of technical barriers and regulations Division or its successor relation; and (b) in the case of the European Union), the European Commission's internal market, industry, business and the General Directorate of International Affairs of the SMEs Division or its successor relation. 2. each contact point is responsible for ensuring that there is a consultation and coordination with the relevant regulatory departments and agencies under about matters arising under this chapter. Twenty-second-NODAĻATirdzniecīb and sustainable development PANTSKontekst and objective 22.1 1. The parties refer to the 1992 Rio Declaration on environment and development, 1992 action plan "Agenda 21" on the environment and development, the Johannesburg Declaration 2002 on sustainable development, the 2002 World Summit on sustainable development plan of implementation, the United Nations Economic and Social Council Ministerial Declaration of 2006 on the environment at national and international level providing full and productive employment and decent work for all, and its impact on sustainable development, and the ILO Declaration of 2008 social justice for a fair globalization. The parties recognise that economic development, social development and environmental protection for sustainable development is interdependent and mutually reinforcing components, and reaffirm their commitment to promoting the development of international trade so as to promote sustainable development in the current and next generations of prosperity. 2. The parties underline the benefits of the approach to trade-related employment and environmental issues to consider as part of a global approach to trade and sustainable development. Accordingly, the parties agree that the rights and obligations contained in Chapter 23 (and employment) and chapter 24 (Trade and environment), is to be seen in the context of this agreement. 3. In this context, the implementation of Chapter 23 (and employment) and chapter 24 (Trade and environment), the parties will: (a)) to promote sustainable development, improving the working environment and trade policies and measures, harmonization and integration; (b)) to promote dialogue and cooperation between the parties in order to improve their trade and economic relations in a way that supports their respective work and environmental measures and standards, and support their environmental and health objectives in the free, open and transparent trade relations; (c) to improve their respective work), and environmental rights and labour and environmental compliance with international agreements; (d) instruments) promote full use as impact assessment consultation of interested parties and trade, labor and environmental issues in the regulatory framework and encourage businesses, civil society organizations and citizens to develop and implement practices that promote sustainable development objectives; and (e)) to promote public consultation and public participation in discussions about sustainable development issues arising from this agreement, and the relevant legislation and policies. 22.2. the transparency the parties stresses the importance of ensuring transparency as necessary elements to promote public participation and make the information public in the context of this chapter in accordance with the provisions contained in these chapters and chapter 27 (transparency), as well as in article 14.7 (public information and education) and article 24.7 (public information and education). 22.3. PANTSSadarbīb and trade promotion, in support of sustainable development 1. the parties recognise the importance of international cooperation, to achieve the objective of sustainable development and the integration of economic, social and environmental development and protection at the international level, initiatives, activities and events. Therefore, the parties agree to dialogue and consult each other on common interests in trade-related sustainable development issues. 2. The parties confirm that the trade should contribute to sustainable development. Accordingly, each Party shall endeavour to promote the trade and economic flows and practices that promote decent work and improving the protection of the environment, including: a) urging development and voluntary schemes relating to sustainable goods and services production, such as eco-labelling and fair trade schemes; (b) encouraging the development and use) the voluntary corporate social responsibility best practices, such as the OECD guidelines for multinational enterprises to strengthen coherence between economic, social and environmental objectives; (c) integrate sustainability) encouraging comments private and public consumption decisions; and (d)) promoting environmental performance goals and standards, the creation, maintenance or improvement. 3. the parties recognise the importance of addressing the specific issues of sustainable development, assessing the possible impact of the activities of the potential economic, social and environmental fields, taking into account the views of stakeholders. Therefore, each party undertakes to review, monitor and assess the impact of the implementation of this agreement on sustainable development within its territory in order to identify any action which may arise in connection with this agreement. The parties may carry out joint assessments. These evaluations shall be carried out in a way that is adapted to the practice of each of the parties and the circumstances of the parties concerned, through participatory processes, as well as established pursuant to this agreement. 22.4. PANTSInstitucionāl mechanisms 1. trade and sustainable development Committee, established pursuant to article 26.2 (specialised committees) of point 1 (g)), to include high level representatives of the parties responsible for the matters covered by this chapter, and chapter 23 (and employment) and chapter 24 (trade and environment). Trade and sustainable development, the Committee monitors the implementation of the said chapter, including cooperative activities and the impact of this agreement, the revision of the sustainable development and integrated way of addressing any issue of common interest of the parties in respect of the interfaces between economic development, social development and environmental protection. Concerning Chapter 23 (and employment) and chapter 24 (Trade and environment), trade and sustainable development Committee may also perform his duties, organizing thematic meetings in which participants are responsible for any matters to which this section applies accordingly. 2. the trade and sustainable development Committee meeting going on in the first year after the entry into force of this agreement, and thereafter as often as the parties deem necessary. 14.8. This agreement (institutional mechanisms) and in article 24.13 (institutional mechanisms) indicated focal points are responsible for communications between the parties on these meetings or thematic meetings scheduling and organizing. 3. in each Trade and sustainable development the Committee's regular meeting or hearing include thematic meetings with the public, which discusses issues related to the implementation of the chapter, unless the parties decide otherwise. 4. trade and sustainable development Committee shall promote transparency and public participation. To this end: (a) any trade) and sustainable development Committee decision or report is made public, unless it decides otherwise; (b)) trade and sustainable development Committee shall provide updates on any matters relating to this chapter, including its implementation, as described in article 22.5 of the civil society forum. Any civil society forum view or views of the Parties notifies directly or through consultative mechanisms specified in paragraph 3 of article 14.8 (institutional mechanisms) and in article 24.13 (institutional mechanisms). Trade and sustainable development Committee shall communicate each year for further measures in relation to these statements; (c)) trade and sustainable development Committee shall notify each year any issues that it addressed, according to paragraph 3 of article 24.7 (public information and education) or paragraph 4 of article 14.8 (institutional mechanisms). 22.5. PANTSPilsonisk public forum 1. The Parties shall promote joint civil society forum, which includes the areas of registered civil society organisations, including the members of the consultative mechanism specified in paragraph 3 of article 14.8 (institutional mechanisms) and in article 24.13 (institutional mechanisms), to conduct dialogue on the sustainable development of this agreement. 2. Civil society forum takes place once a year, unless the parties agree otherwise. The Parties shall encourage balanced representation of the interests concerned, including the independent organisations representing employers, trade unions, labour and business organizations, environmental groups, as well as the needs of other relevant civil society organisations. The parties may also facilitate a virtual participation. TWENTY-THIRD NODAĻATIRDZNIECĪB AND Employment PANTSKontekst and objectives 23.1.1. The parties recognise the international cooperation and the importance of the agreement in the area of employment, the international community in addressing the economic, employment and social issues and using the opportunities offered by globalisation. They recognize the contribution of international trade to provide for full and productive employment and decent work for all, and undertake appropriate advise and cooperate in the interest of trade-related labor and employment matters. 2. Confirm the value of greater policy coherence for decent jobs, including key standards, and high level of protection by connecting with their effective application, the parties recognise the positive role that these industries can be for economic efficiency, innovation and productivity, including export performance. In this context, they also acknowledge the importance of social dialogue in employment matters between workers and employers and their respective organizations and Governments, and undertake to promote such a dialogue. Article 23.2 and regulate the levels of protection recognizing the right of each party to establish its priorities for employment, employment protection levels and to adopt or modify accordingly its legislation and policies in a way that is compatible with international labour obligations, including those specified in this chapter, each party tries to ensure that these laws and policies enable and encourage high levels of protection, and strive to continue to improve such legislation and policies with a view to ensuring high levels of protection. 23.3. the work standard PANTSDaudzpusēj and agreements 1. Each Party shall ensure that its law and practice work includes and provide protection with regard to fundamental principles and rights at work, as indicated below. The Parties affirm their commitment to respect, promote and implement the principles and rights in accordance with International Labour Organization ("ILO") the responsibilities and obligations of members under the ILO Declaration on fundamental principles and rights at work and its updated version, adopted by the International Labour Conference 86. session in 1998: a) freedom of Association and the right to collective bargaining of real recognition; (b) any forced or compulsory) job reduction; (c) the actual child labour); and (d)) of non-discrimination in respect of employment and occupation. 2. Each Party shall ensure that its law and practice in accordance with the ILO Declaration of 2008 social justice for a fair globalization, adopted by the International Labour Conference 97. session and other international obligations, promote the following objectives contained in the ILO decent work programme: (a)) health and safety at work, including the work injury or occupational disease prevention, and compensation for such injury or disease; (b) the acceptable minimum employment) standard setting employed workers, including workers not covered by the work of jointness. and (c)) non-discrimination as regards working conditions, including migrant workers. 3. Pursuant to paragraph 2 (a)), each Party shall ensure that its law and practice work includes and provide protection with regard to working conditions that comply with the health and safety of workers, including defining policies that contribute to the basic principles that are designed to prevent accidents and injuries arising from work or during working hours, and whose purpose is to develop a preventive safety and health culture where the principle of prevention is given the highest priority. The preparation and implementation of measures aimed at the protection of the health and safety at work, each Party shall take into account the existing relevant scientific and technical information and related international standards, guidelines or recommendations, if these measures are likely to affect trade or investment between the parties. The parties acknowledge, if existing or potential hazard or condition that could reasonably lead to a natural person injury or illness, the party does not use the full scientific basis and the lack of evidence as a reason to postpone cost-effective protection measures. 4. each of the parties reaffirm their commitment to the effective implementation of its legislation and practices throughout their territory, which the ILO core conventions Canada and Member States of the European Union have ratified respectively. The parties constantly and tirelessly trying to ratify ILO core conventions, if you have not already done so. The Parties shall exchange information on their respective situations and progress as regards the ratification of such conventions: Convention as well priorities and other ILO conventions classified by the ILO as up to date. 23.4. PANTSAizsardzīb levels of maintenance 1. the parties recognise that it is not appropriate to encourage trade or investment by weakening or reducing the level of protection for the rights and standards. 2. a party may not withdraw their labour legislation and standards or otherwise derogate from, or offer it to them to withdraw or otherwise derogate from them, to encourage trade or investment, acquisition, expansion, or retention in its territory. 3. A Party shall not cease their labour legislation and the effective implementation of the standards in order to encourage trade or investment, making long-term or regular actions or inaction. 14.6. PANTSTiesībaizsardzīb procedures, administrative proceedings and the administrative review process 1. in accordance with article 23.4. each Party shall promote compliance with their employment law and implement it effectively, including: a) maintaining labour inspection system in accordance with its international obligations to ensure working conditions associated with the implementation of the provisions of the law and the protection of workers, labour inspectors must be met; and (b)) provides that the administrative proceedings and court proceedings are available to persons with a legally recognized interest in a specific issue, which argues that the law violates rights so as to permit effective action against violations of its work, including the appropriate legal remedies for such violations. 2. Each Party shall, in accordance with its national legislation provides that paragraph 1 (b)) in the proceedings are not unnecessarily difficult or prohibitively expensive, they do not provide for unreasonable deadlines or undue delay, and where appropriate provide interim measures and are fair and objective, including: (a) the accused motivated) provides notification when a procedure is proposed, including a description of the nature of the proceedings and the grounds of the action; (b)) providing the parties to the reasonable opportunity to support or defend their respective positions, including providing information or evidence, prior to the final decision; (c)) provides that the final decisions have been made in writing and shall give reasons for the case and based on information or evidence in respect of which the proceedings were offered an opportunity to be heard; and (d)) gives the administrative proceedings the parties the opportunity to review and justified cases adjusted final administrative decisions within a reasonable time limit validly incorporated in arbitration, ensuring the independence and impartiality of the Court. 14.7. PANTSSabiedrīb information and education 1. in addition to article 27.1 (publishing) the obligations each Party shall promote public debate with non-governmental actors and between them on policy formulation and definition, as a result of their public sector institutions can adopt labour rights and standards. 2. Each Party shall promote public awareness of its labour laws and standards, as well as enforcement and compliance procedures, including providing access to information and taking measures to raise the workers ', employers ' and their representatives ' knowledge and understanding. 23.7. PANTSSadarbīb measures 1. the parties undertake to cooperate to promote the objectives of this chapter, by taking actions such as: (a)) the exchange of information on best practices in matters of common interest and on related events, activities and initiatives; (b)) cooperation in international fora that deal with issues relating to trade and employment, including, in particular, the WTO and the ILO; c) activities in which internationally promote and effectively apply the fundamental principles and rights at work, as indicated in paragraph 1 of article 23.3 and ILO decent work programme; d) dialogue and the exchange of information on the terms of their respective trade agreement context, and their implementation; e) collaboration research initiatives relating to third parties; and (f)) any other forms of cooperation, which is considered to be appropriate. 2. The Parties shall consider all of the workers, the employers and representatives of civil society organisations ' opinions, identifying areas of cooperation and collaboration activities. 3. the parties may determine the procedure for cooperation with the ILO and other competent international or regional organizations, to use their know-how and resources in order to achieve the objectives of this chapter. 14.8. PANTSInstitucionāl mechanisms 1. Each Party shall designate an Office that serves as contact point for communication with the other party for the purposes of the implementation of this chapter, including with respect to: (a)) cooperation programmes and measures in accordance with article 14.7; (b)) this agreement specified in article 14.9 application and receiving notifications; and (c)) the information to be provided to the other party, the expert groups and the public. 2. Each Party shall inform the other party in writing of the contact point specified in paragraph 1. 3. trade and sustainable development Committee, established in accordance with article 26.2 (specialised committees) of point 1 (g)), regular meetings or thematic sessions, participants are responsible for the matters covered by this chapter: (a) monitor the implementation of this chapter) and to review the progress made pursuant thereto, including its functioning and effectiveness; and (b)) discusses other issues falling within the scope of this chapter. 4. each of the Parties shall be convened by the new advisory group or consult with the local labour party or sustainable development advisory group to find out the opinions and advice on questions relating to this chapter. These groups include the independent civil society representative organisations, ensuring a balanced employer, Trade Union, labour and business organizations, as well as appropriate other relevant stakeholder representation. They may, on its own initiative, to submit opinions and make recommendations on any matters relating to this chapter. 5. Each party is open to receive and take into account the submissions from the public on matters relating to this chapter, including notices of problems of implementation. Each Party shall inform the relevant local labour or sustainable development Advisory Group on these statements. 6. the Parties shall take into account the ILO activities aimed at promoting greater cooperation and coherence between the ILO and the parties in the work carried out. 14.9. PANTSApspriešan 1. a party may request consultations with the other party on any matter arising from this chapter, by submitting the contact point of the other party a written request. The party in its request clearly indicate the problems outstanding questions and provide a brief summary of any claims in connection with this chapter. Consultation should be initiated immediately, as soon as the party submitted a request to hold consultations. 2. The consultation, each Party shall provide the other party with enough information in its possession to enable fully verify asked questions based on its laws regarding confidential personal and commercial information. 3. In appropriate cases and with the agreement of the parties the parties asking for information or opinions to any person, entity or body, including the ILO, which can contribute to issues resulting from the test. 4. If a party believes that the issue should continue, that party, by written request to the contact point of the other party, may request a Trade and sustainable development issues to the Committee. Trade and sustainable development Committee shall meet immediately and seek to resolve the issue. Where appropriate, it shall request the advice of the local labour Parties or sustainable development advisory groups, using specified in article 14.8 consultation mechanisms. 5. each Party shall make publicly available any solution or decision on the matter, which is discussed under this article. 23.10. PANTSEkspert Group 1 on any question that is not satisfactorily settled through the consultations referred to in article 14.9., party 90 days after 14.9. in paragraph 1 of article specified in the request to hold consultations, by submitting a written request to the contact point of the other party, may request to convene a group of experts to examine the issue. 2. on the basis of the provisions of this chapter, the Parties shall apply-(A) and 29-29 (B) referred to in annex rules of procedure and code of conduct unless the parties decide otherwise. 3. the expert group shall consist of three members. 4. the Parties shall consult in order to reach agreement on the composition of the expert group within 10 working days after the respondent party receives the request for the establishment of the Group of experts. Due attention shall be paid to ensuring that the members of the group assigned to meet 7. requirements set out in paragraph 1 and that they have a specific question for the experience. 5. If the parties could not decide on the composition of the expert group in paragraph 4, for the period indicated on the list set out in point 6 shall apply to the procedure specified in article 18.5 (composition of the Arbitration Board) 3-7. 6. trade and sustainable development, the Committee at its first meeting following the entry into force of this agreement, establish a list of at least nine persons, selecting suitable to their objectivity, reliability and good judgment and taking into account their willingness and ability to work as team members. Each of the parties named at least three persons, which includes as members of the group in the list. In addition, the parties named at least three persons who are not nationals of either party and who is willing and able to act as Chairman of the Group of experts. Trade and sustainable development Committee shall ensure that the list is always the number of the person. 7. experts proposed as members of the group, must have special knowledge or experience in employment law, other matters covered by this chapter, or in settlement of the dispute arising in connection with international agreements. They must be independent, to act independently, and they may not accept instructions from any government organisations or on a particular issue. They may not be associated with a party, the Government, and they must comply with the specified in point 2 of the code of conduct. 8. Unless the parties within five working days of the appointment of members of the group the day decides otherwise, the expert group work tasks are as follows: "taking into account relevant chapter 23 (and employment) rules, to consider the matters specified in the request for the establishment of the Group of experts, and in accordance with Chapter 23 (and employment), article 23.10 (expert group) to provide a report containing recommendations on the issue." 9. with regard to the issues of multilateral agreements, as indicated in article 23.3, the expert group should be asked of the ILO, including information to any appropriate available interpretative guidance, findings or decisions adopted by the SDO31. 10. the expert group may request and receive written submissions or any other information from persons who have information or expertise. 11. The Group of experts gave the parties an interim report and a final report, stating the findings, its decisions on the matter, including whether the defending party has complied with its obligations pursuant to this chapter, and any of its findings, decisions and recommendations of logical reasoning. The Group of experts gave the parties an interim report 120 days after the last designated group member, or as otherwise decided by the parties. The parties may submit the expert group comments on the interim report of the 45 days after delivery. After the evaluation, the expert group may revise your message or to carry out any additional checks it deems appropriate. The Group of experts shall provide to the parties a final report within 60 days of the submission of the interim report. Each of the parties a final report made available to the public within 30 days of its delivery. 12. If the final report of the expert group that the party has not complied with its obligations pursuant to this chapter, the parties engage in discussions and seek, within three months of delivery of the final report to determine suitable measures or, where appropriate, decide on a mutually acceptable plan of action. In these discussions the parties take note of the final report. The defending party shall inform its working time or sustainable development advisory group and the applicant party of its decision in relation to any measures or activities to be implemented. In addition, the applicant party shall inform its working time or the Advisory Group on sustainable development and the defendant party of any other event or transaction, which it may decide to take additional measures as a final message to promote your call compatible with this agreement. Trade and sustainable development, the Committee monitored the final report related to the additional measures and recommendations of the expert group. The work of the parties or of the Advisory Group on sustainable development and civil society forums in this respect may submit observations on Trade and sustainable development Committee. 13. If the parties reach a mutually agreed solution to the issue after the creation of the Group of experts, they shall notify the Trade and sustainable development Committee and the expert group for this solution. After receiving such notice procedure terminated the group. 23.11. PANTSDomstarpīb resolution 1. In relation to any dispute arising under this chapter, the Parties shall apply only provided for in this chapter rules and procedures. 2. the Parties shall make every effort to reach a mutually acceptable settlement of the dispute. The parties may at any time apply to mediation, conciliation or mediation procedure to resolve such disputes. 3. the parties understand that the obligations contained in this chapter are binding and enforceable through article 23.10 for dispute settlement procedures. In this context, the parties in trade and sustainable development Committee meetings discussing the effectiveness of the implementation of this chapter, the development of the policy on each side, the development of international agreements and stakeholders ' views as 4. If, according to paragraph 3, in case of disagreement, a party may request consultations pursuant to article 14.9 procedures to review article 23.10 of dispute settlement provided for in the rules of the review with a view to reaching a mutually agreed solution of the question. 5. trade and sustainable development Committee may recommend ceta Joint Committee of the relevant provisions of this chapter shall be amended in accordance with article 30.2 (amendments) amendment to the procedures laid down. Twenty-fourth NODAĻATIRDZNIECĪB and environment PANTSDefinīcij in this section 24.1.: environmental law is the law, including the law or regulatory provisions or other legally binding measures, the parties that are designed to protect the environment, including preventing environmental risks to human life or health, the purpose of which is, for example: a) to prevent, reduce or control environmental contaminants or pollutants, discharges or emissions; (b)) to manage chemicals and waste, or manage the dissemination of information; or c) to preserve and protect wild flora and fauna, including species at risk and their habitats, as well as protected areas, but they do not include the parties the measures apply only to workers ' health and safety, which the chapter 23 (and employment), or such party's measures, the purpose of which is to manage livelihoods or the Aboriginal natural resource extraction. 24.2. PANTSKontekst and objectives the parties recognise that the environment is a basic pillar of sustainable development, and recognises the contribution that trade can make to sustainable development. The parties underline that cooperation in protecting and preserving the environment, provides benefits: a) promoting sustainable development; (b) strengthen the parties ' environment); (c)) based on international environmental agreements, as they are parties; and (d)) of this agreement. Article 24.3 and protection levels to regulate the parties recognise the right of each party to identify their own priorities in the field of the environment, to provide for their own levels of environmental protection and to adopt or modify their legislation and policies, as necessary, and in a way that is compatible with the multilateral environmental agreements to which they are parties, and with this agreement. Each party tries to ensure that the legislation and policy provides and promotes high levels of protection of the environment, and strive to further improve such legislation and policies and their underlying levels of protection. 15.2. PANTSDaudzpusēj environmental agreements 1. the parties recognise that the international community in addressing global and regional environmental problems, is a valuable tool for environmental management and international agreements, and underlines the need to strengthen mutual support between trade and environmental policies, regulations and measures. 2. Each party reaffirms its commitment to enforce effectively their legislation and practice throughout their territory in multilateral environmental agreements, which party it is. 3. The parties undertake to consult and cooperate, where mutual interests on environmental issues related to the multilateral environmental agreements and trade issues in particular. This commitment includes the exchange of information on: (a)) the multilateral environmental agreement implementation, which the party is a party to this agreement; (b) ongoing talks) new multilateral environmental agreements; and c) each party's respective views about it, or become more multilateral environmental agreements of the parties. 4. the parties recognize their rights to use the article 17.6 (General exceptions) with regard to environmental measures, including measures taken pursuant to multilateral environmental agreements to which they are parties. 24.5. PANTSAizsardzīb levels of maintenance 1. the parties recognise that it is not appropriate to encourage trade or investment by weakening or reducing the level of protection provided for in the environmental legislation. 2. The party does not reference their environmental legislation or otherwise derogate from, or offer it to them to withdraw or otherwise derogate from them, to encourage trade or investment, acquisition, expansion, or retention in its territory. 3. A Party shall not cease their environmental legislation is effectively implemented in order to encourage trade or investment, making long-term or regular actions or inaction. 24.6. PANTSTiesisk remedies and procedural guarantees of availability 1. According to article 15.2 of the obligations laid down: a) each Party shall, in accordance with its national legislation, ensure that the authority which is competent to apply environmental legislation, take due account of the possible violation of environmental law, it indicated to the parties concerned, residing or established in its territory; and (b)), each Party shall ensure that the administrative proceedings or court proceedings are available to persons who are legally recognized interest in a particular issue or which claims that under the law have been violated rights so as to permit effective action against its environmental law violations, including the appropriate legal remedies for the violation of such rights. 2. Each Party shall, in accordance with its national legislation provides that paragraph 1 (b)) in the proceedings are not unnecessarily difficult or prohibitively expensive, they do not provide disproportionate deadlines or undue delay, and where appropriate, provide interim relief and is fair, objective and transparent, including: (a) the accused motivated) provide notification when are brought, including a description of the nature of the proceedings and the grounds of the action; (b)) providing the parties to the reasonable opportunity before the final decision to support or defend their respective positions, including providing information or evidence; (c)) provides that the final decisions have been made in writing, provide the reasons and cases based on information or evidence in respect of which the proceedings were offered an opportunity to be heard; and (d)) gives the administrative proceedings the parties reasonable time to review and in justified cases adjusted final administrative decisions in arbitration, legally established, respectively, ensuring judicial independence and impartiality. 24.7. PANTSSabiedrīb information and education 1. in addition to article 27.1 (publication), each Party shall encourage public debate with non-governmental actors and between them on policy formulation and definition, as a result, the public sector body may adopt environmental legislation. 2. Each Party shall promote public awareness of its environmental legislation, as well as for enforcement and compliance procedures, ensuring the availability of information to interested parties. 3. Each party is open to receive and take into account the submissions from the public on matters relating to this chapter, including notices of problems of implementation. Each Party shall inform their respective civil society organisations about these statements by using Article 24.13 above consultation mechanisms. 15.4. PANTSZinātnisk and technical data 1. Preparation and implementation of measures aimed at the protection of the environment that may affect trade or investment between the parties, each Party shall take into account relevant scientific and technical information and related international standards, guidelines or recommendations. 2. the parties recognise that serious or imminent in the case of threat of injury complete scientific basis and lack of evidence will not be used as a reason for postponing cost-effective measures to prevent environmental degradation. 15.5. the protection of the PANTSVid trade-1. the parties undertake to try to facilitate and promote trade and investment in environmental goods and services, including those with non-tariff barriers, which applies to these goods and services. 2. the parties in accordance with their international obligations, paying particular attention to trade or investment barriers to promotion in respect of the goods and services that are specifically associated with climate change mitigation, and in particular with trade and investment in renewable energy products and related services. 24.10.-PANTSMežsaimniecīb products 1. the parties recognise the importance of maintaining and enhancing the sustainable management of forests, in order to ensure environmental functions and economic and social opportunities for existing and future generations, and how important is the forest products market access in accordance with the public procurement law and from sustainable managed forests. 2. to this end, and in a way that is compatible with their international obligations, the parties undertake: (a)) to promote trade in forest products from sustainably managed forests, in accordance with the public procurement law; (b)) to exchange information and, where appropriate, to cooperate on matters related to initiatives aimed at promoting sustainable forest management, including initiatives aimed at combating illegal logging and related trade; (c) to promote Washington 1973) on 3 March, signed the Convention on international trade in endangered species of wild fauna and flora for the efficient use of timber species that are considered endangered; and (d)) where appropriate, cooperate in international forums that address the issues of conservation and sustainable forest management. 3. the Parties shall consult the subject matter specified in paragraph 2, the trade and sustainable development Committee or bilateral dialogue on forestry products specified in section 25 (bilateral dialogues and cooperation) according to their respective areas of expertise. 24.11. PANTSZivsaimniecīb and aquaculture products 1. Parties recognize the fisheries and aquaculture conservation and sustainable and responsible management of the importance of, and their contribution to ensure the environmental, economic and social opportunities for existing and future generations. 2. to this end, and in a way that is compatible with their international obligations, the parties undertake: (a)) or maintaining such effective monitoring, control and surveillance measures, such as the observer program, vessel monitoring systems, handling on board controls, inspections at sea, port State control and the associated penalties, which aims to preserve fish stocks and to prevent overfishing; (b)) to adopt or to maintain the operations and to cooperate to combat illegal, unreported and unregulated fishing (the "IUU"), including, where appropriate, Exchange information on IUU activities in their waters and to implement policies and measures to exclude products from IUU fishing, trade flows and fish farming activities; c) to cooperate with the regional fisheries management organizations and, where appropriate, the following organizations where the parties are either members, observers, or partners, which is not a Contracting Party, in order to achieve good governance, including defending science-based decisions and compliance with these decisions in these organizations; and (d)) to promote environmentally friendly and economically competitive aquaculture industry development. 24.12.-environment PANTSSadarbīb 1. the parties recognise that cooperation is an important element to facilitate the attainment of the objectives of this chapter, and undertake to cooperate in the common interests of trade-related environmental issues in areas such as: (a) this Agreement) the potential environmental impacts and ways to improve, prevent or mitigate such effects, taking into account the impact assessment undertaken by the parties; (b)) activity in international fora which dealt with questions relating to both trade and environmental policies, including, in particular, WTO, OECD, UNEP and multilateral environmental agreements; c) corporate social responsibility and accountability, including the environmental aspects of the internationally recognized guidelines for implementation and monitoring; (d) environmental regulation and standards) the effect on trade as well as trade and investment rules for environmental impact, including on the environmental regulation and policy development; e) current and future international climate change regime aspects related to trade, as well as the national climate policies and programmes relating to climate change and adaptation, including issues relating to CO2 emissions markets, types of adverse trade effects on the climate, as well as the means for energy efficiency and the development and deployment of low-carbon and climate-friendly; f) trade and investment in environmental goods and services, including the environmentally friendly and safe technologies and practices; renewable energy energy; energy efficiency and water use, conservation and treatment; g) cooperation with trade-related aspects of the conservation of biological diversity and sustainable use of the area; h) product life-cycle management, including carbon accounting and management of the end of the service life, extended producer responsibility, recycling and waste reduction, and other best practices; I) improved understanding of the economic and market forces influence on the environment; and j) exchange of views on multilateral environmental agreements and international trade rules. 2. cooperation under paragraph 1 shall take place through the actions and instruments, which may include the exchange of technical information and best practices, research projects, studies, reports, conferences and workshops. 3. the parties consider the public and stakeholders ' views or contribution to the definition of cooperation activities and the implementation of, and then if necessary you can involve such interested parties in these transactions. 24.13. PANTSInstitucionāl mechanisms 1. Each Party shall designate an Office that serves as the focal point for communication with the other party for the purposes of the implementation of this chapter, including with respect to: (a)) cooperation programmes and measures in accordance with article 24.12; (b) this Agreement) 24.7. paragraph 3 of article submission and specified in the notice; and (c)) the information to be provided to the other party, the expert groups and the public. 2. Each Party shall inform the other party in writing of the contact point specified in paragraph 1. 3. trade and sustainable development Committee, established in accordance with article 26.2 (specialised committees) of point 1 (g)), regular meetings or thematic meetings in which issues of this chapter be responsible participants: (a) monitor the implementation of this chapter) and to review the progress made pursuant thereto; (b) to discuss issues of common interest); and (c)) discusses other issues falling within the scope of this chapter, the parties jointly decide. 4. The parties note the multilateral environmental organization or structure transactions whose objective is to promote greater cooperation and coherence of the organization or of the parties and the structure of the work carried out. 5. Each Party shall use existing or creates new consultation mechanisms, such as the local advisory group to find out the opinions and advice on questions relating to this chapter. These include consultative mechanisms in the independent civil society representative organisations, providing balanced environmental groups, business organizations, as well as appropriate other relevant stakeholder representation. Using such consultation mechanisms, the interested party may, on its own initiative, to submit opinions and make recommendations on any matters relating to this chapter. 24.14. PANTSApspriešan 1. a party may request consultations with the other party on any matter arising from this chapter, by submitting the contact point of the other party a written request. The party in its request clearly indicate the problems outstanding questions and provide a brief summary of any claims in connection with this chapter. Consultation should be initiated immediately, as soon as the party submitted a request to hold consultations. 2. The consultation, each Party shall provide the other party with enough information in its possession to enable fully verify asked questions, on the basis of its laws regarding confidential or copyrighted information. 3. In appropriate cases and with the agreement of the parties the parties asking for information or opinions to any person, entity or body, including the relevant international organization or body, which can contribute to a vague question. 4. If a party believes that the record must continue, that party may ask to convene a Trade and sustainable development issues for consideration by the Committee by submitting a written request to the contact point of the other party. Trade and sustainable development Committee shall meet immediately and seek to resolve the issue. Where appropriate, it shall request the advice of the parties civil society organizations through article 24.13 above consultation mechanisms. 5. each Party shall make publicly available any solution or decision on the matter, which is discussed under this article. 24.15. PANTSEkspert Group 1. Any questions that are not satisfactorily resolved through consultations in art. 24.14, party 90 days after 24.14. in paragraph 1 of article specified by the request consultation, by submitting a written request to the contact point of the other party, may request to convene a group of experts to examine the issue. 2. on the basis of the provisions of this chapter, the Parties shall apply-(A) and 29-29 (B) referred to in annex rules of procedure and the code of conduct, unless the parties decide otherwise. 3. the expert group shall consist of three members. 4. the Parties shall consult in order to reach agreement on the composition of the expert group within 10 working days after the respondent party receives the request for the establishment of the Group of experts. Due attention shall be paid to ensuring that the members of the group assigned to meet 7. requirements set out in paragraph 1 and that they have a specific question in the appropriate experience. 5. If the parties could not decide on the composition of the expert group in paragraph 4, for the period indicated on the list set out in point 6 shall apply to the procedure specified in article 18.5 (composition of the Arbitration Board) 3-7. 6. trade and sustainable development, the Committee at its first meeting following the entry into force of this agreement, establish a list of at least nine persons, selecting suitable to their objectivity, reliability and good judgment and taking into account their willingness and ability to work as team members. Each of the parties named at least three persons, which includes as members of the group in the list. In addition, the parties named at least three persons who are not nationals of either party and who is willing and able to act as Chairman of the Group of experts. Trade and sustainable development Committee shall ensure that the list is always the number of the person. 7. experts proposed as members of the group, must have special knowledge or experience in environmental legislation, other matters covered by this chapter, or in settlement of the dispute arising in connection with international agreements. They must be independent, to act independently, and they may not accept instructions from any government organisations or on a particular issue. They may not be associated with a party, the Government, and they must comply with the specified in point 2 of the code of conduct. 8. Unless the parties within five working days of the appointment of members of the group the day decides otherwise, the expert group work tasks are as follows: "taking into account relevant chapter 24 (Trade and environment) regulations, examine the matter specified in the request for the establishment of the Group of experts, and in accordance with Chapter 24 (Trade and environment), article 24.15 (expert group) to provide a report containing recommendations on the issue." 9. with regard to the issues of multilateral environmental agreements, as indicated in article 15.2, the expert group should be asked views and information to the relevant bodies set up under these agreements. including any appropriate available interpretative guidance, findings or decisions taken by the said struktūras32. 10. The Group of experts gave the parties an interim report and a final report, stating the findings, decisions on the matter, including whether the defending party has complied with its obligations under this Department, as well as any of its findings, decisions taken and the rationale of the recommendations. The Group of experts gave the parties an interim report 120 days after the last designated group member, or as otherwise decided by the parties. The parties may submit the expert group comments on the interim report of the 45 days after delivery. After the evaluation, the expert group may revise your message or to carry out any additional checks it deems appropriate. The Group of experts shall provide to the parties a final report within 60 days of the submission of the interim report. Each of the parties a final report made available to the public within 30 days of its delivery. 11. If the final report of the expert group that the party has not complied with its obligations pursuant to this chapter, the parties engage in discussions and seek, within three months of delivery of the final report to determine suitable measures or, where appropriate, decide on a mutually acceptable plan of action. In these discussions the parties take note of the final report. The defending party shall inform in good time the civil society organizations, through article 24.13 above consultation mechanisms, and the party of its decision in respect of any measures or actions to be implemented. Trade and sustainable development, the Committee monitored the final report related to the additional measures and recommendations of the expert group. Parties civil society organizations through article 24.13 above consultation mechanisms and civil society forums in this respect may submit observations on Trade and sustainable development Committee. 12. If the parties reach a mutually agreed solution to the issue after the creation of the Group of experts, they shall notify the Trade and sustainable development Committee and the expert group for this solution. After receiving such notice procedure terminated the group. 24.16. PANTSDomstarpīb resolution 1. In relation to any dispute arising under this chapter, the Parties shall apply only provided for in this chapter rules and procedures. 2. the Parties shall make every effort to reach a mutually acceptable settlement of the dispute. The parties may at any time apply to mediation, conciliation or mediation procedure to resolve such disputes. Twenty-fifth NODAĻADIVPUSĒJ dialogs and cooperation 25.1. PANTSMērķ and principles 1. Based on its well established partnership and common values, the parties agree to promote cooperation on issues of common interest, including: (a)) to strengthen the bilateral cooperation in the field of biotechnology through dialogue on biotechnology market access issues; b) facilitate and encourage the bilateral dialogue and the exchange of information on matters related to trade in forestry products, implementation of a bilateral dialogue on forestry products; c) seeks to establish and maintain effective cooperation in the field of commodities, through bilateral dialogue on raw materials; and (d)) encouraged to improve cooperation in science, technology, research and innovation matters. 2. Unless otherwise provided in this agreement, the bilateral dialogue to take place without undue delay after a party, or ceta Joint Committee request. The dialogue co-chaired Canada and representatives of the European Union. Meeting schedule and agenda will be co-presidents of the agreement. 3. bilateral dialogue co-chairs ceta informed the Joint Committee of any bilateral dialogue timetable and agenda for sufficient time before meetings. Co-Chairman bilateral dialogue shall notify the Joint Committee of the ceta dialogue results and conclusions as necessary or at the request of the Joint Committee of ceta. The creation or existence of dialogue does not prevent the parties to submit questions for consideration directly in the ceta Joint Committee. 4. Ceta the Joint Committee may decide to change or to take on the task, entrusted to dialogue, or terminate the dialog. 5. the parties may enter into bilateral cooperation in other areas of the agreement with the consent of the Joint Committee of ceta. 25.2. PANTSDialog for the biotech market access questions, 1. the parties agree that cooperation and exchange of information on matters related to biotechnology products is in the area of mutual interest. Such cooperation and exchange of information shall take place in the bilateral dialogue on agricultural biotechnology market access issues of mutual interest, which was established by 15 July 2009. the Canadian and European Union mutually agreed solution to the dispute by the WTO "European communities — measures affecting the biotechnology product recognition and trade" (WT/DS292). Bilateral dialogue covers all issues of interest to both parties, including: (a) approval of the products of biotechnology) in the territories of the parties, as well as, where appropriate, the upcoming applications for the commercial interests of product approval in one or the other side; (b) the products of biotechnology), subsequent confirmation of the commercial and economic perspective; (c) any trade impacts) associated with the asynchronous approval of products of biotechnology or prevent the accidental release of a product, and in this context, the appropriate measures; (d)) with any biotechnology measures that could affect trade between the parties, including the Member States of the European Union; e) any new legislation in the field of biotechnology; and (f)) best practices, implementation of the biotechnology industry. 2. the parties also noted the importance of the following common objectives for cooperation in the field of biotechnology: a) to exchange information on policy, regulatory and technical issues of common interest related to biotechnology products, and in particular the information on the parties ' respective systems and processes of risk assessment for the purpose of making decisions about the use of genetically modified organisms; (b) promoting effective,) scientifically based biotechnology products approval processes; (c)) to cooperate internationally in biotechnology-related issues such as genetically modified organisms, the presence of a minor; and (d) to engage in regulatory cooperation), to reduce to a minimum the biotechnology products regulatory practices associated negative impacts on trade. 25.3. PANTSDivpusēj dialogue on forestry products 1. the parties agree that the bilateral dialogue, cooperation and the exchange of information and exchange of views on relevant laws, regulations, policies and issues relevant to forestry products, trade and consumption is of mutual interest. The parties agree to pursue this dialogue, cooperation and Exchange in connection with bilateral dialogue on forestry products, including the following measures: (a)) of the relevant legislation, regulations, policies and standards, decision-making, and implementation and testing, certification and accreditation requirements and their potential impacts on forestry products trade between the parties; (b) the parties ' initiatives) refers to the sustainable management of forests and forest management; (c)) provides mechanisms that legitimate forestry products or sustainable origin; (d)) availability of forest products or other markets of the parties; e) perspectives in multilateral and plurilateral organizations and processes in which they participate and try to promote sustainable forest management or to eradicate illegal logging; (f) this agreement article 24.10) contains questions (forestry products); and (g)) any other issues in relation to forestry products, as agreed between the parties. 2. The bilateral dialogue on forestry products going in the first year after the entry into force of this agreement, then, in accordance with paragraph 2 of article 31 of the rules. 3. the parties agree that the discussions taking place in the bilateral dialogue on forestry products can be based on the deliberations of the Trade and sustainable development Committee. 25.4. PANTSDivpusēj dialogue on inputs 1. Recognizing the importance of open, non-discriminatory and transparent trading environment and rules-based and science, the Parties shall endeavour to establish and maintain effective cooperation in the field of raw materials. The purpose of this cooperation at the raw materials added to, but not limited to, any valid industrial mineral, metals and agricultural products. 2. bilateral dialogue on raw materials refers to any related issues of mutual interest, including: (a)) to provide a discussion forum for cooperation between the parties in the field of supplies of raw materials, promoting the goods and services and investment and market access and to avoid non-tariff barriers to trade in raw materials; (b)) to improve mutual understanding in the field of raw materials in order to exchange information on best practices and on regulatory policies of the parties as regards raw materials; c) promote activities that support corporate social responsibility in accordance with the internationally recognised standards as the OECD guidelines for multinational companies and due diligence of the OECD guidelines for responsible mining supply chains from the conflict affected and high-risk areas; and (d)) to promote, where appropriate, consultation of the parties ' positions in multilateral fora, or advanced which may occur and be discussed the issues of raw materials. 25.5. PANTSUzlabot cooperation in science, technology, research and innovation matters 1. Parties recognize the science, technology, research and innovation, and international trade and investment, increasing the interdependence of industrial competitiveness and the social and economic well-being. 2. based on this common understanding, the parties agree to strengthen their cooperation in science, technology, research and innovation. 3. the Parties shall endeavour on a reciprocal basis to encourage, develop and facilitate cooperative activities in supporting or complementing the 1995 Halifax June 17, signed an agreement on scientific and technological cooperation between the European Community and Canada. The parties agree to take the following actions, based on the following principles: (a)) measures are mutually beneficial to the parties; (b)) the parties agree on the scope and parameters, and c) activities should be taken into account in the private sector and research institutions an important role in science, technology, research and innovation in the development and commercialization of goods and services in connection with it. 4. the parties also recognize the importance of improving cooperation in science, technology, research and innovation, for example, by developing or carrying out, various stakeholders, including the Canadian Federal Government, the provinces and territories of Canada, the European Union and its Member States. 5. Each Party shall, in accordance with its legislation promoted by the private sector, research institutions and civil society participation in its activities in the territory, which is intended to improve cooperation. Twenty sixth NODAĻAADMINISTRATĪV and institutional provisions 26.1. PANTSCET Joint Committee of 1. The parties hereby establish a ceta, a Joint Committee comprising representatives of the European Union and Canada. Ceta co-Chair of the Joint Committee are Canada's international trade and the Minister of trade and a responsible member of the European Commission or the person concerned. 2. Ceta the Joint Committee shall meet once a year or at the request of the party. Ceta the Joint Committee shall agree on a schedule of meetings and the agenda. 3. Ceta Joint Committee is responsible for all matters relating to trade and investment between the parties and the implementation and application of this agreement. A party may apply to the Joint Committee with ceta any question relating to the implementation and interpretation of this agreement, or any other matter relating to trade and investment between the parties. 4. the Joint Committee: CETI a) shall monitor and promote the implementation and application of this agreement and contribute to its overall objectives; (b) monitor all specialized committees) and the other under this agreement the structure of work; c) without prejudice to Chapter 8 (investment), Chapter 22 (trade and sustainable development), chapter 23 (and employment), chapter 24 (Trade and environment) and chapter 29 (settlement of disputes), looking for appropriate ways and methods how to troubleshoot problems that may occur in the area covered by the agreement, or how to resolve the disputes that may arise concerning the interpretation or application of this agreement; d) adopt its rules of procedure; e) decisions, as indicated in article 16.3; and f) examine any other interesting issues that fall within the scope of this agreement. 5. Ceta Joint Committee may: (a) delegate duties specialized) committees established according to article 16.3; (b)) to communicate with all stakeholders, including the private sector and civil society organisations; (c)) to consider amendments or to agree on them, as provided for in this agreement; (d)) to investigate the party trade developments and consider ways to further improve trade relations between the parties; (e) accept this Agreement) the interpretation of the rules that are binding on the Tribunal, set up under section F of Chapter 8 (investor and investment dispute resolution) and chapter 29 (settlement of disputes); f) prepare recommendations that applied to promote the expansion of trade and investment, as provided for in this agreement; g) change or assume tasks entrusted to specialised committees set up pursuant to article 26.2, or eliminate any of the specialised committees; (h)) to create specialised committees and in bilateral dialogues to help it in the performance of its duties; and i) make other operations of this kind, the performance of the tasks assigned to it by the parties. 26.2. PANTSSpecializēt committees 1. create the following specialized committees or c) referred to in the joint customs cooperation Committee in the case of powers to function under the auspices of the Joint Committee of the CETI: a) for trade in goods, the Committee addressed issues relating to the trading of goods, tariffs, technical barriers to trade, the Protocol on conformity assessment and mutual recognition of the results of intellectual property rights relating to the goods. At the request of the party or referring to the relevant specialist committees, or prepare discussion ceta Joint Committee for trade in goods, the Committee may also address issues arising in areas such as rules of origin, origin procedures and trade facilitation, customs and robežpasākum, sanitary and phytosanitary measures, public procurement or regulatory cooperation, if this makes the call that the relevant specialized Committee cannot otherwise be resolved. Trade Committee under the auspices of the Committee on agriculture also, wine and spirits Committee and joint sectoral working groups in the field, and its report to the Committee on trade in goods; (b)) and the Investment Committee of services that address the issues of cross-border trade in services, investment, temporary importation, electronic commerce and intellectual property rights relating to the services. At the request of the party or referring to the relevant specialist committees, or prepare discussion ceta Joint Committee, service and Investment Committee may also address issues arising in areas such as financial services or public procurement, if this makes the call that the relevant specialized Committee cannot otherwise be resolved. Services and Investment Committee established under the auspices of the mutual recognition of professional qualifications by the Joint Committee, which reports to the service and contribution to the Committee; (c)) the joint customs cooperation Committee established under the 1998 agreement between the European Community and Canada on customs cooperation and mutual assistance in customs matters, which signed in Ottawa in 1997 on December 4, and address the issues contained in this agreement on rules of origin, origin procedures and trade facilitation, customs, robežpasākum and preferential tariff treatment or temporary suspension; (d) sanitary and phytosanitary measures) the Joint Management Committee, which addressed issues of sanitary and phytosanitary measures; e) Procurement Committee, which addressed issues of public procurement; (f)) of the financial services Committee, which addresses the issues of financial services; g) trade and sustainable development Committee, addressing issues of sustainable development; h) regulatory cooperation forum, which addresses the issues of regulatory cooperation; and i) ceta geographical indications Committee, which addresses the issues of geographical indications. 2. in accordance with paragraph 1 of the specialised committees established in accordance with paragraph 3-5 rules. 3. According to paragraph 1, the Committee created a specialized mandate and dramas is further defined in the related sections of this agreement and protocols. 4. Unless otherwise provided in this agreement or unless the co-chairs decide otherwise, the specialized Committee meetings take place once a year. Additional meetings may be organised by the parties or ceta Joint Committee request. Committee co-chairs are Canada and representatives of the European Union. Specialised committees determine its own meeting schedule and agenda by mutual agreement. They determine and amend its rules of procedure, if it considers it appropriate. Specialised committees may propose draft decisions to be adopted by the Joint Committee, ceta or make decisions, where provided for in this agreement. 5. Each Party shall ensure that the specialized Committee meetings is the representation of all the competent authorities in each of the agenda according to the discretion of each of the parties, and that each issue can be discussed in the appropriate knowledge level. 6. the Committee shall inform the Joint Committee of ceta their schedules and agendas with sufficient time before the meetings and shall notify the Joint Committee of the ceta each of its results and conclusions of the meeting. Specialised Committee or does not preclude the existence of a party to submit any questions directly to ceta Joint Committee. 26.3. the adoption of Article 1. Ceta Joint Committee to the attainment of the objectives of this agreement, are empowered to take decisions on all issues where provided for in this agreement. 2. Ceta Joint Committee decisions are binding on the parties, on the basis of any necessary internal requirements and procedures have been completed, and the parties implement them. Ceta the Joint Committee may also make appropriate recommendations. 3. Ceta the Joint Committee shall adopt its decisions and recommendations by mutual agreement. 26.4 article Exchange If half the ceta Joint Committee or any specialized Committee, established pursuant to this agreement, which shall be in accordance with its legislation is considered confidential or protected from disclosure, then the other half this information is considered confidential. 26.5. PANTSCET contact points each Party shall designate immediately focal points of ceta and notify the other party within a period of 60 days after the date of entry into force of this agreement. 2. the national contact point: a ceta) monitor all created under this agreement, institutional structure, including the structure of liabilities, those successors; (b)) the preparation of meetings of the Committee; (c) if necessary, the monitor) any ceta Joint Committee decisions; d) unless otherwise provided in this agreement, receives all notifications and information provided pursuant to this agreement and, where appropriate, facilitate communication between the parties on any matter covered by this agreement; e) respond to all requests for information pursuant to article 27.2 (provision of information); and f) examine any other issues that may affect the operation of this agreement, under the mandate of the Joint Committee of ceta. 3. the contact points of the CETUS contact as needed. 16.5. PANTSSanāksm 1. meetings referred to in this chapter to meet face-to-face. The parties may also agree to meet in videoconference or teleconference. 2. The Parties shall seek to convene a meeting within 30 days from the date on which the party receives the request, the other party to convene the meeting. Twenty-seventh NODAĻAPĀRREDZAMĪB PANTSPublicēšan 1 of 27.1. Each Party shall ensure that its legislation, regulations, procedures and general administrative decisions relating to any matter covered by this agreement are promptly published or made available in a way that allows interested persons and the other party to become acquainted with them. 2. each Party shall: (a)) notice of any measure that it proposes to adopt; and (b)) provides interested parties and to the other party reasonable opportunity to comment on such proposed measures. the provision of article 27.2 1. At the request of either party, to the extent possible, the Party shall promptly provide information and respond to questions pertaining to any of the existing or proposed activities that significantly affect the operation of this agreement. 2. information provided under this article shall be without prejudice to whether the measures are compatible with the agreement. 27.3. the Administrative proceedings for consistent, impartial and reasonable management of the measures of general application relating to matters covered by this agreement, each Party shall ensure that its administrative proceedings when applying article 27.1 the activities specified in the particular person of the other party, for a product or service in a particular case: (a)) whenever possible, reasoned notification of the other party the person directly concerned, in accordance with their national procedures, when proceedings are initiated including a description of the nature of the proceedings, the legal basis under which the proceedings are initiated, and to dispute issues a general description; (b)) provides a designated person) reasonable opportunity to present facts and arguments in support of its position, the final administrative step, if warranted by the deadline, justice and the public interest; and (c)) are carried out in accordance with its legislation. 27.4. PANTSPārskatīšan and 1 appeal each Party shall establish or maintain judicial, comparable to the Court or administrative court or procedures with a view to duly justified cases, to revise and adjust the final administrative action in connection with this agreement. Each Party shall ensure that its courts are impartial and independent of the authorities or officials, entrusted with administrative enforcement and shall not have substantial interest in the outcome of the case. 2. each Party shall ensure that all specified in paragraph 1, the Court or the parties to the proceedings are entitled to the following rights: (a) a reasonable opportunity to support) or to protect their respective positions; and (b)) to make a decision based on the evidence and documents submitted or, if required by its legislation, the documents collected by the administrative authority. 3. Each Party shall ensure that its legislation provided for appeal or further review procedures following decisions implemented and taken into account in its activities the Office or authority for the administrative process. 27.5. PANTSSadarbīb to the promotion of greater transparency the parties agree to cooperate in bilateral, regional and multilateral fora to promote transparency with regard to international trade and investment. Twenty eighth NODAĻAIZŅĒMUM, 28.1. This chapter: definitions of residence place is the place of residence for tax purposes; Tax Convention is the Convention on double taxation or other international agreement or arrangement; and tax or tax measures include excise taxes, but does not include: (a)), as customs duties defined in article 1.1 (General definitions), and (b)) the measures contained in the "customs duty" definition of article 1.1 exceptions (General definitions), or (c) in paragraph (b))). 28.2. PANTSKonkrēt party the applicable definitions in this chapter: (a) the competition authority) for Canada, the Commissioner of competition or its successor, as notified to the other party through the ceta contact points; and (b)) in relation to the European Union, Commission of the European Union regarding its obligations under European Union competition rules; competition law is: a) for Canada, the Competition Act (R.S.C., 1985, chapter C-34); and (b)) in relation to the European Union — 13 December 2007 the Treaty on the functioning of the European Union, 102.101 and article 106, Council Regulation (EC) No 139/2004 of 20 January 2004 on the control of concentrations between undertakings, and their implementing regulations or amendments thereto; and information that is protected by its competition law, means: (a)), information in respect of Canada, section 29, in the scope of the Competition Act (R.S.C., 1985, chapter C-34); and (b)) in relation to the European Union, information that the scope of article 28 of Council Regulation (EC) No 1/2003 of 16 December 2002 on the implementation of the rules on competition laid down in the Treaty and in article 81, 82 or article 17 of Council Regulation (EC) No 139/2004 of 20 January 2004 on the control of concentrations between undertakings. 28.3. PANTSVispārēj exceptions 1.19.1 this agreement, paragraph 5 of article (another existing agreement, suspension or termination of inclusion), Chapter 2 (national treatment and market access of goods), Chapter 5 (sanitary and phytosanitary measures), Chapter 6 (Customs and trade facilitation), of the Protocol on rules of origin and origin procedures and Chapter 8 (investments) in section B (investment) and C (non-discrimination), article XX of GATT 1994 purposes is included in this agreement and become a part of it. The parties understand that the GATT 1994 article XX (b)) the measures specified in point include environmental measures necessary to protect human, animal or plant life or health. The parties understand that the GATT 1994 article XX (g)) refers to the events live and not live non-renewable natural resources. 2. Chapter 9 of the agreement (cross-border trade in services), Chapter 10 (temporary entry of natural persons and residence for the purposes of the business), Chapter 12 (domestic regulation), chapter 13 (financial services), chapter 14 (international maritime transport services), chapter 15 (telecommunications), Chapter 16 (electronic commerce) and Chapter 8 (investments) in section B (investment) and section C (non-discriminatory treatment) purposes, subject to the requirement that such measures are not applied in a manner that would be mutual arbitrary or unjustifiable discrimination under uniform conditions, or a disguised restriction of trade in services of the Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent a party from adopting or applying measures necessary: (a)) public safety or the protection of public morality or public order uzturēšanai33; b) human, animal or plant life or health in the aizsardzībai34; or (c)) in order to ensure compliance with laws and regulations that do not conform to the provisions of this agreement, including the provisions relating to: (i) fraudulent and deceptive practices) or contractual effects of failure; II) privacy of individuals in relation to personal data processing and distribution, and private property in the documentation and accounting privacy protection or security III). 28.4. PANTSPagaid protection measures with regard to capital movements and payments 1. If in exceptional circumstances, movements of capital and payments, including transfers, cause or threaten to cause serious difficulties to the European Union's economic and Monetary Union, the Union may adopt security measures that are strictly necessary in order to overcome such difficulties, for a period not exceeding 180 days. 2. the European Union pursuant to paragraph 1, the measures are not a means of arbitrary or unjustifiable discrimination in relation to Canada or its investors compared to any third party or its investors. The European Union will inform Canada promptly and submit as soon as possible to repeal such measures. 28.5. PANTSIerobežojum a serious balance-of-payments and external financial difficulties 1. If Canada or a Member State of the European Union that are not members of the European Monetary Union, facing serious balance-of-payments or external financial difficulties or threat of such difficulties exist, that State may adopt or maintain restrictive measures with regard to capital movements and payments, including transfers. 2. in paragraph 1 of this article: (a) the measures specified) is the other party less favourably than against the third country in similar situations; (b)) are compatible with Bretton Woods in 1944 on July 22 signed the International Monetary Fund articles of agreement, if they are applicable; (c)) does not cause unnecessary harm to either party's commercial, economic and financial interests; (d)) is a temporary measure, it will gradually be reduced to specified in paragraph 1, the improvement of the situation, and they do not exceed 180 days. If there is an extreme emergency conditions, which the party wishes to extend these measures, beyond the 180-day period, of any proposed extension of the above, consult with the other party. 3. in relation to the trading of goods by the party may adopt restrictive measures to safeguard the balance-of-payments or external financial position. Such measures are in accordance with the GATT 1994 and the agreement on the 1994 General Agreement on tariffs and trade balance-of-payments provisions of the WTO agreements in annex 1A. 4. with regard to trade in services may adopt restrictive measures to safeguard the balance-of-payments or external financial position. Such measures comply with the GATS. 5. the party which adopts or maintains the measure specified in paragraph 1, shall immediately notify the other party and as soon as possible, submit the cancellation schedule. 6. If the restrictive measures are adopted or in force under this article shall take place without delay in consultation between the parties within the Joint Committee, ceta if such consultation does not take place otherwise forum outside this agreement. Consultations organized by pursuant to this paragraph, shall assess the balance-of-payments or external financial difficulties, which led to the measures in question, taking into account the following factors: (a) the nature and extent of the difficulties); (b)) the external economic and trading environment, or c) alternative corrective measures. 7. in paragraph 6 of this article contains the consultation discussed any restrictive measure compliance with 1.-4. All parties recognize the International Monetary Fund (IMF) presented the findings of statistical and other facts relating to foreign exchange, monetary reserves, the balance of payments, and their conclusions are based on the assessment carried out by the IMF for the parties concerned, the balance of payments and the external financial situation. 28.6. National Security nothing in this Agreement shall: (a)) requires a party to provide or permit access to information if the Party determines that disclosure of such information would be contrary to its essential security interests; or (b)) does not prevent the party from performing an action that it considers necessary to its essential security interests: (i)) relating to arms, munitions and military equipment production or transport and other goods and materials trade and transactions, services performed, and technology and business activities, directly or indirectly, with a view to provide military or other security formējumu35; II) in time of war or other emergency in international relations, or (iii)) with respect to fissile material and nuclear materials or the materials from which they are derived; or (c)) do not interfere with the parties to take any measures to comply with their international obligations in order to maintain international peace and security. 28.7. PANTSNodokļ policy 1. Nothing in this Agreement shall be interpreted to prevent a party from adopting or maintaining any tax measure that distinguishes between persons who are not in identical situations, in particular as regards their place of residence or with regard to the site, which is invested in equity. 2. Nothing in this Agreement shall be interpreted to prevent a party from adopting or maintaining any tax measure that is designed to prevent the avoidance or evasion of taxes pursuant to the tax law or tax conventions. 3. This agreement does not affect the rights and obligations of the parties under the Tax Convention. If this agreement is not compatible with any Convention, that Convention shall prevail in so far as it concerns the incompatibility. 4. Nothing in this agreement or any other order made pursuant to this Agreement shall not apply: (a) the tax measure) the parties, which provides more favourable tax treatment to a corporation or a shareholder of the Corporation, on the basis that the Corporation fully or partly belongs to one or more investors who are residents of that party, or that that person's direct or indirect control; (b)) the parties tax measures that provide for benefits in respect of instalments or the revenue from that of a tax deferral or exemption from taxation of pension, retirement, savings, education, health, disability or other similar purposes on condition that the Party maintain continuous jurisdiction over such treatment; (c)) the parties providing tax benefits for a particular service purchase or consumption, provided that the service is to be provided in the territory of that party; (d)) the parties, of tax measures aimed at ensuring the equitable or effective tax imposition or collection, including a measure taken by the party to ensure compliance with the tax system of the party; e) tax measures that provide benefits to the Government, part of the Government or the person who directly or indirectly owned by the Government or by the Government controlled or created; f) existing inappropriate tax measures, which would otherwise not apply paragraph 1, 2 and 4, paragraph a)-(e)), the continuation of such a measure or for immediate updating or amending the measure, if the amendment does not diminish its compliance with the provisions of this agreement, as it was just prior to the amendment. 5. For greater certainty, that a tax measure of an existing tax measures an important amendment that it shall enter into force immediately after its notification that it clarifies existing tax measures proposed in the application or that it has an unexpected impact on the investor or the investment covered by itself is not article 8.10 (treatment of investors and investments). 6. Article 8.7. This agreement (most-favoured-nation treatment), article 9.5 (most-favoured-nation treatment) and article 13.4 (most-favoured-nation treatment) shall not apply to benefits established by a party in accordance with the Tax Convention. 7. (a) if the investor submits the request) to hold consultations in accordance with article 8.19 (consultation), arguing that the tax measure violates the obligations under Chapter 8 (investments) in section C (non-discrimination) or section D (investment protection), the defendant may send questions to the parties for discussion and adoption of a joint decision on whether: (i)) the measure is a tax measure; (ii) if it is) recognised as a tax measure, in violation of Chapter 8 (investments) in section C (non-discrimination) or section D (investment protection); or III) there is a mismatch between the obligations of this agreement that may have been violated, and the tax obligations of the Convention. (b) request that the opinion) meet subparagraph (a)), should not be sent later than the day on which the Tribunal determines the defendant as its rebuttal submission day. If the defendant sent the following opinion request, Chapter 8 (investments) in section F (investor and investment dispute resolution) the specified periods or proceedings are suspended. If 180 days of referral, the parties do not agree to consider the issue or did not adopt a joint decision, the suspension of the proceedings for a period, or no longer applies and the investor may pursue their claim. (c) the joint decision of the parties) that meets (a)), shall be binding on the Tribunal. d) each Party shall ensure that its subparagraph (a)) implementation consultation delegation includes persons with appropriate experience in the matters covered in this article, including representatives from each party to the relevant tax authorities. For Canada, this means Canadian Finance Department officials. 8. For greater certainty: (a) the parties to a tax measure) means the tax measures adopted in any government level; and (b)) for the lower level government parties resident means either the lower level of the jurisdiction concerned residents, or residents of the party, part of which it is. 17.9. the disclosure of Information 1. this Agreement shall not require a party to provide, or allow access to information that, if divulged, would impede law enforcement, or the disclosure of which is prohibited or restricted under the law. 2. the dispute settlement procedure under this agreement: (a)) do not have to provide to the party or to allow access to information that was protected under the competition law; and (b)), the competent authority of the party do not have to provide or permit access to information that is confidential or otherwise protected from disclosure. 46.8. PANTSKultūr exceptions applicable to the parties recalled the exceptions applicable to the culture, as indicated in Chapter 7 (subsidies), Chapter 8 (investment), Chapter 9 (cross-border trade in services), Chapter 12 (domestic regulation) and chapter 19 (public procurement) of the relevant regulations. 28.10. the exemption in PANTSPT If the rights contained in this agreement or the obligation to back up any of the rights or the WTO agreement obligations, the parties agree that the measure, which meet the exemption decision, the WTO adopted pursuant to article IX of the WTO agreement, it is considered appropriate to also back up this agreement. Twenty-ninth NODAĻADOMSTARPĪB A IEDAĻASākum settlement of rules 29.1. PANTSSadarbīb side always endeavour to agree on the interpretation or application of this agreement and with the cooperation and assistance of the consultation work hard to achieve a mutually acceptable solution in any matter that may affect its operation. 29.2. the scope of Actions unless otherwise provided in this agreement, this section shall apply to all disputes regarding the interpretation or application of the provisions of this agreement. Article Act 29.3 choice 1. dispute settlement this chapter does not affect the provisions of the use of dispute settlement provided for in the WTO agreement or any other agreement, which joined the party. 2. Notwithstanding paragraph 1, if the obligation is essentially equivalent to the obligations contained in this agreement and the WTO agreement or any other agreement to which the parties to the parties, a party may not be used for any of the two laws, in order to submit a claim for such breach of the obligation. In that case, as soon as it is launched in the dispute settlement procedure under one agreement, the party does not submit a claim for a substantially equal obligation to fulfil under the second agreement, if one of selected procedural legislation or legal reasons, except for the 29-point 20 of Annex A contains a termination, it is not possible to draw conclusions about the claim. 3. In paragraph 2 of this article: (a)) believes that the dispute settlement procedures under the WTO agreement proposed by the party requiring the composition of the Tribunal created under the DSU to article 6; (b) the dispute resolution procedure) in accordance with this chapter shall be considered to be a process that started a party requesting the Arbitration Board be created pursuant to article 18.4; and (c)) believes that the dispute settlement procedure under any other agreement proposed by the party requiring them to create a dispute settlement panel or arbitration in accordance with the provisions of this agreement. 4. Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent a party to suspend the fulfilment of obligations by the WTO dispute settlement Board. A party may not invoke the WTO agreement not to allow the other party to suspend the obligations provided for in this chapter. (B) IEDAĻAApspriešan and mediation 1. PANTSApspriešan 29.4. A party may request in writing consultations with the other party on any matters specified in article 29.2. 2. The claimant party shall refer the request to the responding party and set out the reasons for the request, including the specific measures under consideration indicated the legal grounds and complaints. 3. on the basis of paragraph 4, the Parties shall begin consultations within 30 days from the date of receipt of the request to the responding party. 4. In cases of urgency, including cases involving perishable or seasonal goods or services that quickly lose their commercial value, in consultation commenced within 15 days from the time when the respondent party receives the request. 5. the Parties shall make every effort to bring the consultation process to a mutually acceptable solution to the question. To this end, each Party shall: (a)) provide sufficient information to enable the fully checked the matter under consideration; b) protect any confidential or copyrighted information exchanged during consultations, at its request, the party which provided the information; and (c)) shall make available for your government agency or another regulatory body staff with experience in the matter, subject to consultation. 6. consultations shall be confidential, and without prejudice to any right of the parties to the proceedings provided for in this chapter. 7. Consultation shall take place in the territory of the respondent, unless the parties agree otherwise. Consultation may take place onsite or in any other manner agreed by the parties. 8. the parties proposed measures may extend the consultations pursuant to this article, but it may not extend 29.5 mediation as provided for in article or section C for dispute settlement procedures. 29.5. PANTSMediācij for the event, which has a negative impact on trade and investment between the parties, the parties may use mediation. Mediation procedures are indicated in annex 29-C. (C) the procedures for the settlement of IEDAĻADomstarpīb and apakšiedaļaDomstarpīb (A) compliance with the procedures for the settlement of 29.6. PANTSPieprasījum to create Arbitration Panel 1. Unless the parties agree otherwise, if specified in article 29.4, the issue is not resolved: a) 45 days from the request to hold consultations or b) 25 days from the request to hold consultations in the matters specified in paragraph 4 of article 29.4, the applicant party may refer the matter to the Arbitration Board shall submit a written request that the defendant party to create an arbitration board. 2. The claimant party in your written request shall state the specific measures under consideration and the legal basis of the complaint, including explaining the way in which this measure is a breach of the provisions of article 29.2. 18.5. PANTSŠķīrējties composition of the Arbitration Board is 1 of three arbitrators. 2. the Parties shall consult in order to reach agreement on the composition of the Arbitration Board within 10 working days from the date on which the respondent party receives the request for the Arbitration Board. 3. If the parties do not agree on the composition of the Arbitration Board within the time limits laid down in paragraph 2, either party may request the Chairperson of the Joint Committee of the CETI or his authorised person by drawing lots to designate arbitrators from the list created pursuant to article 29.8. One arbitrator of the applicant party raffle sublist, one of the responding party, and one from list a sublist of the President. If the parties have agreed upon one or more of the arbitrators, the only remaining arbitrator in the same order the arbitrator shall be selected from the list. If the parties have agreed upon the arbitrator, except the Chairman of the Arbitration Board, which is not a national of one of the parties, the Chairman and other arbitrator shall designate the Chairman of the sublist. 4. The Chairman of the Joint Committee of the CETI or the person delegated by the Chairman shall appoint arbitrators as soon as possible and normally within five working days referred to in paragraph 3, the request of either party. The President or the President's delegated person provide the representatives of each party reasonable opportunity to be present at the drawing of lots. One of the Presidents can alone make a selection by drawing, if the second President was informed of the draw round the designation date, time and place and not agreed to participate in the five working days following the request specified in paragraph 3. 5. The arbitration board creation day is the day when the last of the three chosen arbitrators. 6. If, at the time when the request is submitted in accordance with paragraph 3, the list provided for in article 29.8 not created or it is not a sufficient number of candidates, three arbitrators shall be chosen by drawing lots from the arbitrators, which suggested one or both of the parties in accordance with paragraph 1 of article 29.8. 7. replacement of Arbitrators takes place only on grounds and according to the procedure set out in Annex A, 29-21.-25. 29.8. PANTSŠķīrējtiesneš list 1. Ceta the Joint Committee at its first meeting following the entry into force of this agreement, establish a list of at least 15 people, selecting suitable to their objectivity, reliability and good judgment, taking into account their desire and ability to act as arbitrators. The list consists of three sublists: one sublist for each party and one sublist of the persons who are not nationals of one of the parties and may be the Chairman of the Arbitration Board. Each sublist includes at least five persons. Ceta Joint Committee may review the list at any time and ensures that the list meets the requirements of this article. 2. The arbitrators must have expertise in international trade law. Arbitrators acting as the President, should also have experience as a lawyer or a member of the College of dispute settlement proceedings in the areas that fall within the scope of this agreement. The arbitrators are independent, act independently and do not accept instructions from any organisation or Government, or are not associated with any Government and complied with 29. – (B) the code of ethics contained in the annex. 29.9. PANTSŠķīrējties interim report of 1. Arbitration Panel gives the parties an interim report of 150 days from the date of the establishment of the Arbitration Board. The report shall state the following information: a) the findings and (b)), or finding the defendant party has complied with the obligations laid down in this agreement. 2. Each Party may submit to arbitration board written comments on the interim report of the arbitration, subject to any time limit set by the College. After consideration of such notes in the Arbitration Board may: (a)) to review your message again or b) for additional verification, even if the College deems it appropriate. 3. The Arbitration Board's interim report is confidential. 29.10. PANTSŠķīrējties final report of the 1. Unless the parties agree otherwise, the Arbitration Board may make a report in accordance with this chapter. The College's final report sets out the findings, the relevant provisions of this agreement and the applicability of the findings of the College and the main reasons for the conclusions. The final report of the Tribunal contained in the ruling is binding on the parties. 2. The Arbitration Board shall provide the parties and the ceta Joint Committee final report within 30 days after the interim report. 3. each party in the College's final report made public, on the basis of article 29 paragraph 39 of Annex A. 29.11. PANTSSteidzam litigation in cases of urgency, including cases involving perishable or seasonal goods or services that quickly lose their commercial value, the Board of arbitration and the Parties shall make every effort to accelerate the proceedings in maximum. The Arbitration Board is trying to give an interim report to the parties for 75 days from the date of the establishment of the Arbitration Board and the final report — 15 days of the interim report. At the request of either of the parties the Arbitration Board within 10 days after receipt of the request for a preliminary ruling given on whether it deems the case to be urgent. (B) compliance with other apakšiedaļaAtbilstīb of 29.12. Arbitration Panel's final report to the defending party shall take all the necessary measures to comply with the Board's final report. No later than 20 days after the parties have received the final report of the College, the defending party shall inform the other party and the Joint Committee of ceta its intentions regarding compliance. 29.13. PANTSSamērīg time limit compliance 1. If immediate compliance to ensure it is not possible, no later than 20 days after the parties have received the final report of the College, the defending party shall communicate to the applicant party and ceta Joint Committee on the time necessary to ensure compliance. 2. If the parties are in disagreement about the reasonable period within which to comply with the Board's final report, the applicant party within 20 days after the defending party has received pursuant to paragraph 1 of the notice provided, make a request in writing the arbitration panel to determine a reasonable time limit. For such a request at the same time notify the other party and the Joint Committee to ceta. The arbitration panel shall deliver its ruling to the parties and the ceta Joint Committee within 30 days from the date of request. 3. the parties may, by mutual agreement, to extend the time limit reasonable. 4. At any time after the expiry of a reasonable midpoint and request of the plaintiff, the defendant party is available to discuss the measures taken to comply with the Board's final report. 5. The respondent party before the expiry of the reasonable notice to the other party and the Joint Committee on the ceta measures it has taken to comply with the Board's final report. 29.14. PANTSPagaid of legal remedies in the event of non-compliance 1. If: (a) the defendant party) announces its intention to comply with the final report of the College in accordance with the article or the time 29.12 necessary to ensure compliance with article 1 paragraph 29.13; (b)) at the expiry of the reasonable party defendant shall notify the measures taken to ensure compliance with the Board's final report; or (c)) the Arbitration Board in respect of compliance specified in point 6 of the notes that compliance with the provision made for the purpose of the measure is incompatible with the party's obligations under article 29.2 provisions laid down, the applicant party shall have the right to suspend the fulfilment of obligations or receive compensation. Nullification and the level of damage is calculated starting from the notification of the final report of the college days. 2. prior discharge stop the claimant party shall notify the respondent party and ceta Joint Committee of their decision to do this, including the level of commitment that it wants to stop. 3. Unless otherwise provided in this agreement, the suspension may apply to any article specified in rules 29.2 and is limited to the level equivalent to the nullification of the infringement or damage caused. 4. the applicant party may suspend the performance of the 10 working days after the day on which the respondent party receives the notification specified in paragraph 2, unless the parties have requested the dispute settlement in accordance with paragraphs 6 and 7. 5. the parties disagree about the existence of any such measures taken to ensure compliance with, or as to its compatibility with article 29.2 provisions ("dispute regarding compliance with"), or on the equivalence between the suspension and the violation of the nullification or impairment (the "controversy about equivalence"), forwarded to the Arbitration Board. 6. a party may again to convene an arbitration board by submitting a written request to the Board of arbitration, the other party and the Joint Committee of the CETI. If there is a dispute about compliance, Arbitration Board shall be convened by the claimant party. If there is a dispute about the equivalence of the Arbitration Board shall be convened by the defending party. If there is disagreement both about compliance and on the equivalence of the Arbitration Board must first give a ruling in relation to disputes regarding compliance and then in relation to disputes regarding equivalence. 7. The arbitration panel shall notify its ruling to the parties and the Joint Committee of the CETI: a) within 90 days after the request to convene the Arbitration Board, if there is a dispute about compliance; b) within 30 days after the request to convene the Arbitration Board, if there is a dispute about the equivalence; c) 120 days after the first request to convene the Arbitration Board, if there is disagreement both about conformity and equivalence. 8. the applicant party shall not suspend the fulfilment of obligations before according to paragraph 6 and 7 of the new arbitration board convened is not given its ruling. Any suspension is compatible with the arbitration panel ruling. 9. Obligations to suspend temporarily and only apply as long as the measure of which established that it is not compatible with article 29.2 provisions has not been revoked or amended to conform to those provisions in accordance with article, No 29.15, or as long as the parties have not resolved their differences. 10. the applicant party may, at any time, request the defendant party to provide temporary compensation offer and the defendant shall provide such an offer. No 29.15. revision of the measures PANTST taken to ensure compliance with the following obligations suspension 1. If, after the claimant party stopped, the defending party shall take measures to ensure compliance with the Board's final report, the defending party shall inform the other party and the Joint Committee of ceta and request to terminate the suspension of the fulfilment of the obligations which apply to the applicant party. 2. If the parties 60 days from the date of receipt of the notification the notified measure agreed by the compatibility with article 29.2 of the said provisions, the applicant party requests in writing the arbitration panel to make a ruling in this matter. For such a request at the same time notify the other party and the Joint Committee to ceta. The final report of the College shall notify the parties and the ceta Joint Committee within 90 days of the date of submission of the application. If the Arbitration Panel decides if any measure taken to comply with it, comply with the provisions of article 29.2, the suspension shall be terminated. (D) rules IEDAĻAVispārīg PANTSProcedūr rules of 29.16. Unless the parties otherwise agree, the dispute settlement procedures under this chapter shall be governed by, subject to, (A) in annex 29 the Tribunal's rules of procedure. 29.17. PANTSVispārīg interpretation of the arbitration provisions of this Agreement shall be interpreted in accordance with the usual interpretation of public international law, including the provisions laid down in the Vienna Convention on the law of treaties. The Arbitration Board shall take into account the interpretation also College and appellate body reports adopted by the WTO dispute settlement Board. 29.18. PANTSŠķīrējties of the rulings of the Arbitration Panel's ruling may not expand or narrow the rights provided for in this agreement and obligations. 29.19. Mutual agreed solutions to the parties at any time under this chapter may achieve a mutually agreed solution to the dispute. Its about the following solution declares ceta Joint Committee and the Arbitration Board. The date of the notification of mutually agreed solution, the arbitration panel ended its operation, and the proceedings are terminated. In terms of the 30TH NODAĻANOBEIGUM 30.1. PANTSŠ integral part of the agreement, part of a protocol to this agreement, the annexes, the texts of the joint declarations, declarations, agreements and footnotes are an integral part of it. 30.2. PANTSGrozījum 1. the parties may agree in writing for amendment of this agreement. The amendment shall enter into force after the parties have exchanged written notifications certifying that the parties have completed their respective internal requirements to be applied and the procedures necessary for its entry into force or the date agreed in the parties. 2. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph 1, ceta the Joint Committee may decide to amend the annexes and protocols to this agreement. The parties may approve ceta Joint Committee decision in accordance with their respective internal requirements and procedures necessary for its entry into force. This decision shall enter into force on the date agreed by the parties. This procedure does not apply to amendments to annexes I, II and III, and to the amendments to Chapter 8 (investment), Chapter 9 (cross-border trade in services), Chapter 10 (temporary entry of natural persons and residence for the purposes of the business) and chapter 13 (financial services) to the annexes, except Annex A-10 (the national contact point of the Member States of the European Union). 30.3. the use of the PANTSPreferenč ten years of the entry into force of this agreement, the Parties shall exchange quarterly indicators at the level of the tariff with respect to HS Chapter 1-97 for the import of goods on the other hand, subject to the most-favoured-nation tariff rate and tariff preferences under this agreement. Unless the parties decide otherwise, this period updates for five years, which the parties can then be extended. 18.9. PANTSNorēķin account party in freely convertible currencies and in accordance with the Bretton Woods in 1944 on July 22, the International Monetary Fund signed an agreement the provisions of article VIII of the agreement between the parties to make payments and transfers on the current account of the balance of payments. 5. PANTSKapitāl movement the Parties shall consult in order to facilitate the movement of capital between them, continuing to implement their policies for the capital and financial account liberalisation and support a stable and secure framework for long-term investment. 30.6. the rights PANTSPrivāt 1. Nothing in this Agreement shall be interpreted in a way that the granting of rights or impose obligations on individuals, except for rights and obligations between the parties created under international public law, nor allowed to refer this agreement directly in the national law of the parties. 2. the Party does not provide for a right of action under the the law against the other party, on the grounds that the measure of the other party is incompatible with this agreement. 19.1. Entry into force and provisional application 1. the Parties shall approve this agreement in accordance with their respective internal requirements and procedures. 2. This agreement shall enter into force on the first day of the second month following the date on which the parties have exchanged written notifications certifying that they have complied with their respective internal requirements and applicable procedures, or other day on which the parties may agree. 3. (a)) the parties may apply this Agreement provisionally from the first day of the month following the date on which the parties have notified each other that their respective internal requirements and procedures necessary for the provisional application of the agreement is fulfilled, or other day on which the parties may agree. (b) if the party intends to pre-register) not to apply any provisions of this agreement, it shall notify the other party of the provisions which it will not apply provisionally, and offers immediately engage in consultations. 30 days of notification by the other party either oppose (in such case this Agreement shall provisionally not apply), or to give your statement as equivalent to the provisions of this agreement, if any, which it does not plan to apply provisionally. If, within 30 days from the second notice, the other party expressed opposition to this agreement on a provisional basis. The rules, which are not subject to the party, that party shall apply provisionally from the first day of the month following the later notification, or such other date as the parties may agree, provided that the parties have exchanged notifications referred to in subparagraph (a)). (c)) the party may terminate the provisional application of this agreement by giving the other party written notice thereof. Such termination shall enter into force on the first day of the second month following the notification. d) If this agreement or specific provisions of this Agreement shall apply provisionally, the parties understand that the term "date of entry into force of this agreement" means the date of the provisional application. Ceta Joint Committee and other bodies established under this agreement, can perform its functions the provisional application of this agreement. Any decisions taken in the performance of their functions, shall cease to apply when the provisional application of the agreement is terminated in accordance with subparagraph (c)). 4. Notifications under this article shall submit to Canada, the General Secretariat of the Council of the European Union or its relationship to the transferee. The European Union notices pursuant to this article shall be submitted to Canada's foreign, trade and Development Department or its relationship to the transferee. 19.1. PANTSCit the existing agreement, suspension or termination of this agreement, 1 the inclusion of 30 – agreements included in Annex A shall cease to be valid and will replace them and replaced by this agreement. 30.-(A) the termination of the agreements listed in the annex shall enter into force on the date of entry into force of this agreement. 2. Notwithstanding paragraph 1, in accordance with the requirements of 30.-the provisions listed in Annex A may be submitted in accordance with the rules laid down in the agreement and procedures if: (a)) mode, which is the aim of the action was agreed when the agreement was terminated; and (b)) is not more than three years have elapsed since the termination of the agreement. 3. The European Economic Community and Canada concerning trade and commerce in alcoholic beverages, the agreement signed in Brussels on 28 February 1989, as amended (the "1989 agreement spirit drinks") and the agreement between the European Community and Canada on trade in wines and spirit drinks signed in Niagara on the Lake on 16 September 2003 ("the 2003 wine and spirits agreement"), is included in this agreement and become a part of it as amended made with 30-B. 4. the 1989 agreement or alcoholic beverages of wine and spirits agreement, which was amended and included in this agreement, is prevalent, to the extent a conflict exists between this agreement and any other terms of this agreement. 5. the agreement on mutual recognition between the European Community and Canada ("mutual recognition agreement"), signed in London on 14 May 1998, is terminated on the date of entry into force of this agreement. If, in accordance with article 19.1 (a)) is provisionally applied to Chapter 4 (technical barriers to trade), the agreement on mutual recognition, as well as the rights and obligations resulting from the temporary suspended from the date of application. If a provisional application is terminated, shall terminate the agreement on mutual recognition. 6. the parties recognise the progress reached under the agreement between the European Community and the Government of Canada on sanitary measures to protect public and animal health in respect of trade in live animals and animal products, signed in Ottawa on 17 December 1998 (' the veterinary agreement) and confirm their intention to continue this work pursuant to this agreement. Health in the event of termination of the agreement from the date of entry into force of this agreement. If, in accordance with article 19.1 (a)) is provisionally applied to Chapter 5 (sanitary and phytosanitary regulations), the veterinary agreement, as well as the rights and obligations resulting from the temporary suspended from the date of application. If a provisional application is terminated, the agreement shall terminate the suspension of the health. 7.19.1 this agreement, paragraph 3 of article d) specified in the definition of "date of entry into force of this agreement" does not apply to this article. 19.2.1. PANTSIzbeigšan party may denounce this agreement by giving written notice of termination to the General Secretariat of the Council of the European Union and Canada's foreign, trade and Development Department or the respective obligations of successors. This agreement will be terminated 180 days after the date of such communication. The party filing notice of termination, notice also the copy of the ceta Joint Committee. 2. Notwithstanding paragraph 1, if this agreement is terminated, the chapter 8 (investments) regulations remain in effect for 20 years period after termination of this agreement, days for investments made prior to that date. 30.10. PANTSJaun Member States ' accession to the European Union, 1. The European Union shall notify Canada of any request of a country to the European Union. 2. During the negotiations between the European Union and the country that wants to join the European Union: (a) the request by Canada) possible some information on the matters covered by this agreement; and (b)) take into account any Canadian concerns. 3. The European Union shall notify Canada if the entry into force of a Treaty on the accession to the European Union. 4. Sufficient time prior to the date of accession of a country to the European Union the ceta Joint Committee examined the impact of any accession to this agreement and decide on any necessary adjustment or transitional measures. 5. Each new Member State of the European Union accede to this agreement on the day when it joins the European Union, for this purpose, including the relevant clause in the Act on the accession to the European Union. If the Act of accession to the European Union Member States of the European Union does not provide for automatic accession to this agreement, the Member State of the European Union accede to this agreement by depositing an instrument of accession to the agreement, the General Secretariat of the Council of the European Union and Canada's foreign, trade and Development Department or the relevant pārņēmējo liabilities. 30.11. PANTSAutentisk texts this agreement is drawn up in duplicate in the English, Bulgarian, Czech, Danish, French, Greek, Croatian, Dutch, Estonian, Hungarian, Italian, Latvian, Lithuanian, Maltese, Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Slovak, Slovenian, Spanish and Swedish languages, each text being equally authentic.
1 the following HS Chapter 89 products irrespective of their origin, coming back to the territory of Canada from the territory of the European Union and which have been registered pursuant to the 2001 Canada Shipping Act, the Canada of such goods to the value of the repair or alteration may apply a rate of customs duty for such goods in accordance with the schedule included in Annex A-2 (tariff elimination): 8901.10.10, 8901.10.90, 8901.30.00, 8901.90.91, 8901.90.99, 8901.90.10 8904.00.00, 8905.20.19, 8905.20.20, 8905.90.19, 8905.90.90, 8906.90.19, 8906.90.91, 8906.90.99., 2 the European Union will implement this paragraph of Regulation (EU) no 952/2013 outward processing procedure so as to be in accordance with this paragraph. 3 the European Union will implement this paragraph of Regulation (EU) no 952/2013 outward processing procedure so as to be in accordance with this paragraph. 4 the purpose of this article, the parties concerned are defined in article 6.11 of the anti-dumping agreement and the SCM Agreement Article 12.9. 5 greater certainty, the obligations of this chapter refers to the exclusive economic zones and the continental shelf, as provided for in the United Nations Convention on the law of the sea, signed in 1982, Montego Bey December 10: a) which belong to Canada, as referred to in point (a) of article 1.3) (geographical scope); and (b)) the Treaty on European Union and Treaty on the functioning of the European Union, as referred to in point (b) of article 1.3) (geographical scope). 6 more certainty, a party may maintain the measures which apply to the covered investment or acquisition, and continue to apply such measures covered investment after its creation or acquisition. 7 These services includes services that the aircraft used to perform specialized actions in areas such as agriculture, construction, photography, surveying, mapping, forestry, observation and patrol or advertising if the specialist a person responsible for the operation of the aircraft. 8 (a) of paragraph 1 of article) (i), (ii) and (iii)))) paragraph 1 shall not apply to measures taken to restrict any agricultural goods production. 9 in the case of the European Union "subsidy" includes "State aid", as defined in the legislation. 10 in the case of the European Union "competent authority" means the European Commission in accordance with the Treaty on the functioning of the European Union Article 108. 11 both the party may instead propose to appoint not more than five members of the Tribunal of any nationality. In this case, the following members of the Arbitration Board shall be considered nationals of the party, which proposed their appointment needs this article. 12 more certainty — that a person receives pay from the Government, does not make this person as inappropriate. 13 These services includes services that the aircraft used to perform specialized actions in areas such as agriculture, construction, photography, surveying, mapping, forestry, observation and patrol or advertising if the specialist a person responsible for the operation of the aircraft. 14 in accordance with the provisions of this chapter, the permitted length of stay cannot be taken into account in connection with the application for citizenship in one of the Member States of the European Union. 15 this is without prejudice to the Member States of the European Union to Canada the rights granted under the bilateral visa waiver. 16 Professional experience must have been obtained after the person has reached the age of majority. 17 if the degree or qualification is obtained, in which the service is provided, that party can assess whether it is consistent with the academic degree that is required in its territory. 10. apply side-on the basis of Annex C 10-reservations contained in Annex E, for the purpose of assessment of such equivalence. 18 greater certainty, a company must be involved in the individual it services in the implementation of the Treaty, according to which temporary entry is sought. 19 if the degree or qualification is obtained, in which the service is provided, that party can assess whether it is consistent with the academic degree that is required in its territory. 10. apply side-on the basis of Annex C 10-reservations contained in Annex E, for the purpose of assessment of such equivalence. 20 this is without prejudice to the Member States of the European Union, the rights granted under the bilateral visa waiver. 21 except for Malta. 22 of this chapter shall not apply to fishing vessels, as defined in the legislation of the party. 23 in this chapter concerning the European Union — to fly the flag of a party means to fly a flag of a Member State of the European Union. 24 this paragraph shall not apply to ships or the international maritime transport service providers covered in Rome 2009 November 22, signed the agreement on port State measures illegal, unreported and unregulated fishing, and to eliminate delay. 25 non-discriminatory means treatment no less favourable than the treatment of any other company that uses a similar delivery of public telecommunications networks or services in similar circumstances. 26 greater certainty to licence a small number of companies, the limited distribution of resources conditions, using objective, proportionate and non-discriminatory criteria, is not in itself considered as special rights. 27 footnote does not apply to the text of the Latvian language. 28 more certainty — this paragraph shall likewise apply to the designation "feta". 29 greater certainty — this paragraph apply equally to the designation "feta". 30 more certainty — in respect of data protection, "chemical entities" in Canada include a biological or radiopharmaceutical preparations regulated as new drugs under the Canadian Food and drug regulations. 31 the Parties shall apply this provision in accordance with article 29 of the Tribunal in Annex A of the rules of procedure, rule 42. 32 the Parties shall apply this provision in accordance with article 29 of the Tribunal in Annex A of the rules of procedure, rule 42. 33 derogations relating to public safety and public order, may be used only if a real and sufficiently serious threat to one of the fundamental interests of society. 34 the parties understand that the measures specified in subparagraph (b)) to include environmental measures necessary to protect human, animal or plant life or health. 35 the expression "arms, munitions and military equipment transport" in this article is equivalent to the term "arms, munitions and military equipment trade".     ВСЕОБХВАТНО ИКОНОМИЧЕСКО И СПОРАЗУМЕНИЕ (ВИТС) ТЪРГОВСКО, КАНАДА МЕЖДУ ОТ ЕВРОПЕЙСКИЯ ЕДНА СТРАНА, ЧЛЕНКИ И НЕГОВИТЕ И ДЪРЖАВИ СЪЮЗ ОТ ACUERD ECONÓMIC ДРУГА СТРАНА, THE GLOBAL Y COMERCIAL (CETA) ENTRE CANADÁ, POR UNA PARTE, Y LA UNIÓN EUROPEA Y SUS ESTADOS MIEMBRO, A SECOND PORT KOMPLEXNÍ HOSPODÁŘSKÁ OBCHODNÍ DOHOD (CETA) FOREST IN KANADO NA STRANĚ JEDNÉ A JEJÍM UNIÍ OF A IN EVROPSKO ČLENSKÝM NA DRUHÉ STRANĚ STÁTY A SAMLE, ØKONOM-OG HANDELSAFTAL (CETA) CANADA EN BY PÅ DEN MELL SIDE OG EUROPÆISK OG DAN DAN UNION PÅ DEN ANDEN SIDE MEDLEMSSTATER UMFASSEND-WIRTSCHAFT-UND HANDELSABKOMMEN (CETA) ZWISCHEN EINERSEIT UND IN DER EUROPÄISCHEN CANADA UND IHREN ANDERERSEIT MITGLIEDSTAATEN IN LAIAULATUSLIK UNION MAJAND-IF KAUBANDUSLEPING (CETA) POOL A CANADA ÜHEL TEISEL POOL TO NING EUROOPA LIIKMESRIIKID IS ALREADY SELLS THE LIID VAHEL ΣΥΝΟΛΙΚΗ ΟΙΚΟΝΟΜΙΚΗ ΚΑΙ ΕΜΠΟΡΙΚΗ ΜΕΤΑΞΥ ΚΑΝΑΔΑ ΤΟΥ ΣΥΜΦΩΝΙΑ (ΣΟΕΣ), ΑΦΕΝΟΣ, ΕΥΡΩΠΑΪΚΗΣ ΚΑΙ ΕΝΩΣΗΣ ΤΩΝ ΚΡΑΤΩΝ ΚΑΙ ΤΗΣ ΜΕΛΩΝ ΑΦΕΤΕΡΟΥ ΤΗΣ, COMPREHENSIVE ECONOMIC AND TRADE AGREEMENT (CETA) BETWEEN CANADA , OF the one part, AND the EUROPEAN UNION AND its MEMBER States, OF the OTHER part the GLOBAL ECONOMIC ACCORD ET COMMERCIAL (AECG) entre LE Canada, D ' and of the European UNION L, ET ' ET SES États MEMBRI, D ' OTHER SVEOBUHVATN of the GOSPODARSK of the TRGOVINSK of SPORAZ I (ceta) Canada, IZMEĐ S STRANI EUROPSK I-JEDN» NJEZINIH DRŽAV ČLANIC UNIJ I a, S STRANI-the ECONOMICS of the DRUG ACCORD GLOBAL E Commerciale (ceta) TRA IL Canada , DA parte, E and L UNION Europea E I ' in SUO status in the MEMBRI ' ALTR DALLAS, a comprehensive economic and trade agreement (ceta) between Canada, of the one part, and the European Union and its Member States, on the other hand is a SĄJUNGO KANADO European VALSTYBIŲ NARIŲ IŠSAM in Jos BEI EKONOMIKOS is a SUSITARIM PREKYBO (AP) KERESKEDELM MEGÁLLAPODÁ ÁTFOGÓ ÉS a GAZDASÁG in (ceta) Canada EGYRÉSZRŐL, MÁSRÉSZRŐL AZ európai UNIÓ ÉS a KÖZÖT AGREEMENT for the ECONOMY TAGÁLLAM U KUMMERĊJAL in KOMPRENSIV (ceta) BEJN IL-Canada NAHA WAĦD, MINN., U L-EWROPE U L-UNJON TO ISTAT IN THE MEMBRI TAGĦHA, MIN-L-OĦR-NAHA-ECONOMISCH EN HANDELSOVEREENKOMS BREDA (CETA) CANADA, TUSSEN ENERZIJD EN, DE AND EN HAAR EUROPES-LIDSTATEN, IN THE GOSPODARCZ OF THE ANDERZIJD KOMPLEKSOW-HANDLOW-UMOW (CETA), Z JEDNEJ STRONY MIĘDZY KANADĄ UNIĄ EUROPEJSKĄ JEJU I PAŃSTWAM A TO Z DRUGIEJ STRONY CZŁONKOWSKIM, ACORD-GLOBAL ECONÓMIC E COMERCIAL (CETA) ENTRE O CANADÁ, POR UM LADO, E A UNIÃO E OS SEUS COMMISSION ESTADOS MEMBROS ¬ , POR OUTRO ACORD ECONOMICS CUPRINZĂTOR ȘI COMERCIAL (CETA) CANADA ÎNTR, PE DE O PARTE OF THE UNIUNE EUROPEANĂ, ȘI ȘI STATEL SALE MEMBRI ALTĂ PARTE, PE DE KOMPLEXNÁ HOSPODÁRSK DOHOD A OBCHODNÁ (CETA), NA JEDNEJ KANADO MEDZE STRAN EURÓPSKO OF ÚNIOU OF A JEJU, ŠTÁTM NA STRANI ČLENSKÝM DRUHEJ CELOVIT OF GOSPODARSK OF TRGOVINSK OF SPORAZ IN (CETA) HONEY CANADA NA ENI STRANI EVROPSK IN THE UNIJ MET IN THE NA DRŽAVAM ČLANICAM NJENIM DRUG STRANI EUROOPAN UNIONIN THE KANADAN VÄLINEN SEKÄ IF LONG-TALO JÄSENVALTIOIDEN LAAJ ALAINEN-IF KAUPPASOPIM (CETA) ÖVERGRIPAND» Ekonomi OCH AVTAL OM HANDEL MELLAN (ceta) Canada, Å ENA SIDAN OCH of OCH, EUROPEAN UNIONEN, DESS, ANDRE MEDLEMSSTATER SIDAN Съставено в Брюксел for Å на две хиляди и шестнадесета тридесети през октомври година. Hecho en bruselas, el treint de octubr de DOS mil diecisé. V DNI třicátéh by the říjn Brusel-DVA-šestnác tisíc. Udfærdige i Bruxelles den tusind og seksten tredivt of October it. Geschehen zu Brüssel am dreißigsten Oktober zweitausendsechzehn. The tuhand of the kuueteistkümnend of Kah-oktoobriku kolmekümnendal päeval of aast Brüssel. ΄Εγινε στις Βρυξέλλες, στις τριάντα Οκτωβρίου δύο χιλιάδες δεκαέξι. Done at Brussels on the thirtieth day of October in the year two thousand and sixteen. Fait à Bruxelles, le trent a deux Mille in octobr seize. Sastavljen of tridesetog of the Bruxelles listopad is a tisuć-šesnaest dvij honor. A Bruxelles, addì Fatt trent ottobr is duemilasedic. In Brussels, the two thousand years of the sixteenth on the 30th October. Priimt tūkstanči of the šešioliktų of du trisdešimtą dieną briuselyje metų the spali. A Brüsszelben, a kétezer-Kel tizenhatodik év havának harmincadik október napján. Magħmul fi tletin Brussell, fit-you Ottubr ta ' the fis-Sena elfejn u sittax. Gedaan te Brussel, dertig oktober zestien tweeduizend. The Sporządzon of the trzydziesteg of the dni w Briuselyje październik hand of szesnasteg. of dw tysiąc Appoints Pieter Feith Bruxel em, em trint de outubr de DOIs mil e dezasse. Întocmi a la treizec in the Brussels la două Mii șaisprezec octombr. In the októbr the tridsiateh g Brusel dvetisícšestnásť. Bruslj, v-trideseteg DNA in October of DVA tisoč šestnajs counter. Tehty Brysselissä kolmantenakymmenentenä päivänä lokakuut vuonn of the kaksituhattakuusitoist. I Bryssel den trettiond som skedd» oktober tjugohundrasexton åren.  



    2.-Annex A-2 Appendix A (cont'd) 2.-B-13-19-1. Annex C — 19-8. Annex 20 A-30-.-(D) the annex Protocol on rules of origin and origin procedures Protocol on conformity assessment on the mutual recognition of the results of the Protocol on compliance and enforcement programs, mutual recognition in relation to medicines good manufacturing Annex I annex I PRACTICE (continued; List of Canada) Annex I (continued; The EU side list), annex II, annex II (continued; Canadian list), annex II (continued; The EU side list) Annex III Council decision STATEMENT for inclusion in the minutes of the joint COUNCIL of the INTERPRETATIVE INSTRUMENT